AD—A 0 41 864 BOEING COMMERCIAL AIR PLANE CO SEATTLE WASH F/G 9/5

AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL EXPERIMENTATION AND EVALUAT ION WITH THE NAS——ETC (U )
N
SEP 76 A ~~ OMPSON . S C ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
UN C L A SS I I I E D 06 420
•

_ _

_ I
t-DURtPI____~
UN_ _
_
N_
 • H

1
I
~~~~
14 0 . 4

ID~ IUI 5
~ JL~
~ ~
2.2 ~
— I
_____
,III~~~~

•
~ ~~ HP°
III
~.6
HD I~i~ Hll ’4 00
a

• MICROCOP Y RISOLIJIIO N isi CHAR

NA Id 1k ALl III ‘ T A NOA KI). I A A
 .1
/i )
Report No. FAA-R D-7 5.113, iv
~
~~~~
( P’R TRAFFIC CONTROL EXPERIMENTATION AND EVALUATION
~
WITH THE NASA ATS-6 SATELLITE

Volume IV: Data Reduction and Analysis Software

A.D. Thompson
S.G. Wilson
P.F. Rieder
W.L. Chu
M.J. Mardesich
C.V. Paulson
P. Alexander

Boeing Commercial Airplane Company

PD Box 3707
Seattle WA 98124 0 ~~~

ç
~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 1~,
\~~

H ~
(‘
*
~‘4ris

SEPTEMBER 1976
FINAL REPORT

Docum ent is available to the U.S. public through the

National Technical Information Service ,
Spring field , Virginia 22161

>‘ Prepared for

~~ 0~ U.S. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
Federal Aviation Administration
uJ Systems Research and Development Service
Washington DC 20591
 NOTICE

This document is disseminated under the sponsorship of the

Department of Transportation in the interest of information
exchange . The United States Government assumes no li abilit y
for its contents or use t hereof .

NOTICE

The United States Government does not endorse products or

manufacturers. Trade or manufacturers ’ names appear herein
solely because they are considered essential to the object of
this report.

A _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
 ~~ ~ Goverrrnrent Acc esison No ~~~~~~~~~~~~ i s C s ~~~o~ N’~
FAA RD 5 1 ~~~~~~~~~~~
_, j_
-
•~~ ) A lR ~~.RAF F I ( ON[ROLJ X PERIMENTAT !ON A NDEVALUAT ION ~~~~~~~~~~~ I 6
~ ~
_ _

.—( ~WITH TI1E ~~~~ A ~ TS-o S7S TELU TE d __________ b ,,osrsr ?ar rsr
~ ~o
—

~
~~~~~~~~~~~~
VoluinejY4 Data Reduction and Analysis Software • tj O T— TSC - ~~~~~ — 77 — ~ 2 ,IV
R~ p~ ,r N,

~~~~~~
h s n ilson P.F J !L
: ~~~ 0~ 44~~ J
9
-.1
~
Pertorsrrsn q Orqan ial orr
t ~~~~
Nar,re d,r i Asidr yss
10 W o rk Un sI No
~ ~ FA 71 1/ R 7 1 06
Boeing Commercial Airplane Company * ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
—
P.O. Box 3707 /
Seattle , WA 98 1 l DOT-TSC-707-4
~~~“ ‘
12 Sponsorsrrq Aqerrcv Nan~e and Address ~~~‘~~ ~~~ T~ ¶ y~~~ iiP~ I t dOSI P~~ cr

c2~~~~ LL
~~~

73 t0 D
Federal Ltkn Adm imsPration ~~P.~~~ ~~~~~~~~
Servi ,e
J
Sssppier,rentary Notes
.5
U.S . Department of Transportation
*Under Transportation Systems Center
contract to: Kendall Square

-
Cambridge , MA 02142
\Aiss,rao
5 L ~~~~ (.v i J
Software used for t he reduction ~ and analysis of the multipath prober . modem eva luation (voi ce . digital
dati~, and ranging), and antenna eva luation data acquired during the ATS-( field test program is described.
Multipath algorithms include reformatting operations , delay-spectra time histories . delay- Doppler
scatter function S(T ,Lo), noise determination and removal , spread calculations , airborne tape analysis .
and utberdetailed processing including time-domain analysis and various integral and Fourier operation s
orI~S(T .w ) . Modem and antenna evaluation data processing software includes algorithms for the deter-
ini?ration of ( I) CIN and multipat h interference ratio . Sf1 .42 ) digita l data bit-error rates , block error
~
statistics , and inter-error spacing, and (3) ranging error statistics and distribution. Sample outputs are
~ ven. Program listings and other information are provided in an auxiliary software data package.
f The report consists of seven volumes: I Executive Summary : II Demonstration of Satellite-
Supported Communications and Survei llance for Oceanic Air Traffic Control: lii Summary of U.S .
Aeronautica l Technology Test Program: IV Data Reduction and Analysis Software: V Multi pat h
Channel Characterization Test: VI Modem Evaluation Test: VII Aircraft Antenna Evaluation Test.

1) Key Words iSaggesied b y Ass ih o ti si 8 D~strsrro1, on Staterrrerr i

ATS-fi Satellite. Multi pal h. Modem Evaluation. Document is available to thc I S . public throudi the
Digital Data , Ranging. Fast Fourier Transform, National f .’chnic.il Information S iricc . Springfield.
~
Data Processing. Al gorit h m s . Envelope Detector Virginia 2211 ’ I
Analysis. Scatter Fu nction

19 Secss rrty C iass ,i of hr rei ,rrrr 20 S e t r t y Ciasirt t~ rt Irs oaqe l 21 No sri Pa ~ps 72 Pr , re
Unclassified I‘ itclass i ticd 23t)
1O, Sale by the Nanor,aI isrrr ,rr, cal Iyt r rrrrlatrrr ,r Sesrorce Sirr rrq t elrt V sr q .rrra 22 151

.
-
.—
 --
,
-
~~
-.- — , -
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -
-- ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-- —~~~~~~~.

AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL E XPERI M ENTATION AND

EVALUATION WITH THE NASA ATS-6 SATELLITE

II N A I RI:PO R I

Ib is report c~~iis,’ t ’ of ~lte lo llowuitg solt imes .

Volui tt e I
F Summary
‘s c ’cut iv ,’

—
oltt nte II
~
l)em nonsl ral ion of S,i t dli te—St ip port ecl C omm on ica tt o t is
and Suneillartce for Oceanic Air Traffi c (‘ontro l

\‘olunie III

—
Summary of U.S. Ac rotta utical rechtnology
Test Program

Volume I\’
I)it Rc dtic tto u m d An il’s si’, Solt S irs.

~~~~~~~~

\‘olutiie ~v
Mtilti p ~it h ( lta nttel (Tha ractc’riiat ioui lest

Volume VI
Niodem I v:ilti:il mon rest

\‘olums.’ VII
Aircraft Ant enna Evaluation Ic’sl
 PREFACE

The U.S. Department ot .mnsportation 4 DOfl aeronautical test program entitled “Air Tral’t’ic
Control Experimentation and Evaluation with the NASA ATS-~ Satellite ” was part of ’ the Integrated
ATS-6 L-Band Experiment. [he overall ,ATS-(u L-barm d experiment was coordinated by the NASA l
Goddard Space Flight Center IGSFC)and was international in scope. The following agencies were
participants in the experiment: NASA Goddard Space Flight (‘enter: DOT/Federal Aviation Admini-
stration: DOT/Transportation Systems ( ‘enter: DO1 U.S. Coast Guard : DOC/Maritime Administration :
European Space Agency ( ESA) : amid the Canadian Ministry oh’ Transport and Department of Communi-
cations. Each participant performed tests in one or more of three categorie s: aeronautical. maritime
safety, and maritime tleet operations. All tests were co ndttcted in accordance with an overall integrated
test plan coordinated by NASA /GSF(’.

The U.S. DOT Aeronautical test program was under the direction and sponsorship of the
Federal Aviation Administration . Systems Research and Development Service (SRDS). Satellite
Branch , with t he DOT/TSC conducting the technology tests and the FAA / NAFEC conducting
the ATC demonstration tests . The tec hnology tests included multipath channel characterization ,
modem evaluat ion, and aircra ft antenna evaluation. Results of these tests are presented in volumes
III through V II, and the results ot ’ the ATC demonstration tests are presented in volume It. The
DOT/TSC test program was supported by the Boeing Commercial Airplane Company under contract
DOT-TSC-707 . Mr. R. G. Bland was the TSC Project Engineer and (‘ontract Technical Monitor,

This volume describes the software used (‘or reduct ion and analysis of the technology test data,
All work described was performed under contract DOT-TSC-707 . Sections 4. 21 and appendix B of this
volume were prepare d by (‘NR. Inc.. under subcontrac t to the Boeing Commercial Airplane Company.
 -, --- - —-. .-.-.-- ,— .~~~.----,---.-..-— --~~..~ —‘- .—- ,

j ~~~~~~~
81

UI! III

! !:: !!;!~:: i
‘~ :
iHoo :L:;i
~i
~
hil!
; C,
o
2

VI ~~t I • ~~
_s, _ 8- - — 8 ( -

0
8-

cc oz u ii Li ~l II II ~l ru ci 6 I L 9 S 9
~ ~

‘,‘ ‘ .J’1•’ ’ ’ ’ ’ ’i’ ’ ’ ’ [1’ ’ ’J’ ’ ’ • •41’ •’ J• I‘1l ’ 1 l J l’ I l ~ hui1ljhl ‘I I1J’1 ~hI~~i

~ ~~ ~
~
~~

I t~~~r~~ “ ‘E”6 ”S 2
~

I
~~~~
. —

~~ 1”
.

~
‘ ~~
~~~
iii !.
U1} .
~ ~!1 ~ •1
I : ::
~
:
:!~ : ~ ~~~~~~

_ a
3 I ~J I t

~ bIf 1111! U~ }1~!u tn I

I

I Is !
~ Ir~~~~t

iv

-.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ——— ~~~ i
. .
 CONTENTS

Seclioti

I- IN T R O I ) 1 ( [ION I-I
• . MULFIPAT I) D.AT• PR(X’I SSING Ft’ NCT IONAL SEQUENCE 2-I
~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

2. 1 System Block Diagram 2- I

2.2 System I)esc riptton 2-3

2.2 . 1 Boeitig Flight Test PDP II 45 Telemetry Ground Station 2-3

.2 (‘I)(’ 00 Conipttter System 2-5
~~
3. NIULTIPAT I I A LGORITHM EXECUTION SEQUENCE . . . . . . - - . . . . . . . . . - . . - - . 3-I

3. 1 Algorithm Execution Sequence 3-I

3.2 Analytical Objectiv es of Algorithm Processing Blocks 3-4

3.2.1 Quick-Look Real-Time Playback Data Analysis 3-4

3. 2. 2 Reformatted SACP Digital Tapes 3-4
3. 2.3 I)elay- Spectra Time History 34
3. 2.4 Delay-Doppler Scatter Power Spectral Density, S(r .w) 3-4
3. 2.5 Integral and Fourier Operations on S(r ,w ) 3-5
3.2. ( r Channel Spread Parameters 3~
3.2 . 7 Noise Determination and Removal (NDandR) 3-~
3. 2. 5 Antenna Pattern Eft ’ects Removal 3-6
3. 2 ° ) rap Amplitude and Phase Distributions 1-6
3. 2 .10 Tap Process Bank Cross-Correlations 3.7
3. 2 . 1 1 Tap I:tnd Q Dependency 3-7
3. 2. 12 Tap-Gain Autocorre lation Function 3-7
3.2. 1 3 System Calihr:ition Parameter Data 3-8

3, 3 Multipath Data Base (‘omponents 3-8

4. \IU LTIPATH ALGORITHM DESCRIPTION 4-1

4.1 Telemetry Data Input 4-1

4. 2 I):mta Decodi ng. Error Recovery , amid Reformatting 4-I
4.3 Quick-Look Data Anal ysis 4-2
4. 4 I)elay-Spectra Tmtiie History 4-5
4.5 Tap-Time Matrix Transposition 4-7
4. ( Data Val id: ’y Check
4. 7 Tap Contraction 4-12
4M I)irect Tap Processing 4- 12
4,1) Delay Spectra (Time-Domain Analysis ) 4- 14
4. 10 Receiver amid A nalog Tape Stat t ms Parameters 4-14

- ~~
.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 CONTENTS (Continued )

Section
4 .1 1 Delay-Doppler Scatter Function 4-1~

4. 11.1 Input Data Window 4-16

4 . 11. 2 Discrete PSD 4-16
4.11.3 Spectral Averaging 4- IS
4. 11. 4 Ensemble Averaging 4-l i-)
4 . 11.5 Normalization 4-19

4 . 12 Integral and Fourier Operations on S(r ,w I 4 - 19

4 .12 .1 Delay Spectrum 4-19

4.12.2 Doppler Spectrum 4-20
4 .1 2.3 Joint Time-Frequency Autocorrelation Function 4-21
4 .1 .4 Frequency Autocorre lation 4-22
4 .12 .5 Time Autocorrelation 4-22
4 .12.6 Mean Square Total Multipath Power 4-23

4.1 3 Spread Calcuations 4-24

4 .14 Noise Determination and Removal (NDartdR)

4 . 14. 1 Filter Frequency Response Determination 4-6

4 .14. 2 Filter Response Including Aliased Components 4-29
4 .14.3 Multipath-Free Total Noise Spectra 4-29
4 .14.4 Average Thermal Noise Level of N(f) 4-30
4 .14 .5 Residual Noise Determination 4.30
4 .14.6 Residual Noise Removal 4 I
4 .14.7 Average Thermal Noise Level of S-r (r ,f) ~~
4-3 1
4.14 .8 ~
Thermal Noise Removal and Filter Attenuation Compensation 4-3 2

4. 15 Airborne Prober Antenna Et ’fects Removal 4-3 2

4.16 Tap I and Q Amplitude Distribution 4~37
4 .17 Tap Phase Distribution 44()
4. 18 Tap Process Cross-Correlation 4-41
4 .19 Tap l and Q Dependency 4-4 1
4. 20 Tap-Gain Autocorrelation Function 44 3
4 .2 1 (‘ovariance and Cross-Spectral Density Estimates of Hori,onta l’Vertical
(‘hannel Multipath Data 444

4 .2I. l Data Files 444

4 .2 1 .2 Processing Example 4-4 (r
4 .2 1.3 Flow Chart 445

Si

-
.
~~~~~~~~~~~,. ~~~~
_ _
~~
 CONTENTS (Continued)

Section Page

4 .22 Digital Tape Formats 4-53

4.22. 1 t) I: The Reformatted Digital Tape 4-53

4.22.2 D2: The S n(T .w) Save Tape 4-55
4 .22 .3 D3: The Delay-Spectra Time History Stora ge Tape 4-56

4 .23 Airborne System Parameters 4-Sb

4 .23.1 Recorded Parameters and Recording Format 4-57

4.23.2 D:ita Conversion and Processing 4-57
4.23.3 SACP Modulator Mode Code 4-55
4 23.4 RF Subsystem Mode 4-58
4.23.5 Power Monitors 4-60
4.23 .( Aircraft Parameters 4-6 1
• 4 .24 Sample Multipath Analysis Output 4-62

4.24 .1 Quick-Look Analysis 44i2

4 .24 .2 Delay-Spectra Time History
4.24.3 Receiver and Analog Tape Parameters 4- S
~
4.24 .4 Mean Square Direct Energy 4-68
4.24 .5 Delay-Spectra Time-Domain Analysis 4-68
4.24 .6 Delay-Doppler Scatter Function 4-68
4 .24 . 7 Integral and Fourier Operations on S(ra ) 4-74
~
4.24. 8 Spread Calcuations 4-82
4 .24 .° Noise Determination and Removal 4-53
~
4 .24 .10 Antenna Pattern Effects Removal 4-83
4.24 . 11 Tap I and Q Amplitude Distribution 4 57
4 .24 .12 Tap Phase Distribution ~
4-57
4 .24 .13 Tap Process Cross Correlation 4-87
~
4 ,24 .14 Tap-Gain Autocorrelation Function 4-93
4. 2 4.15 Airborne System Parameters Tape 493

5. PHYSICAL OPTIC’S S(’ATTER MODEL PREDICTIONS 5-1

5.1 Model Introduction

5 .2 Algorithm Execution Sequence and Description
5.3 Sample Output s7

(r . MOI)FM ANTENNA DATA PROCESSIN(; (s- I

(s .I System Block Diagram (s-I

6.2 Test Data Processing Center (TD PC) -I

vii

iu M .
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~ ~
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

CONTENTS (Continued )

Seelton

(s I.I TDP( Processing of Ante ntia. Voi ce , and Ranging Tapes 6-3
Digital (‘ommunication Data
—
is . 2.2 6-7
6 .2 .3 TDP(’ Chart St ripouts 6-8

ci .3 COC 6600 Processing 6-8

ANALYS IS OF l NV ELOPE DETECTOR OUTPUT TO DETERMINI C N 0

A NDS I 7-1

I B:tckground Fheor 7- 1
.2 Envelope Detector Output Processing Procedure 7-9
7~3 Program Input Output Description 7-I 2
‘v . 4 Sample Results 7-13

S. VO iCE MODEM l)RandA PROCESSI NG 5-I

8 .1 Determination of C N~1 and S’ I 8— I

8. 2 Input Specifications and Output Formats 8-I

9. DI(;ITA L COMMUNICATION DATA MODEM DRandA PROCESSING 9-I

9 .1 Dtgital Tape Fortnat 9-j

Q .1 Algorithm to ~ Digital Data Processing 9-I
9 .3 Digital Data Record Processing Algorithm 9-I

~.3.1 Synchronization of Input Data to Reference Data 9-4

9 .3. 2 Block Error Statistics 9-6
9 ,3,3 Ititer-Error Spacing 94,

9 .4 Program Input amid Output Description 9-7

10. RANGING MODEM DRandA PROCESSING 10-I

10. 1 Digital Tape Format (TSC Ranging) 10-I

10. 1 Rangmtig Data A mialysis Al gorithms 10—I

10.2 . 1 Purge ot Untreasolla llle Range Values 10— I

10. 1.2 Least-Squares Fit and Fri or Array 10-2
10. 2.3 Error Statistics 1 0-S
10, 1.4 Error Distribution Histogram 10-6
10. 2 .5 (‘hi-Squ:i red Goodness-of-Fit Test 10-6

‘ni l

— _~~a~~~~~~
 CONTEN TS (Concluded )

Section Page

I) 3 Input Spec ification amid Output l:~ rmi1at 1 0—7

10. 4 Place Rangimig Data .Anal sis 10—9
~

~ II Si DR,ind \ PROC ESSING Il-I

II. ANTI N \

Ill Digital I:igL ’ Format Il—I

11 .2 Im ipt nt Specification and Output Format Il—I

:1 REEl RI NCI S R-l

APPEN DI X .-\ [east-S quares-Fit Algonthm A-I

APPENDIX B Sea-State Data Reduction B-I

__________________________________
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ A
 -
—

ILLUSTR A T IONS

Figure PiJ)~e

2-1 Data Reduction and Analysis Functional Flow 2-2

2-2 Boeing Flight Test Data Processing E M R Ground Station 24
2-3 Airborne Tape Processing Data Flow 2-6
2-4 Multipath Data Processing Flow 2-7
3-I Multi path Algorithm Execution Sequence , Part I
3-2 Multipath Algorithm Execution Sequence . Part 2 3-3
4-I Quick-Look Data Processing 4-3
4-2 Delay-Spectra Time History Algorithm 4-6
4-3 Multipath Data Validity Check and Transposition Algorithm 4-9
4-4 Simplified Transpose Flow Chart 4-1 0
4-5 Suhinterval Transpostion Structure 4-I I
4-6 Delay-Doppler Scatter Function Algorithm 4- 13
4-7 rap Power Spectral Density 4-1 7
4-8 Spread Parameter Illustration 4-IS
4-9 Delay-Doppler Realm of SACP Receiver 4-2
~
4-10 Noise Determination and Removal Algorithm 4-IS
4- Il Multipath-Free Noise Spectrum Showing Aliasing and Arithmetic Noise 4-30
4-Il Tap l and Q Amplitude Distribution Algorithm 4-38
4- 13 Cross-Correlation Program High-Level Algorithm 4-4 2
4- 14 H and V Data File Structure 4-4 5
4-I S H and V Record Structure 4-4 7
4- In IIV Processing Flow Chart 49
4-I 7 Airborne Tape Processing High-Level Program Algorithm 4-59
4- IS Quick-Look Graphical Display 4-64
4-1
~ Three-Dimensional Plot of Delay -Spectra Time History 4-66
4-20 Three-Dimensional Plot of Delay-Doppler Function (Noise Present) 4-71
4- 21 Three-Dimensional Plot of Delay-Doppler Function (Noise Removed) 4- 2
4- 22 Three-Dimensional Plot of Delay-Doprier Function (Noise Removed, Hidden
Lines Present I 4~~ 3
4-23 Delay and Doppler Spectra Plot (Noise Present) 4-7 5
4-24 Delay and Doppler Spectra Plot (Noise Removed ) 4-76
4- 25 Joint Time-Frequency Autocorre lation Function 4-
~
()

4- In Frequency and Time Autocorr elation Functions 4-S I

4- 27 -.
Antenna Effects Removal Output G(r . )
~~ 4 511

_____________________________________ .. . . .
 I

ILLUSTRATIONS (Continued )

Figure

4-25 Tap I. Q, and Phase Histograms 4-89

4-29 Tap Process Cross-Correlation Output 4-92
4-30 Tap-Gain Autocorrelation Function (Noise Present) 4-96
4-3 1 Tap-Gain Autocorrelation Function (Noise Removed) 4-9 7
4-32 Airborne Tape Plotted Results
5-i Scatter Model 5-3
5-2 Scatter Model Geometry 5-5
5-3 Scatter Model Prediction — S(r , ) 5-8
~~
5-4 Scatter Model Predictions — D(w) , Q(r) 5-9
5-5 Scatter Model Prediction — iR( , )I 5-10
~ ~~
5-6 Scatter Model Predictions — I R(0 , 2) I . R(~ .0)I 5-I I
~
6- I Modem Evaluation DRandA System 6-2
6- 2 ATSAVR Formatting System 6-4
6-3 Signal Strength Format . 800-bpi Digital Tape 6-5
6-4 Ranging Test Tape Format 6-6
6-5 TDPC Digital Data Tape Formatting Process 6-9
6-6 Digital Data Test Tape Format 6-10
6-7 CDC 6600 Computer Data Flow for Modem Evaluation Data Processing 6-1 2
7-I Detector Input Spectrum 7-2
7- 2 Ratio of Squared Mean to Noise Floor — Low Pass Filter Output of Envelope
Detector 7-7
7-3 Ratio 01’ Squared Mean to Variance — Low-Pass Filter Output of Envelope
Detector . B1 800 Hz 7-8
7-4 Ratio of Squared Mean to Variance Low-Pass Filter Output of Envelope
Detector . Bt’= 250 Hi 7-10
7-5 Envelope Detector Data Analysis Algorithm 7-Il
7-6 Spectral Analysis Plot of Envelope Detector Output . S/ I > IS d B 7-lb
7-7 Spectra l Analysis Plot of Envelope Detector Output . S/ I = 6.5 dB 7-1 7
7-8 Computed Versus Real-Time C/N0 7-IS
8-I Vo ice Data Processing Algorithm 8-2
9- I Digital Data Processing Algorithm i4 2
~
9- 2 Digital Record Processing Algorithm 9.3
9-3 Digital Message Synchronization Algorithm 9-5
9- 4 Inter-Error Spacing Detinition

xi

L. _ _ _ _ _
 ILLUSTRATIONS (Concluded)

Figure Page

10- I Ranging Time Segment Processing Algorithm 10-3

10-2 Ranging Values Processing Algorit hm 10-4
A- i Convergence A lgorithm A-b
B-I Buoy Roll and Pitch Coordinate System B-b
B-I Wave Staff Geometry B-S
B-S Wave Staff Circuitry B-9
8-4 Voltage Resistance Calibration Curve B-I I
B-S Sea-State Geometries B-lb

TABLES

Table Page

4- I TAPE FORMAT FOR SACP RECEIVER AND TAPE STATUS PARAMETERS 4-15
4-2 L E G E N D FOR SACP RECEIVER AND TAPE STATUS PARAMETERS 4- IS
4-3 FORMAT OF REFORMATTED DIGITAL TAPE . Dl 4-54
4-4 MERGED-TIME CODE FORMAT 4-55
4-5 FORMAT OF DELAY-SPECTRA TIME HISTORY TAPE . D3 4-57
4-6 AIRCRAFT PARAMETERS RECORD FORMAT 4-58
4-
~ SACP MODULATOR MODE CODE 4-60
4-8 ANTENNA TYPE AND POLARiZATION CODE 4-60
4-9 QUICK-LOOK NUMERICAL OUTPUT 4-63
4- b DELAY-SPECTRA TIME HISTORY NUMERICAL OUTPUT 4-6 7
4-I I DELAY -DOPPLER SCATTER FUNCTION NUMERICAL OUTPUT
(NOISE PRESENT’I 4-69
4-11 DE LAY -DOPPLER S(’ATTER FUNCTION NUMERICAL OUTPUT
(NOISE REMOVED) 4-70
4-1 3 DELAY A NI) I)OPPLER SPECTRA NUMERICAL OUTPUT 4 .77
4-14 F R I Q E l N(Y A UTO(’ORREE.AT ION FUNCTION OUTPUT 4-75
4-IS TIME AUTOCORR ELA [ION I:UNCTION OUTPUT 4-79
4-l b MOM N I COMPUTATION OUTPU I 1)OPPLER SPECTRUM 4- 82

‘Ii
 TA BLES IConcluded (

Table Page

4-17 NOISE P.AR,- .Ml TI R OUTPUTS N 1 f . R f). N O’). A 0 . A 0 ( r ) 4-84

~
4-IS NOISE: PARAM ETER 01 IPU F ( land Q VOLTAGE MEANS) 4-55
4-Ifl TAP I ANt) Q .\PD HISTOGRAMS 4-88
4- 10 TAP PIIASI I)ISTRIBUTION HISTO(;RAM 4-90
4-I l CROSS-CORR E L,.\tlON NUMI RICA L OUTPUT 4-9 1
4-22 TAP-GAIN .AUTOCOR RELATION FUNCTION (MAGNITUDE)
NUMERICAL OUTPU F 4-94
4-13 TA P-(;AI N .- \UTOCORRELATION FUNCTION (PHASE) NUMERICAL
OUTPUT 4-95
4- 24 AIRBORNE TAPE NUMERICAL OUTPUT 4-98
b-I AIRCRAFT PARAMETE RS 6-I I
SIGNAL STRENGTH SUMMARY NUMERICAL OUTPUT . .. .~~~~~~ . . . . . . ,. . . . . . 7-IS
9-I ERROR LOC ATIONS IN DIGITAL DATA RECORDS 9-8
DIGITAL S I( .MF NT SUM MARY AND BLOCK ERROR HISTOGRAM 9-9
i)3 INTER-ERROR SPACING FIIsTo(;RAM 9- 10
10- I TS(’ DIGITAL RANGING TAPE LEGEND 10-2
10- 1 PRINTOUT OF DIGITAL RANGING OBSERVATIONS 1 0-8
1 0-3 RA NGING SEGMEN T SUMNIA RY TSC MODEM 10-10
1 0-4 RANGING SEGM ENT SU MMARY . P LAC E MOD E M 10-Il
B-I GRAY CODE B- I
B-I I) .ATA FRAME. FORMA T B-13

5,111
 SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS

A/ D analog to digital
APD amplitude probability distribution
ATS-6 A pplications Tec hnology Satellite 6 ( NASA)
A 0 (r) average tap thermal noise
bpi hits per inch
bps hits per second
BER bit-error rate
Bf bandwidth , lIz
cw continuous wave
CL code length
C/ N 0 earner-to-noise power dendty ratio
CONUS Continental United States
CP circular polarization
CR chip rate
CRT cathode ray tube
dB decibel
<1D1 2 > mean square direct-path signal powe r
DMA direct memory access
DOT Department of Transportation
DRandA data reduction and analysis
D( , Doppler spectrum
~~
ERP effective radiated power
FFT fast Fourier transform
FR(f) frequency response
GMT Greenwich mean time
GOF goodness of fit
H horizontal

ips inches per second

<1 11 2 > mean square multipath power
INS inertial navigation system
I/O input/output
I.Q in-phase, quadrature-phase
IRIG Inter-Range Instrumentation Group
LHC left-hand circular
LPF low-pass filter
NAFEC National Aviation Facilities Experimental Center

xiv
 pppp—.
-
“-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

~ ~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~

SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS (Concluded)

NDandR noise determination and removal

N( f) multipath-free total noise power spectral density
NRZ nonreturn to zero
psd power spectral density
• PCM pulse code modulation
PDD programmab le data distributor
PLACE position location and communication equipment
PN pseudo-noise
PSK phase-shift keying
P( ) phase probability density function
~
Q(r) delay spectrum
R/A random access
R(f) residual noise
RF radiofrequency
RHC right-hand circular
R(0. ) frequency autocorrelation function
~~
R( .0) time autocorre lation function
~
R(E. 2) joint time-frequency autocorrelation function
~
R ( ) cross-correlation funct ion
~~ ~
SACP satellite aeronautical channel prober
S/ I signal-to-multipath interference ratio
SRDS Systems Research and Development Service
S(r .w ) delay-Doppler scatter function
1DPC Test Data Processing Center
TFE telemetry front end
TSC Transportation Systems Center
U(r ,E) tap-gain autocorre lation function
V vertical
W BFM wideband frequency modulation
X electromagnetic wavelength
mean
a standard deviation
time-delay (lag) variab les
phase of ~th tap received signal
chi-squared statistic
w frequency offset variab les.

XV / xvi

L. .—— —- — ~~~~~~~~ —
—
r .
-. ,----
- -- -------
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~
-
~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

~ ~~~~

1. INTRODUCTION

Work performed under contract DOT-TSC-707 includes all software development (for both
quick-look and detailed data reduction and analysis), data processing, ana lysis. and reporting of results
for the following U.S. DOT aeronautical technology tests:

Multipath channel characterization

Modem evaluation
Voice
Data
Ranging
Antenna eva luation

This report gives a detailed description of the software and associated hardware used for the
reduction and ana lysis ot data acquired during the ATS-6 program for the above tests. Sections 2
through 5 describe software and hardware for reduction and analysis of multipath prober data: see-
e tions 6 through II provide equivalent information for the modem and antenna evaluation tests.

Program listings and other information relevant to the software described are provided in an
auxiliary software data package . The software data package was delivere d to DOT/TSC during April
1975. Sot’tware developed after April 1975 will be delivered upon completion of the DRandA task.

I- I/ I -I

— S .- -
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

2. MULT IPATH DATA PROCESSING FUNCTIONAL SEQUENCE

lb SYSTEM BLOC K DIAGRAM

Figure 2- 1 depicts the processing steps involved in the refo rmatting, reduction , and
analysis of t he recorded multipath SACP signal arrays and the aircraft-transmitter parameter tape.

Received SACP signals ’ are direct recorded in a standard telemet ry analog format (serial
PCM , NRZ-L). On the analog source tape , two tracks are in general occupied by the multipath
data w hile another of the seven available tracks contains an IRIG-A modulated time code. At the
Boeing ground station facility, the data and time tracks are initially processed by telemetry front
end (TFE) equipment. which for this particular application routes the played-hack serial signals
t hrough its PCM subsystem to the programmable data distributor (PDD). The PDD merges time
words with the data and distributes t he information to one or both of the PDP 11/4 5 computer
I/O buses. The dual PDP computer system is called upon to perfo rm three basic functions:

a. Conversion of t he analog recorded data tapes into digital format computer-compatible

tapes. The digital tapes are 1/2-in , width with nine parallel tracks written in 1 600-bpi
density.
b. Quick-look processing of the multipath data . This consists of a playback real-time
analysis of the recorded tap outputs and produces individual tap trequency spread.
delay spectra, and receiver parameter dumps for all pertinent test data.
c. Calculation ot the time-ordered delay-spectra arrays that are used to generate the
time history of the multipat h channel’s delay spectra. The normalization and three-
dimensiona l plotting of this data are performed in the (DC 6600.

The prober data is analyzed in detail by the CDC 6600 computer. This analysis provides
a compre hensive characterization of the multipath channel tor horizontal and vertical polariza-
tion , gathered over a down-looking antenna. The primary output of this routine is the delay-
Doppler scatter function o1 the c hannel. Also included are the channel’s time-frequency auto-
correlation function : total scattered intensity : delay spectrum ; Doppler spectrum: frequency
autocorre lation function;timc autocorrelation function: parameter spread va lues :ta p I. Q. and
phase distributions: goodness-of-tit lest on the tap distributions: tap cross-correlation ; tap I and Q
dependency tests: and the tap-gain autocorrelation function.

In addition to the SACI~ receiver data reduction. t his report also includes detail s pertain-
ing to software designed to reduce and analyze the data tape containing airplane and tra ns mitter

‘ (‘omplex l.Q outputs from two deIa~ tap corre lator banks . each consisting of III ele ments .

2- 1

if_pa. -, . ——- --..-- ,— ,- ,, —--— -

,.
 -‘ ~~~~~~~~ ~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
- -
~~~~~~~~ r’~~~ ~ i- -.
~~~~~ ~~~~~~~

:b b
., :
~~~~~ ,
•

•
•: Ly
_ =

_:EI;11
_ _ _

~ 1

-- I
 - , lu Kec ’ner .ind Analog Tape Status Param eters
~ 4-14

parameters. The airplane ss stein and transmitter parameters are recorded in a time multiplex-mode of
seven-truc k (six data, one parity ) tape that is direct ly compatible with the Boeing CDC 6600. Data
extracted from th~ a irborne syst em parameters tape will serv e as a data collection integrity measure
and w ill be used to augment the logged tlight test data for norma lization purposes.

22 SYSTEM DE SCRIPTION

In this section. details pertaining to the computer systems used to analyze the multipath data
are prov ided.

1.2.1 Boeing Flight Test PDP 11/ 45 Telemetry Ground Station

The Boeing Flight Test Center ground station is used to convert analog PCM telemetry data to
formatted digital information , to perform quick-look reduction including delay-spectra and tap
frequency-spread calcu lations, and to set up the dat ~ibase for the delay-spectra time history calculation.

T he hardware configuration of the ground station is depicted in figure 2-2 . Vertical and hori-
zonta l data and time code are read simultaneously on the analog tape transport . These data are routed
to various components of the te lemetry front end (TFE) by the EMR 1793 data matrix , which is man-
uaIl set up at the start ot a test series.
~

Multipath data is routed to the EMR 720 bit synchronizer where the PCM bit stream is dig-
itized and sync hronized to a cloc k signal. The EMR 720 output is input to the frame synchronizer ,
wh ich searches for the frame sync bit pattern that heads each frame of data. This action allows for the
correlation of specitic stream bit segments to real data elements that can be processed by computer.

Frame synchroni,er output is processed by the programmable data distributor (PDD). which
removes blan k words and merges time code information into the data stream. The system setup con-
troller determines the source of the merged time code for the PDD and interrupts for the processor.

Test condition timing control and time code data are generated by the Datum tape search unit
and time code translator. A start and stop time is set in this unit, which is used to delimit the test
condition interval. When the operator has the TFE set up. system contro l is transferred to this unit.

Most of the TIE components are sCi up by Lontro l si gnals from the computers that interface
to the TIE through an arr ay 0) 27 63 inter face s. Thes~ signals are generated through interpretation of
commands either made on the DEC writer terminal by the operator or read in from punched cards by
t he card reader.

.- - .
 Si

- . .
~I T J I ~
-

~~~~~
. . .

~~~~~~~ ~
~~~~~~~~~ ~

r ~~~~ ~~~~~

~
[ 1 _ _ _ _ ~~~~~
~~
_ _ _ _

_ L11~
[1
~~
~i_1
I
~
_ _ _ _

~~

I
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

‘ f” :
_ _ _ _

~~~~

IH

100J ~~
~~
!~
~~~ ~~~~ HJ

~~~ II
1VDi! j
~~~~
I
___________________ lVlPlOliIION ________________________

2-4
 vii

Formatted telemet ry data from the POD is input to the PDP 11 /45 memory via a 2763 DMA
channel. The data is processed and written to the TMA-2.

Following the reduction of a test condition , the digital tape tiles containing level quick-look
data ame read back , with graphic output produced on the Tektronix 4012 CRT display and printed
summaries generated on the Gould 4800 printer.

The RKO5 and RPO2 are used to store programs for the data processing and system operation.

1.2.2 CDC 6600 Computer System

A CDC 6600 computer , with KRONOS 2.1 operating system , is used to process the multipath
data tapes.

Figure 2-3 gives the data flow for the airborne tape processing. Program inputs consist of a
seven-track tape and control data cards. The program, which is run in batch mode on the 6600 com-
puter, produces numerical output and a plot tape that is processed off-line by the CalComp plotter.
This plotter was chosen for the quality and size of its plot. The processing program is written in
FORTRAN IV. To format the plot tapes . CalComp plot routines from the system library are used.

Figure 2-4 gives the data flow for the delay-spectra time history and the detailed analysis proc-
essing. Program inputs consist of the reformatted tape and control data cards. The program is run in
batch mode. Temporary storage on disk is used to record the input data. Program outputs include a
listing, a save tape (for the scatter function), and a plot tape that is processed off-line on a SC 4020
plotter. The graph produced by the SC 4020 has resolution and size adequate for multipath output.
The processing programs are written in FORTRAN IV and CDC 6600 assembly language (2~ ot the
coding). The subroutines used from the system library are relative to random access (R/A ) input/
output operations and plot tape formatting.

2-5
 ‘i l l

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

_ •

AR D 4 0ECK
~~~~
[~~~~~~ 5E

COMPILER

CX 6600 YSTE
RUN PLOT
OUTIN

LISTING

CAL COMP
PROC ESS

CALCOMP
PLOT

Figure 2-3. Airborne Tape Processing Data F/o w

L. ,.
~ .—~~ ——-- .
 I’

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
~~~~~~~~~

( DATA SOURCE CODE

~~~~ O1
CARD TAPE

FORTRAN
COMPILER
ASSE)’~ LER
SYSL IB
TEMPORARY 6600
FILE PROCESSING
R/A I/O
PLOT
ROUTINE

54 Y E PLOT
T APE T A PE

LIST ING SC 4 020

PROCESS ING

PLO T

NO TE : SAVE TAPE , TEMPORARY FILE , AND RANDOM ACCESS I/O

ROUTINES ARE NOT USED FOR THE DELAY-SPECTRA TIME HISTORY .

Figure 2-4. Mu/tipath Data Processing F/ow

,
.. .~~~~- .. .~~~~~~~ .
,
 __
L~~~~~ •.- .--
!PF
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ , _,_
~~~
.,— ,
w .’
~~~~~ ‘.-‘-— - .--— . - -- - --‘- .--, .
~~
,
~~~~~~
T.. .‘
~‘ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
________________________________
~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~

3. ML LTIP.-tTH A LGORITHM L XECUTION SEQUENCE

I igiires 3-I amid 3-2 depict the algorithm exec ution sequence t ’or processing the multipath
channel dat a and iii~’ receis L’r 55 stei n parahlieters . Detailed descriptions of the indicated block opera-
tions are g isen in sect ion 4. l’u esslfli. of t he airborne system parameter s tape is carried out mndepend—
ent lv from this sequenc e and is disc ussed in section 4.23 .

3.1 ALGORITHM I \l ( 1 lIO N S lQ L l N( l

The ope ratio ns descri bed in fig ures 3-1 and 3-2 are loosely catego rized as A/ D reformatting.
quick-look , delay-spectra time histor ~ - extraction of delay- Doppler-related channel parameters. and
ta p statistical .inalv’es . Common to the four latter categori es is in the processing of the SACP receiver
an d analog tape status para nieters. rite tape para meters ( pa rit y erro r count. frame lock loss count ,
t data track being processed. polarization of data track ) are obtained from the PDP 11/45 software
interaction with the TF L equipment. whereas the SA ( P receiver parameters are embedded in the data
frame that contains the cor re lator outputs.

Through use of the d ua l-system capabilities of the PDP II 45 ground station , the algorithm
execution sequencing described below is followed:

a. The dual system is used to sim ultaneously quick-look process the H and V data tracks:
ii is includes generation of tape 03.
h. From the quick -book outputs . periods of data nterest and receiver configuration station-
arity are identified.
c. The dual syst e m is used to simu ltaneously re format the H and V data; each reformatted
data strea m is recorded on its own separate digital tape. DI
d. Tape 03 is batch processed for the three-dimensional de liy-spectra time history .
e. The re formatted tapes (D I ( are hatch processed for the detailed data analysis.

Although this execution sequence is considered to be optimum for processing the simultane-
ous lv received horizontal and vertical polarization data, it does not have to be strictly followed. For
exam ple. one may simultaneou s ly quick-look Process and reformat a single polarization data stream or
re format one track while quick-look processing the other. Similarly. any of ’ t he processing flow seg-
ments could he eliminated without af fecting the other operations.

3-i
 ~~

-‘ ,—:- -
C >

-
._ —
g ~
- ~~~ :
- - .-.
~~~~~~~~~~~~
~~~~~

C — ~. -, -
~
~~~~~~~~~~~~~

C C
- - ~
I I -‘ ‘
-
~ C ’
~ .
I— I >
~

- ~~~~~ C > ~~~~~~~~~~~~

a
— C — — - C
~ ~~~~~~~ -

= C >~~~
3E
I. •- ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
cJ C- ~J - C. - .
~
t
~ ~~~ t . — Z C 0-:
~
c,) ii’i
~~ ~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
II

~~~~

_ I
c~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~
~~~~~~~~c ~~~~
~~~~~~~ ~~~

E -
~~ . ~ .g — C”
~
— 2 2 ‘at
~~
~

r
t

~ I- ~~-I ~
~ C .

c
‘
-

~ iH
~ ~ ~L~ _ -:
~~ ~
I EI S
~
In
I I
.—.. ~~~~~~~~
~~~~~
l 5 - ~~I
~
‘

~~
-
I~~
~I
~~~
I I
-
‘~~

~~
\

/ \ L.J
~~~~~~~~ Z~~~~~- ~~
.

I~~ ~~~~ l
~
0> -

r i
~~
dH

I I I > i
1 fl ~~ ~
>-

~LH ~
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

•.1 h i— , L)
~
I~ IHi
~~
IH I
~~
~

L . . .- . -
~

c
0~~~ ~~~~~~
..
~~E
‘
0 V
‘
~~~~ ~~~~~~ ~~~ c ~~~
C O 0
~‘- o C~~~~ C~~~
_ Q’ C~~~~~ ,
~~~~ ~ ‘
.00 ~~~~~~~~~ ~~ C

~~~~~~~~~~
0.
- 0 0

. 1 ! I—
: ~~~~~~~~~
.
~~~~~~ -~
-~L. Z~~~

Y T T T T TI
C,.)
-~~ ~~~0 2
0.

~~~~
O~~~~E

.~~— .- -- — .--- .
-,--—— ,-- --- . , - -—- , ~ . . ~~---
.. , .
 3. 2 A N A L Y T I CA L OBJI ( FIVES of : A LGO RIT IIM PROCESSING BLOCKS

.-\ brief description of the analytical objective of each of the major processing algorithms is

gis en below.

3. 2.1 Quick-Look Real-Time Playback Data Anal~ sis

This output is directl y available trom the PDP 1 1 4 5 system and provides both oscilloscope
display plots and hard-copy numerical out put. From this the operator may investi gate receiver param-
eter confi guration. tap trequency spread. delay power spectral density, and analog magnetic tape
status descriptors. Primary use of these data is to identify time intervals that provide both steady-state
j receiver conditions and multipath scatter phenotnena of particular importance.

3. 2 .1 Reformatted SACP l)igital Tapes

Source analog tapes are processed to provide computer-compatible digital tapes thai represent
the complex tap voltage time-domain data of the SACP receiver. Typically, those periods of data
=
identified by the quick-look anal ysis as being of particular interest were reformatted for the CONUS
tests. For tIle’ oceanic tests, the hulk of the valid data was converted to digital format.

3. 2 .3 Delay-Spectra Time History

For all periods of valid data collection, the scatter channel’s delay power spectra l density (psd)
is determined in a time-running nonoverlapping manner with psd estimates being calculated over a
2-sec interval. The outputs that occur once every Isec are given in both numerical and three-
dimensiona l plotted formats. Respectively, these data provide both a quantitative and a comprehensive
overview description of the channel’ s time-variant delay-spectra characteristics. This analysis is of
particular importance t’or the (‘ONUS scatter , where terrain roughness and electrical characteristics
vary rapidly with distance. One use of the 3-1) overview plot is lor isolation of time and tap bank
intervals t hat possess data for which it is desirable to either ( 1 ) reference the numerical output to
obtain quantitative delay-spectra information or lt subject the data input string to detai led delay-
Doppler psd computer processing.

3. 2.4 Delay-l)oppler Sc atter I’osver Spectra l Density . S) r.w)

This f ’unction represents the distribution of d i f f u s e l y scattered power arriving at the receiver
wit h Doppler frequenc y cc and time delay r. For the zero-mean complex Gaussian random-scatter
proce,s . St r.c.a ) com pletely characteri ze s Ihe channel =t: i l i s t i C s . For each test condition , including

3-4
 -‘
I’

pro bes condt ieted os er i he’ muli p.11 Ii and operational antenna sy s tems , at least one detailed S (r.w
tunction is gene rated. Ihe output is given in numerical and three-dimensional plotted form. Further-
more . s iit cc this paiaitie lc r is of such f undamental importance for the interpretation . modeling, amid
.ipp lte,it iou of the sc att e r cltaui nel phenomena. S)r.cc us also preserved on magnetic tape . This
prov ides a convenient and coiitp.ie : bj s is front whic h future analysis may he conducted without going
t hrough the ti nte- co ns untun g atiet expe ns use cotnputer processing steps required to obtain the delay—
Doppler psd froiti the reformatted S.-~( P digital tapes.

3.1.5 Integral and Fourier O perations on St r.cc

The scatter function St r .~c contains all the ingredients needed for derivation of equiva-
lent and lo~ er order chaminel paramelers . Software modules are contained within the detailed
analys is routines to derive the lohlowmm tg parameters :

a. Joint t i me-t re’quenc ~ j utocorre lation function.

Rt E. 2
~
=
// Sir.cc ) ~ ~~r+Ecc ) drdw
i)
(3-I )

b. Tunic .uiut o ~orre lat iomi fum ict ion.

R E . O) =
// S(r .cc) dr e
~~~ dcc
(3-2 )

c. F reel uemi e a Ut ocnrrela lion funct ion.

~
T (3-3 )
RI0. ~2) = j J S t r .cc) dcc e~~~ dr

d. Doppler spectrum.

Dfcct / S( r . c c f d r

e. Delay spectrum.

Qlr) = fs i r.cc l dcc

f. Total m i s scattered cne rg ~

<1 T =
f f s r.w drdcc . (3- ( )
~
Fhe time-frequency ~mutocorr e lj t uon function and its res pecl is e axial cuts measure the
degree of correlation between Iwo sigu ua ls delayed in lime by
~ and offset in frequency by S2
These functions ,!rc ’ complex and therefore .ire fo rm alle d in lerms of Iheir amplitudes and phases
in the software ou tput.

3.5
3. 2.6 Channel Spread Parameters

From the D)c.a). Q(r). R(E.0). and R(0.~2) distributions , lower echelon l’irst-order
channe l parameters such j s the Doppler spread, delay spread .decorrelation time , and coherence
bandwidth of the sczutt er channel are easily estimated.

3. 2 . 7 Noise l)eter mination and Removal (N[)auidR)

The outputs of t he SACP multipath corretator contain desired signal data , spur ious signal
terms , low-pass additive thermal noise , and receiver arit hmetic noise. Under normal SACP oper-
ating conditions , the NDandR algorithm statistical ly eliminates these noise terms froni the data
on a tap-by-tap basis. The noise-free estimate of the delay-Doppler function may then be nor-
malized for the low-pass filter attenuation and subjected to the integral . Fourier transform , and
spread determination steps as previously outlined.

3. 2.8 Antenna Pattern l~ft ec i ’ Removal

Design criteria for the f’orward multipath antenna were established to provide a radiation
pattern wit h nearly uniform coverage over the e ffective scatter region. However. for certain
flight direction headings , the f ’idelity of the channel measurement may be enhanced by applying
the antenna effects remova l algorithm. This routimie operates on the noise-free Str ,cc) estimate
to provide an equivalent scatter function that would be measured with a unif ’orm gain antenna.
The multipath process performs a 2-into- I mapping operation wherein two surface returtis are
mapped into one delay-Doppler noint. The application of this algorithm is thus restricted to the
in-plane flight goemetry eases where the cosymmetry of the delay contours. Doppler contours.
and scatte r cross-section (isotropic surta cef is exploited.

3. 2.9 Tap Amplitude amid Phase Distributions

Determination of the I’umidarnental sf at ~stic aI properties of the scatter process requires

that the received signal’s time-domain fluctuations he characterized. The probability distribution
and the :issoci:ited means :~nd varia utces of these Iluctuations are derived for each tap ’s I compo-
nent. Q component. an.’ phase angle flu’ processes ’ composite signal . which is constructed h~
vc’ctorially sLimming the del:i lap outputs , us also subje cted to these operations. The experirnen-
~
tal distributions arc compared with prediction for the complex Gaussian channel. These eorrcla-
tio ns are iniplemented via the x goodness~~f-f i t l est .

s,~ _,_ .i——--~~..

 I
~
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -— - --.

~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~

3.1. 10 Tap Process Bank Cross-Correlations

The degree of coherency hetweem i any two taps in a particular tap hank or in cross-
polarized banks (i.e.. one is h orizontal, t he other ve rtical) is measured through use of ’ the normal-
ized cross-correlation fumiction:
<X t t ) Y * ( t ~~) .
R x \.( ) 37 )
~ ~

where:
X = complex tap process in either hank
Y complex tap process in either hank
= time-lag variable .

3. 2.11 Tap I and Q I)ependency

For random roug h surface scattering where the electromagnetic wave undergoes deep
phase modulatioti at the multipath interface , we expect that the I and Q components of the
received signals ar e st atistically independent. This condition is explored by determning t he zero-
lag normalized correlation coefficient between a tap ’s orthogonal components . i.e.:

R 1~~~(O) —----______ ,
(3- 8 )
“i r
~ ‘

3. 2. 1 2 Tap-Gain Autocorre lation Function

Au estimate ’ of the channel’s tap-gain autocorrelation function. U(r .~ ). is derived through

application of the following operation:

U(r . ) <X (t ) X (t- E Y . (

~ ~ ~
where:
r delay tap value
X~. complex process of ~lap r in hank X (i.e., horizontal or vertical)
= time-lag variable .

Ib i s f’unction measures the ;iutocorr clation lunction of the mull ipath process on a tap-hy-t ap
basis and is ava ilable (magnitude ) as a three-dimensional otifpu ( plot from the software package.

I An altern ate derivation of this fund ion may he obtained by inverse Fourier transformation of
the S(r.c.a ) function with respect to the cc variable.

3-7

L — ,=- .- --—— .—
~~~~~~~
~~~~ -
 rse o program options ex ist in t it us algorithm: ( I ( cross—pol arized esti m ate of U) r .E ) and
I) louse esi male remos al.

Ilie cross-polarized estimate of L r. ) is calculated by replacing time conjugated variahle imi

~
equation ) 3_ k) ) s~ ithi t lte appropriate Y tap of the bank containing the orthogonal polarized return.
~
Assiuniing the indepem idence of ntultipath atid noise , we arrive at a noise-free estimate of the
tap—ga u l autoc orrelation function Unr r.E):

U ui r ( T = KX t ) X (t - N_ i . : \ ( r) X ) r_ E) > (3-10 )
T ~~ ~ ,

~~

where us the compl ex output of a mullipath-free tap usuall y taken from a region of the bank
prece ding the specular point return) .

3. 2 .1 3 System Calibration Parameter Data

Magnetically recorded data pertaining to receiver system operation (i.e.. direct and multipath
channel gains. etc. ). transmitter power amp lifier outputs , and aircraf ’t flight parameter descriptors
are computer reduced to aid in the normalization of the scatter channel power returns. These
data also serv e as a data collection integrity measure and are used primarily to augment the logged
flight test data.

3.3 \IULTIPATI-I DATA BASE COMPONENTS

The data base delivered to DOT/TSC relative to the mullipath cha nnel characteri zation lcst
consists of the followiuig items:

.u. I. ibrary of analog SAC P receiver source data tapes. Iiues c data we’re recorded al the
NAS ground station on 9600— or 7200-ft meets of I 1-un. magnetic instrumentation tape
tu si m ig A m p e x ( R-1900 and/or FR-2000 recorders , Ihue ’ recor ded data corresponds to the

umi processed data obtained front the otitptits of I iii ’ SA ( P receis er d tiring Iest

h. Library of relorma t ted digital data ta pes l) I t. thcse’ I( 00-b pi. nimie—t ra ck digital tape s
contain the SA(’I’ rece iver output data in cut unp uile r-com pat u ble digital format. The 1)1
tapes are generated by the Boeing PI)P II 45 f a c i l i t y aiid have a lorm iiat is described in
4 .22. 1
sedti uli l

3-S
 c. Library of ’ delay-spectra time history tapes D3 . These 1600-b pi. nine-track digital tapes
contain the delay-spectra time history arrays computed b y the dual I’DP 1 1 4 5 computer
system. In most cases , the f iles containing these data are phys ically located on the sante
tape as the corresponding reformatted digital data described as Dl (above). Tape format
is described in section 4. 12.3.

d. Library of S ntr w ) sase tapes (DI). Tape DI contains the computed noise-presen t esti-
~
mate of the cham inel’ s delay- Doppler scatter function. The tape format is described in
section 4. 22.2.

e. Library of airborne svst etu u parameters source tapes. Iti ese 800-hpi, scseui- tr ac k computer-
compatible digital tapes were recorded onboard the KC-1 35 air c raft termina l lusutu g a
Kennedy 8707 recorder. The tapes contain power level calibration data and other intor-
mation relevant to the test parameters during test. Information contemi t amid tape format
are described in section 4. 13.

f. Coniputer programs (card decks ) and listings corresponding to t he programs used for de-
tailed analysis of the reformatted multipath data ( D l ) tapes. Description of algorithms
are given in sectic ns 3 and 4.
~

g. Computer programs (card dec ks) and listings correspomiding to the physical optics vector
scatter model described in section 5.

h. Punch paper tapes providing radiation distribution Plots of ante nmia ramige data for the
t ’ront multipath antenna for various polarizations and pointing angles.

The following additional data base resulted froni a subcontract to (‘NR. Inc.

a. Reformatted 800-hpm. seven-track multipath computer-compati ble digital data tapes

generated front selected Boeing PDP 11 . 45 , 1 600-hpi . nine-track DI tapes.

h. Transposed multipath digital data tapes listed in volume V . section 5

c. Sea—state buoy 800—hpi. sev em i— t rack digital data tapes conta ining m easured huio
~ aru.ibles
stripped from the analog buoy data source tapes . (I apes correspond to data acq tim red on
January 29 and 30 . 1Q75 . plus March 15 through April I.I 9 7 5j These P( NI data strip-
ping operations emp loyed a capability existing at DOT’TS( .

d. Backup program tape containing the programs tus ed or s ea -si ,ite htuo dat a reduction,
~
Il—V correlation and s I at is tic al ana l ysis . ami d Iranspose amid seat term ui g lund ton I)Rj nd A.
These programs are discussed in sec luouls 4.2 I arid appendix B. Programs c.an be rtimi on
he DOT/’[SC Pl)P 10 iii time-share or ha tc lt proces su tug inc udes .

3_ U 3—Ia

. . -
,
 4. ML LTIP.tTIf .~LGORI THM DESC RIPTION

T hu s se~ lio n pi c~ ides .c inure ’ dci .uuk’ d description ot the ittultipath algorithms presented in fig—
iii es 3’ I .iitd 3—1

4 I 1 1 1 1 \I1 TR\ I) \ I ~ iNpU T

l) .it .u process i n g te st c ou udit coit s out the Pl)P II 45 are defined by ( I ) program type and option.
2 data tr .uck or tr.icks N’ be’ ana lyzed, and (3 ) t h e start and stop time of the imitc rval to he processed.
Iele ntet r data input to the PDP II 45 is preced ed h~ transferring the IMR telemetry front end con-
~
tro l to t h e ta pe se.crchi umiit. ss hiicli causes the analog t a pe ’ s tim ne code track to he searched for the
specified umite rval start time. When the ta pe search unit enters the interval, the digitized PCM data is
routed to the PDP II 45 memory in blocks of four frames (eac h frame word is input usa I6-bit entry:
rite most s igmi ifiea nt seven bits are always 0 while the least significant 9 hits contain the data).

T h e input dat ,i is double hufl ’ered . W lt eut the input of a block o f data is completed , an inter—
rtmpt ocdtirs and causes two ev e mits : (1 ) nesv dat a starts em iteri ng the secon d hufl’er and ( 2) the process
s( ltts ( ar e begiiis (0 Opemal e on the buffer that tias just beemi tilled. If a TFI l’rame lock loss event
occurs . the processor is notified b~ :inotlier interrupt th.it enables sotiware to niam ntamm i status logic.
For both the re formattin g and quic k-look ana !ysis !cte lay_ s pectra little history program operations . data
input is ty pically mliii at a rate eq ual to roughl y 80,000 words sec. -‘st .u sampling rate of 300 frames/
sec. t his corresponds to a 2-to - I processing slowdown factor.

4.2 DATA DEC0l)lN(~. FRRO R RECOVERY. AN I) REFORMATTING

To return the dat a to the form as otmtput from the SACP receiver, it must he parity error
checked. stripped of its pa rity hit, amid odd-hit comnplemented. These three steps are accomplished in
one operation. which c o n s i s t s of using the data as an in dex to a table of reformatted data values and
parity error tl:ucz s . Parity errors are corrected by data repl: iceniemit from the corresponding data in the
preced ing framiie -‘sn accu niulative couiit of detecte d parity errors is niaimitait icd.

When Ihe relo rmiiatted data is w ru item ) on magn.’tic ta pe . it is douhle—bul ’t ’e’r stored in vectors of ’
length equal to I 2 frame s . These oulpcmt b uf fers also contain data pertaining to amialog niagnetic tape
trac k. frame lock loss count, parity error coumit and directory . and polarization . The digital tape t’or—
mat us described in secl )oml 4.22.

4-I
 I
4 .3 QUICK-LOO K DATA ANALYSIS

Pri i- to quick— look amialysis of the SA( P data tapes , we must se lect the tim ne interval to be
processed and establish the stihinterval time lengt h over which sample space const ruct ion us performed.
Typically , t ine processing in terval consists of the entire flight test condition time segment over which
log—hook records indm cate valid d ata was obtained. We also Ivpic ally select a subim iterval lemtg th of 2 sec
because this appears to give adequate resolution for the C ONUS data runs , which encounter surf aces
w hosc electrical and physical characteristics change rapidly.

For each subinterval sam ple space , the quick-look process algorithm Perform s the l’o llowi uig
operations: ( 1) extracts the receiver and analog tape status parameters associated with the f ’iist amid
last frante of the subinterval. (2 ) estimates the multipath tap ’s frequency spread. (3) estimates the
direct and multipath tap ’s de lay spectra , and (4) writes the above as one record on digital tape. The
quick-look analysis results are not intended to provide definitive quantitative channe l paramiieter
results. Their primary use is to direct attention toward test intervals that warrant further detailed
analysis.

An algorithmic flow diagram for the above operations is shown in figure 4-I - By intercepting
t he receiver and analog tape status parameters at the hegitiuiimig and cu d of ’ cact i subintervai. a m easure
of receiscr parameter stationarity is provided. These data occupy the first 14 bytes of each data set
(a data set consists of the SACP data frame preceded by the analog tape system paranteters t . as
described in section 4. 21.

The indirect tap hank’ s frequency-spread estimate is derived by countimig the number of times
a particular tap ’s I component crosses the zero voltage level . This is implemented in the PDP 11/4 5
by maintaining a counter array amid a previous sign array in memory. Each element of the two arrays
corresponds to a particular SACP tap output. The previous sign) array contains sign informatiom i
(positive or negative ) for the last f rame processed. This imi forniation is compared with the sign of the
current array element: if they diffe r, the corresponding element of t he counter array is incremented
arid the sign of the element in the previous sign array is complemented. These operations take place
on each frame that is input to the quick-look program At the end of a subinterval sample space . th e
counter array is written on magnetic tape wit hout normalization and is subsequently zeroed for reuse.

For the ease of a signal possessing complex Gaussiami amnphitt mde statistics. the zero-crossing
technique yie lds a good approximation to its frequency sprc .ud as defined in reference 4-I . Because
t he L-hand multipath signal is known to have Rayleigh amplitude statis tics. the frequency-spread daLi
is used is a measure ot’each tap ’s Dopple’r spread. This us valid for tI ne taps that possess high sigmial-t(u-
noise ratio hut is inva lid t’or poor signal-to-noise ratios siiice t he /cro-crossi ng counter us activate d

4-2

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
~
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

(STAR D

I.~~~
~UBINTERVAL LOOP
FRAME LOOP

1st
FRAME OF YES
BUFFER
I
TAP _ LOOP
NO
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
L TAP LOOP

FREQUENCY-SPREAD1 DELAY—SPECTRA
PROCESS PROCESS
]

SAVE 1st AND LAST

SET OF Rx AND TAPE
STATUS PARAMET ERS

+~ +
FORM TAPE
RECORD

Figure 4- ? . Quick-Look Data Processing

4-3

---- .- .
~
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

pruiu u.c rul v hv the ’ noise Iliuclii.ilioiu. I ci d’\.iu it ~ le ’ . t h e ’ I conupon icnt cut .i particular delay tap may he
presemit e d us

= ui 1 t t ) + nip 1( l) . (4 - I )

ss h ere
.

l ) hu i ) — I . . ‘ ‘ ‘ t ’ )c ’ !l u c i .i r.u r tici I.ir cIcI.u ~ t,ul~

fl ) t )
1
- I , p~’iici1i c~~ t he ’ ulOise’ e o m l i e u i t c f t h e tap
mnp 1) i i = I ~~~c ’ :q ’ ‘ t i c ! c c i ihe uuuucliup.cnh co nte’ui t of ilk’ ta p

For the ’ llu.cic ’ Fit\ ,cI de’fa ~ l ips . n 1 (t I is rre ’iIucinu nant I
t lter nial and wo uld be expected to poss ess
~
t u e comp lex ( ,I 1 i s s I. c i i
~~ -. t.i i ii
~
rate that us roughly equc us alent to t h e band’
’ .mel to h.use .c /ero—c r cs su r u
g
ii Jilt ci the loss -p. iiihuii ,cti om i 01 t he Iwo processes tit us always gives an
’
’~ Iu lter c p c ‘ c i uot u t he ~~
c pper lnnui nlleas ure i c i he i i r s I )nppler spre :cd . In the region of t h e postspee ular ponit return. the
~
.ilgoru n limit ccii f’ uui ielcts .u me . iii C eucccct est i iil,cie of t tie tr ite Doppler spread. For prespe’cu lar pomui t
...ipt Ire ’ .cn d c .cpiuie f ,c r ch’l .i~ ~‘.t t i c c i l t the spe’cu l.cr return. the fr e’qu iency— spri’a d measure approaches
mite i! i’c h.cuue t uiiclt h Jh i c .’sL’ c t u. ir. ccL’ii s ti ~ s .irc u lluistn ,ited in the ’ outlpu it data described in section 4.14.

Flue quu ek .lc c c ck ~f~’I.i’ ‘5(~~~ Ira c.c l~ uu lit iuoui s are based on a sa utipie space’ constru c ted lrom the
inst t n_ c u te ccl c.cJi hufler iuipult e . ofle’ c cit t oi c se r\ tour frame s ) . Thus ss as imp lemented to speed
IIf ~ th e ,c l g c c i i t i t n i ope r.ut uo m i ciii ci the s ,iflte’ time ’ um pros e t h e ’ independency of the sample space dc —
nients ) i pu~ .clls t h e ’ mu lt ip _ ct hu d.il.i us c c uc us .intp led ) I or cacti tap. including both the direct and
~
ntu fti r . c th b .cn ks . the p u c c c. ’ ss , lcori th un proceeds .15 ioll uc ~i

.i. Fh sc ;uc .ur c s ccitt te I and Q co mponents fo r the part ic uu lt ur tap are eleternii ned b~ using t he
~
v a l ue .cs .in index into a table c cf sq u a r es . h uts o pe ratuoul Is co ut s ue te ra bl ~ laster t han
muhi ply i n g the number h~ itself.

h. The squ c .cr es of the I amid Q conipoilents are added together.

e’ . I hue 1 + Q stiiti us ,te ’~’iiittti l:iteel front f ’r:imiie to frame b~ a dd ing it t o a miiemtior loca hiomi
~
euirr espoilet intg to that tap. A 32—bit result us mainta ined .

et ‘si tile ’ e’nel of a sub uut ierv a l condition , t ile’ ule ’f.c ~ — sp cc i na ,crna ~ is written on magnetic tape ’ .

Lu ke ’ t iie ~ ireq i ue’ ncv—s pread esiun ta te ’ . ti le ’ cfc ’ l.c\ -s p e c i r . u iiue ’. l s u u i c us conl antnt ate ’d h~ re’e’e’nver
noise. In t hus c isc . hioss e’ier. t h e ’ effect u’ utuct ut c.uul so sig niifi c: unt. l i e re’ce ive ’r iuu cu s e ’ nia~ be’ es t uuut , u icc t
~
)c~ e\am il inuntg Ihte ’ process output hut laps prior In the spe’e’iiltit pu c u ut t ucturti to derive .u ittean t estimate ’ of ’

t h e noise e’ u)uile’nl c ci a mim u ltip ath — tm ’ e e ’ tap. Ft uus s clue et c u u be s ubtracted from the em itire induced lap
hanik. It should be noted . luo ss e s e r . that ccfl clc c .is ioul ccr t , uui u i.c ps are possesse d by an :nnonialous louse
ci c utt eiil ( cc!.. taps in the s i ~ iii !’, nI 1 . I — . luc . ~ T - and I IT bas e ’ bee n c c h s e ’ ri ccl icc fall unto this c . c ie g c c r s

4--f

— — .——- ~~~~~~,
 ~ — ‘ --— ~~~~~~~ ---- - ‘~~~~~~ -

4.4 I) LLAV- S PI (’TRA TINI t HISTORV

Tine def:i~ -spectra little history algorithm operates on the data records created during the
quick-look analysis and preserv e’ef on t h e D3 storage tape. A quick-look analysis data record is gener-
ated mice every ~ S sec aitd contains iii lorniatiomi on ( I ) t h e receiver amid analog tape status param-
eters at the begiminimig and cu d of the suhinterval. (1) unnormnalized frequency-spread estimates for the
indirect tap hank. and 3 unnorma lized delay-spectra estimates for both the direct and indirect tap
ban ks.

I:iglure 4-1 illustrates tite processing steps assoc iated with th is algorithm. Analysis of the
receiver timid analog tape status parameters is covered separately in section 4. 10. The frequency-spread
ami d delav-speclra es tuni at es are normalized as follows:

FS nr ,t 1 =
_ FS (nir (4- 2 1
~ ~~ ~

Q(nr.t 1 ) (4 ’Nl ) Q (nr ) (4-3 )

~
where :
FSI mir.t ) = miorn ia hized frequenc y-spread estimate of t h e ntii tap f ’or time interval
~
FS 1 ni) = umimiorma hized frequency-spread estimate of the nth tap as contained on the 1th record
Q miI.t 1 I normalized mean square energy of the n th tap for time interval
Q (miT unmiornia lized mean square energy of ’ t h e nth tap as contained on the ~th record
~
ii = tap nuni her
r = chip widt h of PN sequence
÷ i S
~~
= tinie length of suhimiterval 1 typically 2 see)
t start = start tiiiie of the first record processed
NI = S R x ~~ S
SR = frantic rate Isec ~

The FS)nr.t ) array is preseni ted numerically for till Ill taps.. Simi larly. the’ numerica l array
~
fu cr Q) nr.t ) us given for till six d irect taps amid till III indirect taps. Any contiguous set of taps
~
in ducting both direct and indirect iti:uv he selected for fhie tiiree-diiuiensiona l plotted delay-spectra time
it ust u)r arr;c . Thins plotte d output format gives a concise visual representation of the channel’s time—
~ ~
variant delay spectra.

4.5
~ .. . . - - -- -- - --
_ _

START

INPUT
CONTROL
AlA
RECORD LOOP

INPUT
D:
RECORDS

NUMERICAL PROCESS RECEIVE P

OUTPUT AND ANALOG TAPE
STATUS INFO

O RMAL ILE QUEN

~~~~~ ERIcA ~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~ ~’ 1 TAP L 001’
f

NORMALIZE DELAY—
SPECTRA ESTIMATES TAP LOOP

EST ABLISH ARRAY INCOHER ENT

Figure 4.2, Delay-Spectra Time’ History A lgorithm

4-ic
 .—- .
— - -
--- ---‘
.. . -
—. —- -
~~~
.--- - -. ---- - - -
_________
~~

Incoherent power summations of the direct and multipath total energies are also contained in
this algorithm and are calculated as f’ollows:

()

P Dt
~
) = 4/ M E Q (n d r)
~
, (4 -4 )
nd _ I

Ill
P1(t ) = 4/ M Q (n in (4- 5 )
1 ~~ ~
u11 1

w here :
PD(t~ ) = incoherent power summation estimate of the direct tap energy
PI(t i) = incohere,it power summation estimate of the indirect tap energy

Note that this routine operates on the noise-contaminated frequency-spread and delay-spectra
estimates. Thus, the comments in section 4.3 relative to the effects of receiver noise also apply to this
algorithm.

4.5 TAP-TIME MATRIX TRANSPOSITION

The tap-timiie matrix transposition operatiomi consists of reordering the input data sequence’.
Although this operation does not af ’fect the data amialysis coniputatiomis . it is mentioned here’ f ’or two
reasons: ( I ) to clarit ’y (he presentation of the algorithm implementation and I 2) t i c indicate the level
of coding and computer time t hat it requires. For the software discusse d in this docume’uit. the oi.utp ut
of the matrix transposition is used primarily to compute t he delay-Doppler scatt er tuiict ion. Howe-v e t .
it was implemented as an independent computer program: thus it may he readil~ used t ’or additional
data reduction routines such as tap-amplitude statistics . etc.

The transposition operation comisists of reordering the data from a time sequence to a tap
sequence. The input data may he viewed as a two-diniemisional mnatri x . A column of the matrix repre-
sents the time sequence of one component of one tap. A row of t u e matrix correspon d s to a siniiu ita—
neous sample of the real or imaginary parts of a part icultur tap in the hank. Flue data us iniput to tlte
comptnt er on a row—by—row basis (i.e.. timi ie-ordered ). However , for e’ff icient data anal sis . lime mti ti tru \
must he accessed by column or tap. T he matrix si/ c presents a problem: e.g.. for a SI . -po iu it comi iplex
~
EFT over the total direct timid indirect tap banks. we must work w it h a data array on 11w order of
1 20.000 values of t h e SA(’ P receiver ’s ei gh t-hit words.

4-7

L - -
--- - -— ,- — ,.-- --_ -
 Memory amid disk space with random access tire used to perform the transposition operation.
For practical reasons , two ot h er operations are performed at the same time the input matrn x is being
tramisp ose d: I I ) d a t a vali d ity check s and ( 2 ) tap reordering ( front the recorded interleaved order to a
monotonicahly increasing order ) .

The program high—level algorithmit (iiicluding t u e c’oumicie lent opertitio ns) is given in tlgure 4-3 .
Program input com is istS of retorniatte el data tape , number of frames per segment, num her of segment
tape selected , and 10 character s for ease identit ’ie’ation. Program outputs consist of t he file with tap-
ordered data amid a h istory amid summary of validity check messages.

The transposition operation. shown in figure 4~~, consists of the t’ollowing basic steps:
-
,

a. Data is input to the CDC 6600 core mem ory frame by frame.

h. For each frame. the tap data words (I. Q point pairs ) are repositioned in core memory to
represemi t a subset of the overall tramisposed mii atnix as diagrammed in figure 4- 5. In this
cc pc ratio ni the number of ’ frames processed is sized to occupy a core space of 50K octal .

c. When the allotted core space is filled or wh en the last frame of a data interval segment has
been processed. t h e tram isposed subsegment is transferred from core to the random access
disk tile. Each tap segnient is assigned a unique record number.

d. After conipletimig the f ’ranie loop. the random access file is accessed and the tap records
tire rearranged to yield a sequential file representation of the tap-time matrix.

4.6 DATA VALID ITY CHECK

T he data validity check algorithm provides information pertaining to time (merged IRIG-A)
1
and subiranie index counter between adjacent f ’rames that are input to the detailed data analysis
routine. For proper operation one expects that: (I I between adjacent frames the time interval will
he constant and equal to the reciprocal of the sampling rate and ( 2 ) the suht ’ra me counter advances by
one count. These criteri a are checked t’or eachi fra m e of data input to the program. If an error occurs,
flags are set without interrupting t h e program e’x e cu it ioui ‘si the end of ’ a data segment input, an error
summary is provided to delineate

Tota l nuniher of suhfr ~inic error c uc u nts

Total nuntther of time sequence’ errors
Me,iui and stan dar d ele~ u,it m oni cat lime inte rsal s he’lween t r.cn ttes

The S..’s(’P data f r.uniie comit anns .i suhtr au 1 ~ cotmnter that runs Im m )( to
~
in a continuou s cyclic
mn.inmie’r by adva ne iiig one count per t ’ r.inte ’

4-N
 START

INPUT CONTROL DATA

ENSEMBLE LOOP

I N ITIA LIZE
POINTER
FP.
AME LOOP

INPUT FRAME

1st FRAME
OF SEGM E NT T ES T
FRAME
Nr

SAVE RECEIVER
PARAM E T E R NOT 1st FRA ME
OF SEGMENT

TIME CHECK VALIDITY

FRAME CHECK ERROR
SUB.FR. CHECK MESSAGES
POLARITY COUNT

TRANSPOSE
MATRI X

SAVE LAST FRAME

RECEI V E R PARA METE R

OUTPUT TOP
ORDERED DATA VALIDIT Y
SUI IARY
OUTPUT CHECK (SEGMENT)

TERM INATE
VALIDITY
SU A RY
RUN ~~
(TOTAL)

STOP

Figure 4.3. Multipath Data Validity Check and Transposition Algorith m

4i)

_ _ . -,‘-.
, -fl - ,—— - — . .
 - —- --- .- - - - -- - -
- -- .‘ -

r .
~~ ~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

INPUT- FRAME ORDERED START

SEQUENTIAL FILE
SEGMENT LOOP
FRAME LOOP

INPUT FRAME

TAP LOO P

TRA NSPOSITION OF POSITION TAP

SUBSEGMENT WORDS IN CORE
IN CORE MEMORY

CORE ALLOTMENT FULL NO

OR LA ST FRAME OF
SEGMENT
TAP LOOP
(I

MOVE DATA FROM • ASSIGN EACH

CORE TO RANDOM TAP SEGMENT
ACCESS DISK FILE RECORD NUMBER
• WRITE ON R/A FILE

TAP LOOP
4
0
RECORD LOOP

• FOR GIVEN TAP

MOVE DATA FROM R IA DET ERMINE R/A
FILE TO SE QUENTIAL FIL E RECORD NUMBER
OUTPUT DISK FILE • ACCESS R/A FILE
AND STORE DATA
ON SEQUENT IAL FILE

OUTPUT- TAP ORDERE D

SEQUENTIAL FILE RETURN

Figure 4-4. Simplified Transpose Flow Chart

4- 10

---
-.. -- . , -‘ —— ,-- — —-- -
 I I ~
4 +

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
c’4 _ ~~
_

u_ —
..-, ~~ i- ~~I
I— ~~
I— -
’
I
~~
Q_ —
C ~
~~ .~
L~J I— . ~~• ~
i/i ~~
‘
(~ I csj I—
~~~ ~~~
— ‘ —
,
LcJ I
j
—
I—’
—
C”J u
~~~
ii mu
~~~
ii in
I. I—.
I I—
,, , C/)
—
~~~ ~~ ~~~
‘-4 , L
~
—
1— I—
e~~ ~~~
z
~
LU
_

V., ~~
. i,j~
— .

_ _

.1
~~~~ H

LU
i
LU
Vt
Q 0
I.- Vt

—
z I-.

4 -Il

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ ~~~~~~~.
_ _ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
_ -.

TAP (0NF R.\C LION

Tap Comitra ctiomi us a software option , designed primarily to s a v e computer time. whic h is avail-
able t o reduce t h e effecti ve sue of the imtdirect tap hank array. This may take on any or all of the
following operat ionis :

a. Eliniinate taps from t h e beginmiing of the hamik.

h. Eliminate taps f ’roni the end of the hank.
Coherently sunt any miumber of adjacent taps to yield a new arra
~ that has a decreased
c.
tap resolution width f i.e.. one may choose to stint over taps to procure an arra of lb
~
taps as opposed to the original set of 11 1).

The first two operations are implemented in the matrix transp ositiom i algorithm to eliminate
taps th at are known to contain no signit ’icant amount of multipath signal. T he coherent tap summa-
tion option. if implemem ited. is performed immediately prior to inputting the data to t h e scatter
function algorithni. Since the resultant decrease in resolution is unielesirable , this latter option.
although available, is normally mint used.

4.8 DIRECT TAP PROCESSING

In the interpretation of t he multipath signal strength data . it is useful to ret ’erence the scat-
tered emiergy wit h respect to the emiergy arriving over the direct line-o f ’-sighit path . The total energy
contained in the direct signal is estimated by coherently summing the direct tap complex voltage out-
puts to form a composite direct sigmial. The mean square value of this signal us then determined over
the time interval ot ’ interest. i.e..

k~
D1 W ) + DQjt i))
= I!N
~~~ ~ (E 1
‘

w here :
= nieati square direct composite signal
DI~( i ) u i-p h ase componem it of ’ 1tht saniple of thie ~th direct ttip
DQ~( i I = quadh-phtmse comiiponent of ~thi sample (if the E tht direct tap
N the miuniher of points in t h e sample sptmce

In general, the direct tap processing algorithm acts on the same data space that is processed f ’or
the S(r .w) determiniat iomi (see fi g. 4-6 ) . The effects uit receiver noise (in the <It)I .~ estimates are
~
assumed to he negligibly small since t h e direct link typically operates if 1 ( • c ten s ul ~ in e\ c e s s c it
60 d B-Fl, and the pmocessinig bandwidth is on the order of 3 7 .5 11,. ~~

4- 12

-. - . . ,“.— -
~ .-
—- , - ‘- .-~~~~~~~ ., . --
~~~~~~
. . - -.- - -

START

INPUT CONTROL DATA

ENSE MB LE LOOP

DECODE RECEIVER
PARAMETER

DtR E CT TAP
PROCE SS
LUMPED TAP LOOP
LUMP LOOP

S Pj T TAP

:. c4 R Ls - TA
~ ~
,;j MM ~
~~T

GE LAY SPECTRUM
t Tt ME- D O MAt ’
~
SUMMA T tON )

AP POWEll
SPECTRA L
GE MS ITS

ENSEMBLE
AVERAGE

DECODE RECEIVER
PARAM ETER

NORMAL IZE

R E TURN
S~ ( t . w ) NOISE
PRESENT

Figure 4-6. Delay-Doppler Scatter Function Algorithm

4 .I
~

,
—‘ —- , --— ., ‘- . ,- - ....- - --— . .‘- . -- . . --‘- . - .
- - - .-..-,, . -—— —.- - .—, — ‘ . ‘,-
,
. -
,
~

4. 9 DEEAY SPECTRA (TIME DOMAIN ANALYSIS )

To serve primarily as a check omi the integrity of the operations used to derive ’ S(r.w) w e
perf ’orma time-dontain ana lysis on the complex tap outputs to derive an estimate of the channel’s
delay spectra. This estimate may then be compared with the spectra obtained hy integrating S(r . w)
tnoise not removed ) over the Doppler variable.

Inputs to this routine consist of the identical complex tap voltage points utilii.ed in the
ensemble array over w hich S(r ,w) is calculated (see fig. 4-6 for processing sequence). These points
are operated on as follows to derive the delay-spectra estimate :

QTDA (nT ) = I/ N ( 12 W Q2 (4-7)

nr
+
nr (i))
~~l

w here :
) niean square energy arriving at receiver with delay nr
~ TDA~~~
=

n = tap number
r = chip width of transmitted PN sequence
l~7( i) = in-phase component of nth tap ’s 1 th ensemble array value
Qnr = quad-phase component of nth tap ’s ~th ensemble array value
~~
N = total number of points in the array ensemble .

4.10 RECEIVER A N D ANALO(; TAPE STATUS PARAMETERS

The receiver and analog tape status reduction algorithm operates on the firs t 192 hIts of a data
record contained either on the Dl or D2 digital tape . With the exception of one minor niathiematical
operation ,the algorithm process consists of decoding. labeling, and printing the status parameter hits.
The mathematical operation entails determining the ratio of the SACP’s direct to indirect receiver tap
hank gains. Prior to processing, the hit pattern has the t’ormat described in section 4. 22. Decoding of
t he frame counter , loc k loss f ’requency counter, and parity error counter is straig h tforward and con-
sists of converting the lb-hit binary words into t heir decimal equivalent. T he merged time code wor d s
are converted t’rom t his BCD format into the hours . niinute ’s , seconds , and decimal fractio u s of
seconds distribution. Bytes 7 and 8 contain data track and polariitition status : the’ polariiation byte’
is not operated (in whereas t h e data track byte is con~ crteti to its decimal equivale nt. SA(’P receiver
parameters occupy bytes teight-h it) 13 through 2 plus byte 24 of t h e data record. The are decoded
~
according to tables 4-I and 4 .2 .

4- 14

______
- —.- S ..— —‘--- —
 TABL E 4-1, TAPE FORMA T FOR SACP RECEI VER AND TAPE STA TUS PA RAMETERS

__________ _________ ________

Bit ________ ________ ________ ________

Data 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Byte (LSB )
_______ — ________ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

14 TSP C~ 2 C~ 1 CR0 A~ 1 A’tO Sd SC~

13 FLL T LL cJMl
~J’1Ø
FT3 FT2 FT1
16 0S4 JS3 3S2 DS1 JSO 3. 2 B il
~
15 NS4 ‘ S3
~
‘152 1S1 ‘1S~ IFL D32 -- -

13 TV7 TiC T VO TV4 TV3 TV2 TV 1 TV?

17 FV 13 FV14 FV13 Fy12 Fy11 FV 1O F’VP FV3
20 0E7 ~ E6 DE5 0E4 DE3 DE2 ~E1
19 0E9 H’ 3
~E3 HR2O HR1O ~ HR4
~R2 ‘~°1
22 EL M140 “120 iI10 NIB ‘114 ‘U2 ‘Ii
21 --- SE4O SE2O SE1O SE8 SE4 SE2 SE1
24 -- - - -- F V7 FV6 FV5 FV4 FV3

tote : T u e entries in the bit “~atrix are def i ned in Table 4 - 2 .

TABL E 4-2. LEGEND FOR SACP RECEI VER AND TAPE STA TUS PA RAMETERS

TSP Ø=T , 1=T/2

CR CHIP PATE 0=10~’HZ , ~=3 , 2= 2.5. 3=1.2 5, 4=1.0, 5=0 .5
AM A’4Tr~i iA ‘ UX
~~JJ E. ~~ ~ , 1 N O ~’ ~~
.M i) 2 O R ~’t(H) ,

SC SYSTE M CO’ IGU ’f-I’ .~ Z= ~ ’C X’~IT , irA/C RCV P., 2=P/C RCV 0
FLL FREQUE NC Y LOOP ‘JOE , ~=AUTO , 1=MA NUAL
TLL TIMING LL~OP ‘~JDE . ~~~~~ 1= ’1ANU ~ L
\ L T O ,

OPER ATI’~ 1 MODE , 0-TEST . i=SEAR CH , 2=RU ’t

FT FREQU ENCY LOO P T 5ESHO LD, T HR ESHOL D=2** ( N+5),
~~
IF N=1001= 9, i; :c’~ THP,ESHOLT)=2**14=16334
OS DIRECT TAP SCALE FACT 3 ~~, THIS IS A 5 BIT TWOE S COMPLI’IENT
INTEGE R ~HIC H CA~ BE C~ NSID ERED TO BE A N EXP ’3NE~ T FOR THE
DIRECT PATH TAPS ~ 1E ~ THE Y ARE T.’~EATED AS BLOCK COM PLEX NUMBER
IF = —3 THE’ THE SCALE FACTOR IS .125.
:~JLTIPATH TAP ~LO,. PASS FILTER BANDWIDTH, 0=600HZ, 1=300HZ .
~
2~ 1~ OHZ, 3z75HZ . 4=37 .5HZ
“IS MULT IPATH TAP SCALE FACTOR , s~~E i’iTERPERTATITI AS 35
IFL i’,TE~ FACE CLOCK PH ASE L CKED LOOP , O ’tOT LOCKED. 1=L OCKE~
~ ~
D3’ ?=FRE Q LOOP BELOM T~~ .E SHO LO , 1=ABO’.’E THPE~ H~LO LEVEL
~ TI :;I’~ LOOP 0-TO-A CONVER TER VOLTP .OE
TV
FV F REI’UENCY LOOP 3-TO- ..’ O’ ’ ’E 7TE iflLT E (158:Ts c OtT !,’
~ ~ ~~
DC D~~.EC T °AT~ TO :~~~ T~~~~T’- T~~ s~~~c:’t ~ I’~ C H IPS - JELTA L -
~10 BITS)
EL EA ~ LY- L PT E S. :TC ~~, 0 T .
Ti’IE COCE , HOUP.S
‘II T I~1L CODE , .1I ~:uTEs
TI~TE CODE, SECONDS .

4-h 5
 4. 1 1 DELAY-DOPPLER SCATTER FUNCTION

The multipath channel’ s delay-Doppler scatter function estimate. S(r .w) . is derived by calcu-
lating t he discrete power spectra l density of the recorded SACP time domain tap outputs . Figures 44
~ ~
and 4-7 illustrate the fundamental processing steps associated with this algorithm. Five operations are
involved in each PSD calculation: (1 ) application of a data window to the complex time-domain
input. ( 2 ) Fb:T calculation of the complex input signal’s discrete PSD periodogram , (3) spectra l
averaging of each periodogram output. (4) ensemb le averaging of a set of periodograms , and ( 5)
normalization.

4 . t 1. 1 Input Data Window

A generalized raised cosine-arch function is used to weight the gated complex fast Fourier
transform ( FF1) data input. The purpose of this operation is primarily to reduce side lobes in the
periodogram\ output (i.e.. it is assumed the FFT is operating on one cycle of a periodic time-domain
process , and thus any difference between t he values of the first and last data inputs appears as a sharp
signal discontinuity: the data window overcomes this by forcing t he leading and trailing values to be
nearly identica l). The weighting function . W( i). may be expressed as:

_
( l/ 2) II cos Ui/ aN)1r)I . i <aN

W (i ) = I . aN<l<N (t-.a ) ‘ (4-8 )

( l/ 2 ) _ cos ._ i> N ( l -a )
.
[I ~~~ ~ i)]

where :
t he input array point number
a the fraction of points over which the leading and trai ling edge’s of ’ the window are applied
N total number of points in the array

Parameter a is a program input: by setting it to 0.5 we obtain the Hanning window .

4 . 1 1.2 Discrete PSD

The fast Fourier transform algorithi ni is used to estima te the (j ute—domain ’s powe r spectral
density. Thte EF’[ s merely an e fficient algorithm (‘or performing the well-understood discrete Fourier
transf ’orm . Inputs to the program are in t h e f ’orm of ’ complex tap vo ltage point pairs . T he array size

4-I (
~

.~
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 INPUT A(jA t) j th SAMPLE OF A COMPLEX TAP OUTPU1 GIVE N EVERY
At SECONDS
A(jAt)

, ~ COMPLEX
~

B(jA t) • W (j)A(jA t)
W(j) 1 /2 ( 1 -c o s . ~—~- ’ ) ; f O r j4. ci N

TIME— DOMAIN WINDOW w (i) • 1 ; f o r CiN~~~j~~ N-SN

W(j) 1f 2 ( 1 - c o s —~-) ;fOr j 7 N ( 1- c l )

• input ta per r a t i o

COMPLEX

DISCRETE FOURIER TRANSFORM I AT ,

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ I
j - -

I_ •o , ’ - -

j,~
~~ ~~ ~ ~~~~~ ~

COMPLEX

POWER SPECTRA L DENSITY

~C ( k A f ) C ( k A f ) J

~~~

E(kAf) = D((k+ i)A f ) ‘ S G ( i )

~~~
i~~-M
SPECTRA L AVERAGING S G ( j ) ~~1/ ( 2 M + 1 ) ( r e c t a n g u l a r )
M = ]j 2 w i n d o w widt h

E(Wi)

OUTPUT UMNORMALIZED P50 FOR A COMPLEX TAP INPUT

Figure 4- 7. Tap Power Spectral Density

4- 17

S ,. , .
— — .——
,
 ~~~~..
~ — --— --— --~~- -.-, ..
- - - —-~~~~ -

may tak e on any reasonable value: zero-filling is used to extend the array to the nearest ~ value. Out-
puts from the FFT periodogram occur every l/ T Hz ( T input gate width in seconds ) and are in
~ ~~
the form of comp lex numbers: i.e..

N-.. I
Cfki~f) ~~ B(i~~t ) e ’ 1 ~3 M1 t )
~~ : k l ,N ‘
)4 ~o))

where ’:
C(kM) = complex periodogram output at frequency kM
M 1/AT
~
T =N~t
(samp ling rate) ”1
R(i t ) th
~~
=
~ comp lex input point as modified by W (i)
V~~ .

The magnitude squared of the periodogram output represents the PSD: i.e.,

D(kM) = C(kM)C*(k ~~fl , (4-10 )

where D(kM) is the power at frequency kM.

4. 11 .3 Spectral Averaging

ft is we ll known that the basic periodogram ’s prediction uncertainty does not approach zero as
the number of input points becomes large. One techni que to overcome this estimation instability
involves convolution processing of the PSD with a spectral gate of specified bandwidth. Referred to
herein as “spectra l averaging.” t his procedure is represented as:

M
E(k
~~
f) =
E
i=-M
SG(i)I)((k+i ) f)
~~ . (4 - I I)

where :
Ft I’) = smoothed PSI) estimate at frequency f
S(Hi = spectral gate function
D(t ’) = unsmoothed PSD estimate at frequency f

Program options allow f ’or specif ’ication of fite gate ’s bandwidth ( M ) and for use of a reclan-
gular function.

4-18

_ _ _ _ _ _ _-.-— .
—
.
~

4.1 1 .4 Ensemble Averag ing

Under conditions of input data stationarity , FFT output stability may he enhanced by aver-
aging the PSD outputs of separate time segments. This procedure consists of sectioning a time interval
of ’ interest , applying a separate data window to each section. transformin g each sectio n. spectral
averaging each section ’s PSD, and forming the ensemble average of ’ the smoothed periodograms.

4.11. 5 Normalization

The output of the ensemble average algorithm is normalized to account (‘or the effects of the
input data window and the spectral averaging process. Ti) account for th ese two ef ’t ’ects. the pen-
odogram s PSD is multip lied by the ratio of A 1 ‘A , and divided by the quantity 3 M + I . w here

T N
Ai fdt ~~ Eu

A2 =f W2 (t ) d t
~~l
W
~~
i) (4 - t n

4.12 INTEGRAL AN~ FOURIER OPERATIONS ON S(r.w )

Both the noise-present and noise-free estimates of the scatter channel’ s delay- Doppler function
may he processed by an algorithm that perf ’orms integral and Fourier operations to yie ld delay spectrum.
Doppler spectrum , joint time-frequency correlation function . frequeiicy autocorre lation function , time
autocorrelation function. and mean square total muftipat hi power. These operations are described
be low.

4 .1 2.1 l)elay Spectrum

For the case where the S r.w) function is continuous over both the r and w variables , the
channel’ s de lay spectrum niay he derived through (he f ’ollowing integral:

Q(r) = S T,w ( dc, .

-

w here Q(r) is the channel’ s delay spectrt unl .

4- It)

— -- -. —— .--.
- — --- . .
-----. ._ --- .,—— - . - _ —- —
 -,

In our case. S r , w) is discrete in both dimensions : thus . the delay-spectra estimate is given by

Q(r ) ES(T 1.W ~) . (4 -1 3)

~

wh ere Q) r~) is t he power spectral density of energy :irriviuug w it h delay r

~

As previously described in section 4. 9 . a time-domain ana lys is on each tap output may be used
to derive an estimate of Q(T i ). That analysis . h owever , is limited to t h e noise—contamined signal
structure wh ereas the ’ integral operation on S r,w ) allows one to operate on noise-removed data arrays.

4. 1 2.2 Doppler Spectrum

The esti m ate of the multipath ’s Doppler spectrum is derived by summing the delay-Doppler
function over t he delay variable ’:

D)w ) t4- l4 )
~ ~~~~~~~~

where D(w ) is the energy arriving at (lie recei ver with Doppler frequency shift -
1

In general. the Doppler spectrum us highly asymmetri cal and thus both the negative and post-
live’ f requenc ~ components of D(w ) are maintained. The discrete ’ outputs are given at the ’ f ’ollow ung
spectral locations:

= 2w f)j . ra dians sec

~~

SR
hert z , (4-I S )
~~~~

where:
SR = sampling rate of SACP receiver taps
N = number ol poinis in I- FT sec. 4 , 1 1 )
= wi ndow ss udth of ’ spectral smoo(Iting sec. 4 . I I )

‘rh ese outputs tall between the limits of SR 2.

4- 20

_ _ _ _ _ _ _
_ _
_ _ _ _ _ _
 -~~~~~~~~ -~~~~~ —- .
~~~ ~~~~~~~
,
~~~ .

4 .13 .3 Joint Time- Frequency Autocorre la(uon Function

In that the channel ’s delay- Doppler scatter (‘unction and joint time-frequency autocorrelation
function are Fourier transform pairs , we derive an est imate of ’ R~~,~2) through application of a
double inverse FFT to the S r.w ) array:

Rt x . y ) S(w .T ) :
m n exP 2~ 1(~~~
=
~ ~~ (4- 16)
4)]
~~o [ ~~~
where:
Rt ~~S2~ ) = time-frequency autoco rrelation function at ti m e ~~~ . frequency y
~
M = number of elements in Doppler array extended to a value that is an integer power of

2 (zero-fill if necessary )
N num ber of elements in delay coordinale array extended to an integer po~~ i of 2
( zero-fill if necessary)
i-
=~~~ /:‘ .

Parameters and take on the following discrete values:

~ ~~~~~

x M- I
x 0 . ±I
X MM 2

v N-I
= y = 0.±l
~
‘ rN 2

where:
= frequency separutioli heiss ee n adjacent Dopp ler spectra outputs
r = t he eff ect ive tap width of he correlato r output

R ~S1) is o u t p u t ( magnitude and phase ( iii both numerical and three—di mensional plotted
form. Since Rt~ Slt = R* _~ . $11. only half of the peniodogram output is retained.

4-2 1

L . — .. . . .
.- —
4.1 2 .4 Frequency Autocorre lation

An estimate of the channel’s frequency autoconrelation t’unction is derived by applying the

inverse FFT operation to the delay spectrum 2 :

R(0 .&l ~) =
E Q(r ) e 2~~J k/N : j 0 N— i , (4 -1 7 )
k

where :
R( O. 2 ) = frequency autocorrelation function output at frequency f2~
~~
N = number of delay taps: zero order extended to be equal to the nearest value that is an
integer power of 2

Since Q(r k ) is real valued for all rk. the R(O ,~2) distribution is symmetri c with respect to
= 0. Thus, the algorithm outputs only the positive components of the distribution, whic h are given
at the following frequency locat ions:

= j( l/ rN) j 0 ,l,. . . , N/2

where r is the effective tap width of the correlator output. Outputs are given in both numerical and
plotted formats.

4.12.5 Time Autoconrelation

provides
Application of the inverse FFT algorithm to the multipath channei Doppler spectrum
an estimate of t he time autocorrelation function. This is represented by:

M-l
M j 0 . l 4-)8)
R(E .O)
~
=
E
k0
7T1
D(~~k )e ~ ~~ : N—I ,

2 As a program option R( 2) may be hypassed : t hius we derive the zero-axes cuts : i.e., R(E,0) and RtO ,&Z).
~~
via a met hod that does not depend on the availability of R(E.f2).

4-2 2

~~
 where :
R(~~.O)= time autocorrelatio n function at time
M = number of ’ D(w ) array in p ut points
extended to a value that is an integer power of 2
(zero-fill if necessary )
-
= v .
~~
The R(E~.0) function is symmetric with respect to = 0 since D(w ) us real valued . Thus .
~ k
only the positive components of R(~~ , 0) are output. These are given at the following discrete time
inter va ls :

= i/MM : j=0 .l M-I ,

where M is the frequency separation between adjacent Doppler spectra outputs. The output format
of the complex R( $’ ) array is identica l to that used to represent R( ’l).
~ ~ ~~

4. 12.6 Mean Square Total Multipath Power

The multipath channel’ s mean square power is derived by integrating t he delay and Dopper
spectra over t heir respective variables: i.e.,

N
D( )
~~
< lI I 2~, = M (4-19)
Q(r )
~~ 1
i=I

w here:
N = number of periodogram outputs
M = number of delay taps .

Both methods are used to give a partial validity check on the spectral tran sformation operations that
have occurred up to this point in t h e overall contputer program (i.e.. if (lie alternate procedures yield
diff ’erent results. then a program error is indicated ) .

It us noted that the c Ill > estimation techniqu e is in esse nce eqiu u alent to ,iui inco herent
~
power summation of t h e de lay ta p outputs I’hi is does not gus e a Irue est uun .u Ic sin ce I ad j acent t .ips
(for the usual one—c hip tap spacing ) lia e a 50 com monality in I h ue d e ta area t o luic lu Ihic .iu
~ ~ ~ ~

4-23

L -.— - — ——.—. . — — — -
.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~
partiall y correlated and (~~ the autocorre lation functio n of the PN rn-sequence is not uniform over a
chip widt h hut has triangular distribution with peak equal to the sequence length and base equa l to —l
at locations ± I chip frotii t h e peak. Assuming the multipath’ s de lay spectra is piecewise constant over
2 3
a chip width. the above eff ’ects are easi ly calculated to yield an <111 > estimate ’ that is on the order
of I .8 dB lower than would be the case for a coherent tap summation. A coherent summation , in
effect , provides a single tap experiment with uniform peak correlation over the entire tap bank range .
The tap lumping (contraction ) f’eature of the program a llows this to be perfo rmed: however, it cannot
he eniployed simultaneously with the detailed sing le tap reso lution S(r. ~~) calculation.

4 .13 SPREA DCALC[LATIO NS

Spread calculations are’ perf ’otmed on t h e multipath channel’s delay spectra . Doppler spectra.
frequency autocorrelation function, and time autocorre lation function. The algorithm operates on
th ese distributions to determine the :

a. Maximum. 3-d B. and I ic levels

h. Spread between the 3-dB levels
c. Spread between the lie levels
d. Firs t moment of the distribution
e. Second moment of ’ the distribution with respect to the mean level
f. Second moment of the distribution with respect to t h e maximum level .

W ith the exceptioii of the second moment parameters , these quantities are dia~~amnied in figure 4-8
for an assumed Doppler spectrum.

The spectra and autocorrelation functions upon which the spread calculation algoruthni oper-
ates are in the form of discrete sample arrays.. Assuming an array distribution of t he t’orm y~ = f(x ~).
the processing begins with a searc h for t h e x~ value th at produces t h e maximum y~ . These values
are designated by X i rnax and Yi max . respectively. Two searches are then originated from the max
~
location (one with i decreasing. (lie other wit h i increasing) to determine the x va lues where the
~
distribution first cros ses t h e ’ ‘ 2 and Yi t The corresponding differences between
uiiix ’ .~ levels.
the u inax 2 and xi max e levels are then computed to yield t he 3-d B and I ‘c delay spread va lues.
~

“ ,.\ss uiui u uuig an inf inite sampling rate in the digital implementation of the SA(’P rec eive r.

4-34
 I

Y (PSD )

max
~

_ _ _ __ _
_ _ _
_ . z _ _ _ ._
_ _
max / 2

niax e ‘ ‘
~~~~~~~~~~~

~~~
p X max (DOPPL ER
FREQUE NCY)

~~~
—
3-dB SPREAD ~

l/ e SPREAD

Figure 4-8. Spread Parameter Illustration

In deterniining the distribution ntean value ’. the first step is to calculate the total value of (lie
array sum:

= (4- 20)
~
~~I
‘

where :
S :i r ra~ sum
N nunther cut points in t h e a rra ~

rt ie ntean value ol t he .url’ .u\ ~‘ x ’cou u rd injtc us then L’ a Icuu1a ( ~’d as

=
[ 5 4 -3If

~
~~ u] U 5

4~3S

j
 Two forms of ’ second moment calcu lations are pert ’ormed. one with respect to the array ’s
mean value and the other w ith respect to the X mnax quantity:

U = (X _pf 2 Y
p ~~

0max =
(x ~ — X i
max

Note that the algorithm operates on both sides of the delay and Doppler spectra but considers
only the posit ive x-values for the autocorrelation function.

4. 14 NOISE DETERMINATION AND REMOVAL (NDaiidR)

The outputs of the SACP multipath correlator contain desired signal data , low-pass additive
L thermal noise , spurious signal terms , and receiver arithmetic noise . Determination of the hulk of the
tap noise is aided by two factors : ( I ) for a given time delay, there are upper and lower l)oppler fre-
quency limits beyond w hich it is physically impossible for multipath returns to exist and ( 3 ) SA(’l~
receiver operator procedures entai l replica sequence delay settings such that the specular pa~ft return is
captured somewhat af ’ter the 10 th tap (oceanic ) or 30 th tap (over land CONUS) in the hanl,. See
figure 4-9 for a plan view of these realms as superimposed upon t h e delay-Doppler plane of the SA(’P
rece iver. Also includei are regions X and Y . whic h are ref ’erred to in the following discussion.

The algorithm for noise determination and removal us illustrated in figure 4- 10. Delineation of
the major features of each processing step is given below.

4 .14. 1 Filter Frequency Response Determination

T he SA(’P complex correlators use digital realizations of Butte’rwort hu-Thomp son low-pass
filters at their otfi puts . Their frequency response us determined in the NDandR process h~ emulating
the recursive fi lter algorithm for the case of interes t and then subjecting it to a series of unit niagnu- —
fude sinusoidal inputs (hat occur at the f requencies of (lie FIT periodogrant for the St r .Lc i f tune ! ion
The amplitude sq u;irc ’ ot t h e l’ilter Ouilptit is used to represent (lie magnit ode of (lie d uscrc ’te f req uenc ~
response o f the low-p uss filter. Th is us designated FR( 1).

4 .3(1
 I

1 ~ DOPPLER

I FREQUENCY

V
A
SPECULAR ~~
-

PO i NT TAP
INTERCEPT

REGION OF _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
>

PHYSICALLY
POSSIBLE DELAY-
DOPPLER RETURNS

DELAY
TAP

F;gu,r 4 9 . Delay-Dopplir Realm of SA CP Receiver

~

L.
~

A)
~~~~~ ~~~~~

FR (f ) LPF FRE QUENCY RE SPONS E

FILTE R RESpGiu~~

1~~~ 2~~~1]
XI)
(f)=1 tN
~~ S~~(t 1 .f ) tNJLTIPAT H- FREE TOTAL NOI SE PSD
i— X E

JSM “ EM (f 1)
i -Y l

__________________ AVE RAGE THERMA L NOISE

VI ) LEV EL OF N(f)

N (f ) A o .M( RESIDUAL NOISE

~ ±~ J
TAP LO OP

, f)s S (T. .f)

R79 REMOVAL OF RE S ID UAL NO I SE
-

~~~~
~~~~~~~~~~
.f,~J AVEP AG E TAP THERMAL N O I SI

E 1 REMOVAL OF THERMAL
S(T 1. f ) = ( — ) (S
T (t ) . f ) - M ( f ) A 0 (T 1 ) ) I NOISE AND FILTER ATT.
] COMPENSATE

{ PRTNT}
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
~~~~~~~~~~
[_A 0 (1)
1
I
NOISE PARAMETER
MJ RICA L OUTPUT
~
LEND

Figure 4. 10. Noise Determination and Removal

Algorithm

4- 28

‘ -- ~-
~ --
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ‘ i~~ ---. . — -.

N
\
\

4. 14 2 Filter Response Including Aliased Components

W hen dealing with a tap ’s low-pass thermal noise content, we consider not only the basic
f ’requency response of the filter but also the ahiased components caused by the implicit periodicity
assumption of the FFT algorithm. We include the first four periods of the ahiased low-pass filter noise.
which is rather significant due to the effective tap samp ling rate at only twice the filter’s —l dB Ire-
quency. Assuming a white thermal noise content in the SA CP receiver , the fiRer response to thermal
noise including the bulk of the aliased components may he expressed as

M(f) = F R f ’+iM) , (4-24)

w here :
MU) = amplitude of filter response to white noise including first four aliased components
= basic tap sampling rate

4.14.3 Multipath- Free Total Noise Spectra

Once a multipath-free delay region has been determined (i.e. , region X of fig. 4~ )) . its total
noise spectra is determined hy averaging the S n (T .W) array over the delay variable:

I XN
Nf) = ‘
~~~ ~~~~
S~ (i~,f) , (4-25)
i= X l

where :
N(f) = multipath-free region’s total noise spectra
Xl = first tap of multipat h-f ’ree region
XN = last tap of multipath-t ’ree re gion

An example of a multipath-free region’s tota l noise spectra is given in figure 4-1 I. For this
case , thehow-pass filter bandwidth was on the order of 300 Hz and we note the eff ’ect of the .iased
therm al noise (i.e.. the increase in the density at the tail s of the distrihurion). Also in evidence us a
large spurious dc noise component , w hich is caused primarily by the SACP receiver ’s two ’s-comple-
ment arithmetic,

4-29
~ -- .-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ --~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Soc

N
_ _ _ _

-200.0 - 1 0 0. 0 0 20 0 . 0 200.0 3 0 0. 0
Frequency,Hz

Figure4-1 1. Multipath-Free Noise Spectrum Showing A/losing and Arithmetic Noise

4. 14.4 Average Thermal Noise Level of N(f)

A tap ’s thermal noise psd may he represented by A Ø MW , where A 0 is tap dependent. To

determine A 0 . we analyze the tap’s psd in a frequency region devoid of multipath (i.e.. region \‘ of
fig. 4-9), This region is also well removed from the receiver arithmetic noise and the PN code ’s low-
pass spurious response (w hich has bandwidth characteristics of the multipath signal). Thus , we may
assume it to be contaminated by thermal noise alone. For N(f) . the A 0 estimate is obtained from
the following operation:

YN
~~ N(f )
1
i=Y l
A0
SM

where :
Yl first spectra l component in region Y
YN = last spectral component in region Y
YN
SM = M(f ),
~~~~ 1
i=Yl

4.14. 5 Residual Noise Determination

By subtracting A 0 M(f) from N(f). we obtain what is referred to as t he tap hank residual
noise estimate:

R(t ’ ) = N(I’l — A M(f)

0 -
(4 -37 )

4-30

*-.,--- ,- -
 This parameter thus represents the nont hermal noise content of the psd. It is assumed to be
identical f ’or each tap in the hank. The procedures for calculating the residual noise includes the PN
correlator ’s how-pass spurious response to each and every signal that arrives at the receiver. When the
residual noise is subtracted from a tap cont aining multipath return , we are thus removing a portion of
low-pass spurious noise that is not present in that particular tap initially. For example , if the tap in
question ~rutercepts delay energy E(r ). then we remove a component corresponding to t he noise
~
determination interv al’s uncorrelated PN response to E (r ) . For the sequence length typically used in
~
the multipath test (51 2), this error is very small and amounts to roughly four part s in 106 (power) of
the correlated signal.

4. 1 4. n Residual Noise Removal

Once t he residual noise estimate is determined, the NDandR algorithm then enters into a tap
loop and proceeds to derive a noise-free estimate of the channel’s delay-Doppler function. The first
step involves removing R(f) fro m the particular tap in the loop:

ST(T i.f) = S 0 (r .t’) — R(f) , (4- 28)

~
where:
S T (r i.f ) = the residual noise-free estimate ot’ the 1th tap’s psd
S n (T i. f the noise-contaminated estimate of the 1 th tap ’s psd

4 .14. 7 Average Thermal Noise Level of S (r l, f)

T

After the residual noise content has been removed from a particular tap ’s psd , its thermal noise
level A0(r ~) is derived in a manner identical to that discussed t’or the N(t) case : i.e.,

YN
,
j-Y I
S (r .f )
r ~~
A (r. =
0 I~
SM

where A~ (r~)is the thermal noise level of the ~th delay tap ’s psd.

4-3 1
 .. — .- .- . -
- - . - —~~ —~~~~- —--- ~~~~~~~
- ~~~~~ — - —~~~~~~~~~~ -~~~~

,
4.14.8 Thermal Noise Removal and Filter Attenuation Compensation

The final steps in NDandR involv e removing A 0 (r (M t t from ST(rj.f) and dividing thte result
~
by the amplitude response of the low-pass digital filter (whi e lt compensates for the f ’ilter attenuation
on t he multipath signal component) . This is represented b y :

S (T i .f ) M(f ) xA (r)
T —
0 ~
S (r..f) = . (4- 30 )
I -
NIt )

where S r .ft us the noise-free filtercompensated estimate of the niultipz uth psd tor the ~th receiver tap.
~

The etfectivene ss of the ND~uidR algorithm is illustrated 1w the sample data presented in
section 4.24 (figs. 4-20 through 4-24). In these figures. the delay-Doppler scatter functions, delay
spectra, and Doppler spectra for both noise-present and noise-removed conditions are illustrated.
~‘isually. sc rv little difference appears to exist between thte noise-present and noise-removed estimates
of . S) r.w? ) although for uowe r signal-to-noise cases , the dc ot ’t’s et bias for t h e noise-removed case
c~ luihits the expected random u nce rta inty fluctuation about the zero-power-level x-y axis) . On the
other hand, there is a pronounced difference between noise-present and noise-free l)oppler and delay
spectra. The noise-free delay spectra have essentially no energy prior to the specular return, approach
lcro-energy asymptotically as the delay variable becomes much greater than the specular return, and
do not possess the extraneous noise in tap 81. By comparison. the noise-fre e Doppler spectra estima t e
us virtu a lly signal free for frequencies greater than roughly ISO liz (the physical upper limit for
Doppler re urn over the tap hank extent (or the test condition) and thte dc spurious noise contribution
has been completely eliminated.

In general. the NE)and R algorithm will h andle most noise-contantina ion cases encountered in
the multipath tests. It will handle tap-dependent thermal noise conditions (e.g.. tap 81 in the above
disc Lussiout ) hut will not properly account for conditions where the st:utus ics of the residual noise contenl
v a r from tap to r .u p. The latter cases have been observed to occur during conditions of recei se r
~
malf ’unL’i ion and when unwanted signals have entered (he tap bank.

4 .1 5 .\IRBORNI’ PROBER A NTENN..\ LETI CTS RE MOV. ,~ I.

l’o remove the prober au rc r;ut t an(enn.u pa((ern cft ’e e t s tro ut (he c hannel measurements . it is
first necessary to uuua ke sonic .us su unlpt uo ns regarding (he nieett ;inisun by w htictu the electromagnetic
wu ’ ~es arc s~ it ~L’recI from (he earl li sur face. In hut ’ with the most widel~ acce pt ed thtcor ~’t ic.il 1 re.it-
nients .und the good agree menl betwe e n espe riment and t Iteor ~ as presented in volume V . we has e our

4-32

L - _ — _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
 analysis upon t h e vector formulation of the physical optics very rough surface scatter n odel. Under

~ice area is expressed as

th is assumption the received power f ’roni an increment of sti rt

(T . xT -) P .O (4-3 1)
~ ~t
dP r cvd ~ 5 tO
~ ~ -

where:
dP r cvd = power received from the incremental area
P 55 (O ~ .O~ ) probability of incremental area having slope and in the
~ and e direc-
=

tio ns. respectively (O~ anti O~ provide favorable rellections from the surface to
satellite )
T .f = complex coefficient that accounts for coupling between incident polarization
vector, tilted surf ’ace facet. and receiver polarization vector ,

T he aircraft antenna influence is entbodied only in parameter Tcf. which may be represented
as (see sec. 5.2) :

R 1 (a ) IA c os i + B sin i1 cos & s ÷ Dsi n

~ V
Tcf
~ ~S1
.

(a) B cos
~i
- A sin
I l-~ cos + C sin
~ ,

where:
R 1 (a ) = parallel Fresnel reflectio n coet ’ficient
R1 (a = perpendicular Fresnel retlection coefficient
a = angle between incident wave and normal 0!’ proper ly tilted (to produce reflection
into rece iver) surface facet
= angle between theta component of incident wave and the incident parallel unit
vect or (i.e.. vertical polarization with respect to tilted surt ’ace)
= angle between theta component of scat tered wave and the reflected paral lel unit
vector
A.B.C.D = transmitter and receiver complex antenna polarization vector coefficients as
described below .

Polarization vectors for tite transmit and receive (P ) ant enna sys t e m are given by:
~~~ R

=
~ + B‘
Pr

= D ‘PR
~~ TR
+
‘
(4- 33)

4-33

_ _ _ _ _

— .-
~~~
.~ . ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ . .
~~~ T
. —
.
i
.
--
.
 .-— — --—— . . — -- .— - —. - -—
--.
~~ ~ ~~ ~~~ ~~~~ ~~~

w here:
= unit vectors in the thela and phi directions. re spectivel y , with respect to coordi-
nates centered on t he transmitter
i -fR .1PR = unit se c tors in the theta and phi directions. respective ly, with respect to coordi-
nates centered on the receiver.

In our case transmiss ion originates f ’ront the K(’ -l 35 and is received at the ATS-~ satellite. lhe
satellite antenna is assumed to be right-hand circular ( RHC ) with O-dB ellipt ic ity:thus:

C =
v’~ ’5 2

D = J ~~~~~ 2 ,

w here (~ is the gain magnitude of the satellite anten na.

Parameters A and B for the aircra ft antenna pattern are derived from scale-model antenna
ra nge measurements (see vol. VII of tltis reporfl. We apply the antenna eff ’ects removal algorithm to
t he specific ease where the prober is operating in the simultaneous h orizontal/vertical polarization
mode. These probe polarization descriptions are nominal in that for aircraft antenna systems one
usually expects the presence of cross-polarization terms. Thus for the nominal horizontal polarization
probe . B represents the principal polarization term and A is a measure of the cross-polarization term
(vice versa for nominal vertical polarization). Front the antenna range radiation distribution plots, it
us observed that for the various prober antenna pointing directions the ratio of principal-to-cross-
polarization ternis is typically on the order of 20 d B over the et ’f ’ective “glistening ” area of the surta ee.
1-lence. to good approximation we consider onl y the principal ternis of the polarization vectors and
write T cf (‘or the horizontally polarized probe as:

R I1 (a)sin (cos + j sin b ) - R 1 (a) cos (sun -j cos b .

‘cf V 2 ~ 5 t}
f

and. (‘or t h e vertically polarized probe.

1 cf 1
I~~~s R ) a)cos (co s / + j suil / t ‘~ R 1 a su ui ( s iu u ‘u cos . (4-351
1 ~~ ~
~~

where:
= gain of horizontally polarized probe
= gain of verti c al l y polarited probe .

4-34

-. -,
- -- . -- ,- , . .
 Parameters and do not have constant gain over the scattering surface. To remove
this spatial filtering effect, we operate in the delay-Doppler coordinate system of the receiver. The
scatter function, S(r , ,,,). is related to dP
rcvd through the following formulation:

S(r ,w) = J l tT ) (T ( ) )d Prcvd,2 (4-36)

~~ ~~~rcvd,l
+
~2 ~ ~
‘

where j (r,w) is the Jacobian of the transformat ion from surface coordinates to (r . ) rece iver
~~
coordinates.

In the above equation. subscripts I and 2 denote the fact that the scattering operation is a
2-into- I mapping process (that is, two surface points are mapped into one delay- Doppler location). In
general, even for isotropic antennas, dP
rcvd l does not equa l dPrcvdi; thus wit hout making some
assumptions wit h regard to the P (O .O ) distribution it becomes impossible to properl y adjust
55 ~ 6
S(r.w) for the antenna filtering effects. To circumvent this ambiguity, we restrict our attention
entirely to the data gathered during the in-plane legs of the test scenario. The symmetry properties of
the delay contours . Doppler contours, and 4
“rcvd function are thereby exploited and we may write
S(r ,w ) as:

S(r, w) = J 1 (r ,w) dP;cvd I (G +G 2 ) (4-37 )

1 ‘

where dP cvd dP
~~~ /G(j3 ). i.e., the received engery from incremental are a (~3) given t hat the
~
antenna illumination is isotropic.

Now under the same geometry and surface assumption we may express S(r, ) for t he iso-
~~
tropic antenna gain case as:

S 1(r .~~) = J 1 (r .w) dP;cvd I + J 2(r , ) dP’ cvd

~~ ~ ~

= 2J l(r .o ) d P .CVd l. (4-3 8 )

4
Examination of equation 14-3 1) reveals that f ’or in-plane flight. dP will he cross-plane synimetri-
rcvd
ca t (apart f’rom antenna asymmetry e ffects ) if ( I) the sea-sur face slope distribution is isotropic, a valid
assumption per data f rom (‘ox and Munk (ret. 4- 2t and (2) the polarization planes of’ t he transntit
and receive antennas are linear and lie either in or perpendicular to the plane containing the KC- 135.
specular point. and ATS-6 satellite. The latter restrictio n is necessary to ensure’ that
cf, l T 2 .
=
In our case this condition is not met since (he satellite antenna polarization is circular. ~ However,~~
it
can he shown that for grazing angles greater than a few degrees the induced error is relatively small
when compared to other fa ctors such us the antenna gain characterization.

4-3 5
Thus for in-plane flight the isotropic antenna scatter function . S 1 (r.w). is related to the antenna-gain-
contaminated version S r .w) by the sintple relationsitip:

S T ).
S 1(T . u., f ~~~ ‘ (4-39)
G(r ,w)

w here:

+(
~~
-
(440)
G r . w) = .

In the contmonly used stee pest descent integration analysis of f ’orward scatter multipath
(mathematically appropriate under the constraint that the grazing angle is muc h greater than the sur-
face m i s slope) , one usually assumes that the antenna coverage is adequately described by its specular
point gain. For t his reason we have chosen to relate our antenna-corrected version of the scatter func-
tion to t he gain directed toward the specular point: i.e. .

S AC ( 1W ) = S (r . ) G(O.0 )
1 ~~

S(r ,i,,. (
= (;(0,o) . (44 1)
G(r.oi )

w h ere:
S A( ( r . w) = antenna-corrected version of the scatter function
G(O.O ) = the specular point antenna gain (i.e.. r = w 0)

In addition we also calculate a diff i~rence function , ~ S r ,w) . hetween the corrected and tin-
corre cte d vers ioils of tlte scattering Ru nc(uon

S (r . w ( = S(r,w ) — S \ (. T . w) . 44 2)

Ihus f u nc t i o n us available as a three—dimen sional plof and provides :i ti unu pac t descr iption of ’ the
prober s sp atial ti lt e r uuig cftar acte ris l ics as translated tO t h e deha y—l )o pp lcr coo rdinat es of itte receiver.

Fhe algorithm for determining ( ; r. w) has (he following pai ’anteters as i t s haste ’ unpuif ( I ) air-
r ,ut i ant e’nrta pattern in the c lassi cal theta. phi coordinate svs (c ni . 2i ,u urcraf t altitud e . %u ’ltR’it\ . and
height. .t ‘t es it oil angle In the satellite . iuit h (4 1 tap number is s o ut d with spe’e’uular poinl return

4~~(

. — -—-- — — .- -
—. - .. - .- ,,
,
 Using th is information the program determines the realm of physically possible (r , w) point
pairs into which the scatter surface can be mapped. Each S(r .w) density within this realm is then
compared to a noise thres h old level (to bypass this test, t he threshold may be set to zero). If the
thres hold test is not passed, S AC (T.W ) is set to zero : otherwise standard geometric techniques are
used to map (r .w) into the two sets of surface coordinates that are responsible for the scatter. These
locations are in turn translated into antenna pattern coordinates from w hich a table look-up routine is
used to derive the gains G 1 and G,. which are then used in equation (440) to form the G r .w)
function. As a secondary output from t he algorithm, one may obtain G(r .w) in both numerical and
three-d imensional plotted formats.

4.16 TAP I AND Q AMPLITUDE DISTRIBUTION

Amplitude probability distribution in the form of histograms is derived for the I and Q com-
ponents of a given delay tap through the application of standard numerical grouping techniques. A
block diagram illustrating the fundamental components of the APD algorithm is given in figure 4- 12.
Prior to histogram sorting, three operations are perfo rmed on the input data:

a. The data may he optionally desampled to improve the independency of t h e sample space
array.

b. A dither signal is added to eac h of the desampled data points. This is necessary since the
quantizing levels of the digital SACP receiver are not significantly smaller than the bin
w idths of the histograms. In accord with the two ’s-comp lement arithmetic of the receiver .
the dither signal is chosen from an ensemble whose values are uniformally distributed be-
tween 0 and I. A new dither signal is used for each signal input value.

c. The mean and standard deviation of the desampled , dithered arra y is determined :

I N
X ‘
N i_ l 1

I N
j _P~ u4~~4 )
= (X ‘
~~~

4-3’7

L
_____________ - rr is r::.tm :p , , .
 Tap I or 0
component

Desample

Dither

Determine
p and a

I
APO histogram
1
APD histogram APD
1
histogram
No. 1 No. 2 No. 3
I

~
x 2~~~~~~
j
~
X - GOF
~~
JJ x 2 -G0 F
J
~ Plotted
histogram
Numer icaf outp ut: histogram
2 value and probability
X

Figure 4.12. Tap / and 0 Amplitude Distribution Algorithm

4-38

L s_= ,.___ -_
.- _ ,
__ _ - —. ——--—- — - -- -— - —---
-
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Af t er the sam p le ’s mea n and standard dev iation ha ve been determined , t he algorithm then
sorts the input samp le array into three histogram distributions. All three histograms are calculated for
each tap component. The sorting techniques are described as follows:

a. Histogram I — consists of 20 bins ranging between —~~~ and +~~~ . wit h the 18 interior bins
being of equal width and spanning the range [—3 0 , +3o 1.

b. Histogram 2 - - sim ilar to No. I except bins are combined with their nearest neighbors if
the observed frequency is less than a specified (input) percentage.

c. Histogram 3 — bin widths are selected so that the expected t’requency (see below (‘or dis-
cuss ion pertaining to expectation model) for each bin is 5 2 . Thus. there are 20 bins total.

The three histogram distributions are then tested for normality. This is carried out via the
x goodness-of-fit test. The x stat istic is calculated as:
~

N (EF ’ - OF .)I 2
x2 = (44 5)
‘

~~
i=l EF 1

where :
N number of bins in the histogram
EF 1 the expected number of data points falling into the 1th bin
OF 1 = the observed number of data points falling into the ~th bin

Parameter EF is based on the assumpt ion of a Gaussian distribution whose mean and
~
variance are derived from the sample space array: i.e..

EF 1 —
—
I _j
__
~~~~
exp ~
/(x—p )2\
Jdx , (446)
S/~~rO t~_ 1 \ 2o~ /
where t~ is the upper limit of the voltage range associated with the 1th bin.

Knowing the x statistic and the number of degrees o i t ’reedom ( N—3) K associated wit ht
eac h particular histogram, we are then able to determine t h e following cumulative probability:

I
F (X-) y ( K — I t‘ e — ‘dy ‘
(4 4 7 )
~2 KRK/ 2 ) ~

4- 3 1 )

.- .- ——- .
- —--- . —
~

- ,— —

This represents the probability that a sample space selected from a Gaussian distribution with the same
mean and variance as the test case will produce a x value less than that of the observed sample (i.e.,
if ’ F(X ) Is consistently greater than 0.9, we would have reason to doubt the normality of the data).

4.17 TAP PHASE DISTRIBUTION

We define the phase. ~~. of (he complex tap received signal as

(448)
tan
~~ Q~11~
= .

The algorithm for determining the probability distribution histogram of ~ operates on the
same desampled dithered I and 0 data values that are input to tlte amplitude statistics routine.
Twenty equal-length bins are utilized for the histogram structure , which has a total extent from _ l800
to + 1 800 . Via the x goodness-o t’-tit test as described in section 4.16 . t he observed bin densities are
4 compared to a hypothesis resulting from the two-dimensional Gaussian distribution whose quadrature
components are independent with nonzero means and nonidentical variances:

( l_ p )2 (Q. j )2
W( I .Q) _ _ _ _ _ _
exp
/
( 1
—
~ Q ~ . (449)
2lT O O
l Q \ 2a~~ 20Q /
where:
W( I.Q) = jo int probability density of the tap output taking on the specifi c I and 0 values
UI. U~~~ = standard deviations of the I and Q processes
p .p = means of the I and 0 processes .
~ ~

The phase probability density may he derived by transferr ing the above relationship to polar
coordinates and integrating over the total extent of the radial dimension: i.e.,

( 2
0 — p1 ) ( sin
I / ~
cos
~ 0 — p )2
\
P(Ø) = J ’
~d~ exp (— — 0
) (4-50)
\ 2a( 20Q /

Knowing P( . the expected bin frequencies are then ca lculated by integrating over the t )
~~ ~
range and using steps sim ilar to those described in the previous section to yield the x 2 statistic and
cumu lative probability.

4-40

‘
 - - - - - -- --- ., — --w-- .- - -
-~~ ----

--

4.18 TAP PROCESS CROSS-CORRELATION

Given any two corts pkx tap processes , this algorithm computes thte normalized cross-correla-
tion function as:

N
X iYrk
= ~~l ‘ 14- S I)
N N

where:
Rxy ( k ) = normalized cross-correlation function between tap processes X and V for lag
offset k
= ~~ samp le of ’ the X tap process ,us a program option the mean ni,i~ he removed
prior to processing )

The program is written so that X and ‘i ma~ he taken from either the same tap bank or
from cross-polarized tap banks. A hi gh-level flow diagram for this algorithm is shown in figure 4- 13.
As indicated, there are two major loops in the routine. The case loop is used to delineate the tap
corre lation pairs and tlte number of points to he considered in eacit calculation. For example , one
may request that all 110 taps of t h e horizontal hank he correlated with their seven closest neighbors
of the vertical hank. Because the program perfo rms all correlation simultaneously (i.e.. 770 in the
above example) . t h e sof ’tware Itas been confi gured to segment the input sequence length into blocks
that make machine core usage realistic. We t iterefor e require a segment loop tltat operates by auto-
matically inputting tape frames to fill (he core ull otntent. lemporary results are then calculated and
the process repeats itself until tlte total requested sample space has been analyzed.

4 .19 TAP I A N D O l)I PINDI.N(’Y

The degree of coherence between a lap ’s I and Q co mponents is calculated for lht e iero-lag
case through application of an a l g o r i t h m s i m i l a r fi t that descr ub ~ d in secti o n 4 .1 ~ Since I and 0 .u rt ’
both real f’unctions , their normali zed eross—correlatiusu ,cro-l,ue value is g i v e n h~

R (Ui —
N ~
. -_ - -
N
—
- (4- 5 21

~~~
i=l =1

4-41

- ~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~ -~
 . ---- .- . - -. - — ,- . - - -
---
- .-
- .- - ----
‘ ‘
-

:i
-,,----
-

,
- .
~~~~ ~~ ~~~ ~~
~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~ ~~~~~~

( j
~~~~~~~a

Start

In itial
run

Case loop

Read
case data
~~ cards

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Yes End of data

I Pointer Terminate
computation
~ initialize ,
temp array = 0 1
Segment loop
1 Stop
\ Input frames
until core
7 _____________

allotment
full
‘
Compute
temporary
results Results: Cross-correlation ( H H or H V or V V )
Tap gain
1Q function

Move data ompute , outpu

in core cross-correlat i on
________________
tap gain
l’ O
_ _ _ _ _ _ _

Figure 4.13. Cross-Correlation Program High Level Algorithm

~

4-42

,- -
—- ~
_ _
-- . -~~~~~~ - -. - -~~~ -- _ - —--- - - - .. .=~~~

This parameter is given as a numerical output together with the following secondary results:

2
\j ~I/ N)E i1
=

0rms =
\j I/N)~~ Q2

A rms
\J7~’~ +

~
rms
2 ‘

4.20 TAP-GAIN AUTOCORRELATION FUNCTION

Prior to application of ’ the noise-remova l option , the tap-gain autocorrelation function. U(r.E) .
is calculated as a subset of (he algorithm described in section 4.18. That is, for the zero tap offset the
unnormalized tap correlation function represents the noise-present component of the tap-gain auto-
correlation function:

N
U(r , )
~
= -‘-‘- E X~~ ~~~~ (454)

w here :
r = delay value associated with the particular tap
= time-lag variable
X = tap complex process from either the horizontal or vertical polarization bank.

As the program opt ion, the above process may be applied to the cross-polarized tap banks
( X and Y ); i.e..

i N (4- 5 5 )
U~~y (r . ~ ) = ‘
~~~ ~ ,i-~

4-43

~~~~~~~~~~
. -
-
~

A second program option allows one to estimate and remove the noise contribution to the
above tap-ga in autocorrelation f ’unction. The noise estimate is made by applying equations derived in
sect ion 4. 14 to a multipath-free region of the tap bank: i.e..

i=I
‘ ‘
~~ E
j=l
x 1~ x~~
Un(E) = ‘ (4-56)
I+ I
‘n
where:
Un(E) = estimate of average complex noise contribution to the U(r, ) function
~
X1 = tap process in multipath-fre e region of the correlator bank ,

By subtracting U ( ) from U(r, ) we then obtain an estimate of the noise-free tap-gain auto-
~~ ~
correlat ion function U nf (r. E) :

Un 4T ) = U(r.E) - Un(E) . (4 57)

~ ~~

4. 21 COVARIAN CE AND CROSS-SPECTRAL DENSITY ESTIMATES OF HORIZONTAL-

VERTICAL CHANNEL MULTIPATH DATA

TIte sof’tware described below assumes that the tap transposition programs (sec. 4.5) have been
executed (‘or botlt tlte horizontal and vertica l channel niultipath tapes and that the processed data has
been placed in a file on either magnetic tape or disk. In addition, the output record length of the tap
transposition must he 256 words (5 I 2 packed complex samples ). TIte number of ’ records per segment
must be less than or equal to (‘our.

4.21.1 Data Files

The program s generate eight temp u ra rv data files (luring e~ eetitio it. T h eir structures are
detai led in figure 4- 14 . HO RIZ .DAT and VI RT.DAT are horizontal and vertical channel buffe rs .
The variable IREC has a value I greater tItan t h e number of records per segment in the tap transposi-
(ion output. NE AP( represents (lie ,,umher of taps to he us ed for i-ross —cht annet est itn,iles ( t he first
tap to he used us . of co urse , an Input variable. ) lhte last colunt i in (ftc file strue l iire is .1 pseudo—tap
that ha s been labeled “carrier. ’’ It repre sents thte respoitse sf he system to .u cw lone at (he ca rr ier
~
frequency. It us obtained by summing a set ii) u ser-selecte d t aps that ostensibl y contain all significant
energy. A ll tap process es have gone through a m ea n-removal operatiolt before placement in the tile
data buffers.

4-44

..
,
 ~~~~~ ~~~ —~~~~~~~

0)
(N

-z Ci
E-~ N
T
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

AIJSN3Q .LNIOf
( ~
_ _ _ _

ii m- °” .~d0’I3At~
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

~ °
‘ ~
13r4NVH3 ‘1VDI1~J2A
—
~aa J.~Ioc ~w ~ i--iv ~~
o m-
I
1~
o o vi a.
9 a~~~ T1NNVH~ ‘1Y~LNOZ PIOH
z N30 .LNIOI WI - ”IY ~~1 j
~~
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

~~
— _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
+ (/) i- _ i...
1-4 no
u
0.. < 0-.
• . 1-’ >”
z
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
~~
I-, Z .~
uu~~
-’

I-’ I
00- . (.1
I o~~ ~~~
-~ ~
~~
cs~
I 00
<~~ -~~
“-
frZOI = H.L~ N2’1 W~ 1OdSNV ~14 • ,

0. 5 ta
•<
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _1-
_
~ u~~0-.
Z 0
0 ,~
Li
Z N
iao
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

i
I °
~~~
~-

I ~~ “1dNVS X3’ldWOJ ~zo i~

_ _ _ _ _ _
00
u zz &

t:H
:

ri
~~~~~~~

______ I !!
_ _ _ _ _ _
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

~ _ _ _ _ _ _
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

!
t~nd
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

I— -+’- z -+-- t --l X fldWO )

~ ~~~~~~

-1
4-4~

-
_______________
~

11

H T R.- N.DA I attd VTRAN.[)AT contain one-record delayed transf ’ornis of t h e data in HORIZ.
~
l)AT and VERT .DAT. Each transform is two transposition records in length. Intermediate cross-
channel covariance estimates are stored in CRCOV .E)AT. Intermediate cross- s pectr a l density cs ii mate s
ire stored in CROSP.I)AT. All pltase int ’ormat ion is retained to allow calculation of both cross-
power and cross-phase estimates.

a result of the relatively sm all amount of additional work required. the program also calcu-
lates intertap covariances for hotlt the horizontal and vert ical channels. These estimates are located in
file IN (’OV.DAT. The number of records in this file is 2 x NTAPA. where NTA PA represents (he
izumher of taps to he used (‘or intra-chaitnel estimates. .-\ user-selected pivot tap us correlated with
each of thte ..
~~ ~PA taps. Horizontal channel intertap covariarices are stored in the first sci of NI
records :vertical channel intertap covaria nces are stored itt the second set of N I ,.\FA records.

DENS.DAT is temporary storage (‘or a joint density description of the horizontal and vertical
channel pivot tap processes.

4. 21.2 Processing Example

A ll covar iance and spectral estimates are derived via the FFT. These technique s are welt
known and need not he described Itere. However, we will brie fly describe a novel procedure th at
allows both estimation atgorithitis to he executed at the same time while ntax imum use us made of
common inf ’ormation requirements.

Figure 4- 15 contains a record description of two complex channel Processes. For sins ph ici t v .
suppose a statistical description of only segment D of the vertical channel data is required. As su me
that lag results are required f ’rom — 5 I 2 to +5 II. Let represent the t ’orward FET and let ‘~ repre-
sent the inverse operation. Def ining t h e following quantities:

FA = 7 (A) FD = 1D)
FB = 7 ( B ) FVIP
FVIIP = 7 (V
~1.
F(’ = 7 oH

(bert ,

NEGA TIV E I AG S = ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ (4 - 5 s l

POSITIVE LA(;S -
0 L~~~ ( EB ‘ FV l P ~ lJ 5 + ~~‘i~ f ( ‘l’V l I ~~ S II

4-4(4

. - - . .-——— —--————,.- —--—---— -.— --.— —.-—- ‘ . .,- ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 T~~ I

c-si — cs-i —~
~~ •~~

>
~ ~~

1
~~

4-4 7
 w here the indic,itcs Osa t the fir st half of the ins crsc transform us to he used. I lse last h a l f
~
( ross-
o f the inverse transfo rm contains ali:uscd correlation information :uutd. th erefore . us useles s .
s pectra l density information us ~ isu lv derived by noting thi ,ut

Fl) k) = FVIP(L ( + (-I ) k I - V t IPik ) , ( 4-60)

w ltere explicit index ing no(at ioil h as been introduced b r clarity. -r bus. F- I) us easil derived h~ a sc i
of adds and subtract s

t nsmoothed spectral den sity = F-B FD* . 4-~ 1 )

A data w indow has not been used, to allow the use of common FFT operat ions for both es(i~
mna lion procedures. -\s a result, it is Ilccessar\ to use a spectra l w u u t d o s ~ for spectra l densi ty side-lo be
suppression. Since cross -spectral estimates are often citaracterized h~ a s inusoidal structure. it us
ncccss ,!r\ to c hoose a spectr al window free of negative excursions to avoid resonance. For this reason,
a PARZEN window is employed.

It is clear t hta ( if this procedure is followed for NTAPC sets of ltori z oit (a l—v ertica l citannel (ap
processes . all the iitforntati o n required for interta p covariance esti m ates is present in transform
representation. Only one additional FF1 per cltanne l per record us required for each intratap covari-
ance desired.

4.2 1.3 Flow Chart

.\ flow chart for the basic program processing loop detailed in figure 4- 1( 1. 1 he term s
is

-
, W . X. / rcp rcscn l d,ui,u storage arrays of length eqi uva lent to Iwo tap transposition rect urits . Flue
‘
t -

itotation L J deno tes that (he fir st half ol t he d a t a is to hi’ ex tracted. The notation E ‘ 1 means
th at the fir st half of the daLi is to he extracted and then shifted in uisdex ll\ oite record length. the
euluat unit

W L\ . + ‘u I . ( 4 - u42 )
~

uus dicat e s t hu (he first half ol W us the same us the first lua hl of \ while the si’cou td half of \~ us tIre sante
as t he first half st ‘
i.

4-4b~

L . . .._ _. . .
- -
- .-- —- .- -——-- - —- — . . - -. -- .-— ,--- — - --- . -—
-- - .
- - - - . - -.
~~ ~~ ~

START
A

i— i + 1

Y_ REc (HORIz;i_ 1 ,i)

ic
Z~~ REC 1;(VERT;i-1 ~ i)

REC (HTR.AN; i-I)

NTAP C+2
RE C ( V T R A N ; i _ I ) ‘— Z
NTAP C+2

i—i
( k- 0

k— k t

I
+

_
LW REC j~~’~T R ; ~~~
1) ]

YE S

Y— REC (HTRAN;i
NTApc+2 ~~ ij

Z~ - w*)
F
( H O R I Z ; 1 , 0)
LX_REC
J 1

Fiqmire 4. 16. H, V Processing F/ow Chart

,
- ,~~~- = - ~~~~~~
 C

X — .7(x)

REC . (HTRAN ; i)..— x

k
W -.--~ !+ (l) x

YES
k>N TAPB

NO

Y —Y~~~(Y . X*)

y — yj +
~ fzl

z—
~~c. (INcov)

Y—Y+z

REC .(I N CO V ) -’.—- y

X— R E C . (VTRAN;i-1)

Z — REC . (VERT;i , 0)

D
Figure 4- 16. (Continued)

4-50

L .. , , . . -- -. — - .
 1E5

Y— REC
NTA p C+2
(VTRAN ;i l)
~ I
1
X~~~ 7 ~Y - x*)

Y -._——.1”~~ Y .Z*) I
Y — [ Xj + IY1TIIJ
X
~~~
REC NTA p B+ .(INC 0V )
I

Y.. k
~ _ x + (_ l ) z I
1
I y — w .y .’
~

•
x—w .x
~ j
X — ~~.7~~~(V)

Figure 4- 16. (Continued)

4- S i

-
 I z - w .z J
~
1
Z— .7 (Z)_~

z— Lx J+fz 1
~

X — REC. (CRC ~~~

j

I x— x ÷ z

[REc 1 (cRcov)_x ~

Ix— REC .(CROSP)

I ~~~~~~~~~~~

REC . (CROSP) — x

I i - -- i+ ’
~ I
~~~~~ TAI~ ~~~~~
TIY ES

ST0~~~
( J

Figure 4-16. (Concluded)

4 .52

L. . . _ _ _ _ _
____________________________
_ _ _
~
- - .- .-—- -,-— -- - -
~~~~ ‘

Smoothing operations are not explic itly indicated on the flow chart because they are done
outside the loop. The flow chart assumes that processing of record i is occurring and that HTRAN.
DAT and VTRAN .DAT contain transform information corresponding to the record i-I. In addition,
the file transfe r indication

W - REC lC (J- l OR IZ:i :i + l ). (4-63)

~

means th at records i and i+l for record IC in file HORIZ.DAT are to be transferred to W . This nota-
tion is adopted f ’or convenience only since the data buffering required make the fetcht operations much
more involved. The notation

W 4-’ REC IC (HOR lZ: i . O) . t4-64)

means that thte second record transf erred to W is identically zero. Tap IC is an index of the pivot tap
specified by the user.

4.22 DIGITAL TAPE FORMATS

Three digital magnetic tapes arc created in the overall niultipa(hi algorithm execution sequence.
Referred to as Dl. D2. and D3 in figure 3-I , these tapes are described below.

4. 22. 1 DI: TIte Reformatt e d Digital Tape

This tape contains the retormatted SAC P frame words toget her with merged time code . f ’rame
count. fra m e lock loss count, parity error count. and a parity error directory. All physical records
written on t he tape have a lengths equal to 12 of (he above data sets . A data set is comprised of 292
eight-bit bytes as described ut table 4-3 .

[he frame counter starts at 0 at t he first f rartie of a file and us increased by I for ev e r\ input
f r a me nt (he t’ihe ile is used to contain (he data for one test condition .

The lock loss counter starts at () and is incremented by I (‘or eac ht r ime lock loss encountered
in the f EE equipment wh en data us irtput frorti the analog tape.

4-53

.
 - - ,.- -_- - -.—---— .
.-.-- ..- ~~
- .— - .-_ = - .-.-—-
-‘- --- - --

TABLE 4-3. FORMA T OF REFORMA TTED DIGITAL TAPE,Dl

Byte Number of Bits per Word descri ption

number words word

1-2 1 16 Frame cou nter

3-4 1 16 Lock loss count
5-6 1 16 Parity error count
7-8 1 16 Data track and polarization
9-12 3 16 Merged time code
13-22 , 24 11 8 Receiver parameters
23 1 8 Parity error tipoff
25-36 12 8 Direct tap sam ples
37-260 224 8 Indirect tap samp les
261-262 2 8 Subframe data and index
263-292 31 8 Parit y error director y

The parity error count gives the number of parity errors (from the analog input) detected in
the frame.

The correspondence between data set byte number and SA(’P receiver paranieter word

.
number is:

Data set byte 14 13 lb 15 18 17 20 19 22 21 24

SAC P receiver word 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 II

The SACP receiver words are described in section 4.10.

The data track amid polarization descriptors are encoded as numeric amid ASCII words~, they
occupy the fIrs t four bits of ’ the 7 th and 8 th data set byt es . respectively.

The merged-time code words are encoded as shown in table 4-4 .

The parity error tipot’f byte is encoded as 0 if no parity error s were detected in the t ’rame: it us
nonzero ot herwise . The parity error directu rv contains encoded addresses where parity error s were
detected one per I h-hit word. Thte addresse s are decoded is lohlows ~ reie ;v c m p:iranseters are numu-
hered 130 10 (us I 2(t It) descendi mtg ): the t aps are miumbe red ~ ho to I w here eac h va lue corre-
sponds to a Q, I poin pair. Th e last i-ill ry in (ftc table is followed l’~ a s%t urtl cou tta mnimig — I

t he direct tap s.lmn 1)11’S arc in the ord er:

Qh , II , 04 . 14 . Q2 . 12 . o S . IS . 03 . 13, Q6 . 04

4-54
 TABLE4.4. MERGED-TIME CODE FORMA T

Bit
Bytes 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

9, 10 Units Hundred s Tens Units

BCD seconds BCD millisecond s

Bit
Bytes 15 14 13 12 11 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

11 , 12 Tens Units Tens Units Tens

BCD hours BCD minutes BCD seconds

The indirect tap samples are in the order:

QI , II. Q57 , 157 , 02. 12. . . . . , 056 . 156 , 0 112 . 111 2.

The subframe data word is blank whereas the index Counts from 0 to 5 and then recycles.

422.2 D2: The S n (r .w) Save Tape

Tape 02 contains the noise-present estimate of the scatter channel’s delay-Doppler function.
A lso present on the tape is a directory that lists the identity of the data on the files. The directory
file delineates the identification , creation date, and time associated with all the tape files. Each
Sn(r ,w ) array occupies its own tape file. The scatter function array is accompanied by data and
polarization test descriptors plus the receiver and analog tape status parameters that occur at the begin-
ning and end of the sample space interval. Under the CD(’ 6600 KRONOS 2. I operating environment.
the following FORTRAN binary write statements fully describe the data arrangement of each S n ( T. )
~~
tile:

WR ITE ( I U) BUF(l). 1= 1. 20 )
WRITE (lU ) BUF(I). 1= 1. 20). (T IT (I), I=I. 4
WRITE (IU) NFRI-Q. NTAP
W R I T E ( I U ) ( F R ( I) , 1=1 . N FREQ
WRITE(lU) (TNB (h.I=l . NTAP)
DO l O l = l . NTAP
10 WRITE (IU) SF(J ,I). .1=1 . NFREQ)
i~J is tfte FOR1’RAN output un it (2 ) .

4-55
r ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

BUF is an array of ’ 20 words. These contain the receiver and analog tape status parameters
associated with (he firs t frame of the ensemble used to calculate the scatter f ’unction.

BI JF I is an array of 20 words corresponding to the receiver and analog tape s auis parameters
associated with the end of the sample space.
/
TIT is a four-word array identifying date and polarization of the test condition.

NFREQ is the number of frequency points saved from the periodogram output.

NTAP is the number of ’ taps processed.

FR is the frequency array in hertz.

TNB is t h e tap number array.

SF is the scatter function array with SF( 1 .1) corresponding to FR ( I ), TNB( if

SF( 2. l) FR(2) . TNB (I)
SF( I.2)

4.22.3 D3: The Delay-Spectra Time History Storage Tape

Tape D3 is used primarily to contain the record elements of the delay-spectra time Itistory
array. It is generated by the quick-look process algorithm , with each su hinterval condition ’s output
being written as a separated physical record. The record structure is as sh own in table 4-5. A tape
tile is used to contain al l the records for a particular test condition.

423 AIRBORNE SYSTEM PARAMETERS

In its normal mode of ’ operation. t h e multipath prober test utulm ,es wideband PN -PSK scq ucrtce
transmissions from the K(- 135 aircraft . Airborne system parameters neces sary for proper inter prcta-
(mon and mtorm al izat mo rt of mu lt m path scatter return include l i t modulator mode chtar acteri stics . ( 2 ) air-
craft pitch . roll. headimtg . groundspeed. and altitude. 3) aircra l’t locatiom t. —11 amtt c nna mode and
polarization. and I S ) RE power input levels at the antenn as . With the ex ception of aircra ft hocat mort ,
which is obtained from a manual log of INS wav pomr tts . thtesc dat a are recorded over all fligltt t Cs t
intervals during wh mc fs scatter chtanne l probing takes place. In thsis sectio n the recorded parameters .
t he recording format . and the d a a conversion ,ire described.

4 -5 (4
 TABLE4-5. FORMA T OF DELA Y-SPECTRA TIME H/STORY TAPE, D3

Byte number Numb

er of words Bits per word Description

1-24 24 8 Receiver and analog tape status data at start of

test subinterval (see bytes 1-24 of Dl)

25-48 24 8 Receiver and analog tape status data at end of

test subinterval

49-272 112 16 Indirect tap frequency-spread in the order:

Tap 1, tap 57 .tap 2 .tap 58,..., tap 56,
tap 112

273-296 6 32 Direct tap delay spectra in the order:

Tap 1. tap 4, tap 2, tap 5.tap 3, tap 6

297-742 11 2 32 Indirect tap delay spectra in the order:

Tap 1,tap 57,tap 2 tap 112

4.23. I Recorded Parameters and Recording Format

Airborne system parameters are recorded on computer-compati ble 800-hpi. seven-track tape
(si x hits plus parity( using a Kennedy 8707 recorder. Byte size is six bits. Data is segregated into
records containing 4~ 4 bytes . The record I’ormat is given in table 4-fl.

Apart I’rom th~ time code words . (lie sixth hit of each data byte conta ins no information.
Thus, the power monitor data and aircraft parameters are digitized at a resolution level of 10 hits .

4 23.2 Data Conversion and Processing

Figure 4-I 7 illustrates the basic CD(’ 6600 software algorit ltni processing steps associat ed with
reduction and analysis of the airborne system parameters (ape. T he f ’irst step involves unpacking.
decomrnu(ation. and processing of the time- m ultiplexed calibration signals . w hich in gener. iI will
precede t he airborne sys te m data. The calibration file is analyzed to yield upper and lower calibration
levels f ’or tite appropriate channels . The si gnal data is subsequently processed according to (lie follow’
ing paragraphs. ( The output description is given in section 4.24 . )

4- 5 7

L ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~
.. . ~~~~~~~
 TABLE 4-6. AIRCRAFTPA RAMETERS RECORD FORMA T

Bytes Description

0-3 lRhG-B time code

4 SACP modulator mode

5 RF subsystem mode
6,7 Spare (no data )
8,9 Internal power monitor , direct channel PA
10. 11 Power meter , direct channel (HP 435A)
12,13 Internal power monitor . V channel PA
14 ,15 Power meter , V channel (HP 435A)
4 16,17 DC power supply, 100-W PA
18,19 Internal power monito r . H channel PA
20,21 Powe r meter , H channe l (HP 435A)
22,23 Aircraft altitude (feet)
24,25 Aircraft coarse heading (degrees )
26 ,27 Aircraft fine heading (degrees )
28,29 Aircraft roll angle (degrees )
30,31 Aircraft pitch angle (degrees )
32,33 Aircraft ground speed (knots)
34,35 Spare (no data)
36-483 15 additional scans of parameters contained in bytes 6 to 35 with the
last scan truncated at aircraft groundspeed

4.23.3 SACP Modul:mtor Mode Code

The five data bits contained in the fourth byte of each record arc used to designate the SACP
modulator chip rate ( hits 2,3.4 ) and code !ength (bits 0.1 ). Switches that set these parameters provide
coded hits to the recording system according to table 4-7 .

4.23.4 RF Subsystem Mode

The aircraft a nf e n m i a and the utontin al polari zatio n Oser which SA(’P t r.unsuti uss ions take place
are delineated by tlte four least smgm ificant hits of tlte fifth record by te . ( outing is sltowms in able 4-s .

4 .S~

---—— ‘ -
 START

RUN INIT.

CALIBRATION
CO E FF ICI E NTS
FILE
CASE LOOP (TIME SEGMENT )

INPUT CA SE DA TA

END

TERMINATE
RUN
CASE INIT .
RECORD LOOP
END

READ
RECORD

TEST
END
CHANNEL LOOP
PLOT SYSTEM
PARAMETERS FRAME LOOP

SELECT
CONVER T
SCALE DATA
PLOT CHANNEL

PRINT

SELECI ,SAVE
FOR PLOT

Figure 4-17. Airborne Tape Processing — High-Level Program Algorithm

4~5()

.~ IT 1. - — — - — — .— --—- .— — ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
~

TABLE 4-7. SACP MODULATO R MODE CODE

Chip rate . Bit pattern and Bit pattern and

Mbps decima l no. equ iv Code length decumaf no. equiv

0.5 001= 1 255 01 = 1

1,0 0 10=2 511 10=2
1.25 0 11=3 1023 11=3
2.5 100=4
5.0 101=5
10.0 110=6
I

TABLE 4-8. ANTENNA TYPE AND POLARIZA TION CODE

Antenna type (bits 1,2) Bit pattern and decimal no. equivalent

Operational (slot-dipole) 00 = 0
Side multipath (SMP) 01 = 1
Front multipath (FMP) 10 = 2

Polarization (bits 3,4) Bit pattern and decimal no. equivatent

• Vertical /horizontal 00 = 0
Left-hand circular 01 =
Right-hand circular 10 = 2

4.23.5 Power Monitors

With the exception of Ose three power monitors internal to the RE amplifiers used for the
direct , horizontal , and vertic al channels, the recorded power monitor values from the external RE
power meters are converte d it irce t l ~ to .u volta ge level and output without further reduction, i.e.. out-
put voltage lword alue 2’ )x 5.1) V . ~~~ internal power monitor data are converted to (heir respec-
tive channel power amplifier readin gs hrough Ow following linear relationsltip:

I’,-\ output = (\ [( .~~ - •,

~~
its .

where:
X = data word value
tiC = upper calibration signal (recorded on (lie first tape file )
A = power amplifier output ( as nieasured when calih raOont file us created. input to routine
via data card t

4-hO

L . .. ..
.
_ .
. .-
_
 4.23.6 Aircraft Parameters

Aircraft groundspeed is derived through the following relationship:

Groundspeed = (X I S 12) (500). knots -

where x is the data word value.

All the oilier aircraft parameters are obtained through use of the following relationship:

X - LC
A C parameter = -A2 ) + A 2
UC _ LC~~~1
-

where:
X = data word value
• UC =upper calibration voltage level
LC = lower calibration voltage level
A 1 = parameter value corresponding to UC
A- , parameter value corresponding to LC

The UC and LC values are obtained from the tape file containing calibration readings. The A 1 and
A va lues are set internally in the computer program and have been derived fro m int ’ormati o n sup-
~
plied by NAFEC.

As previoulsy noted, tine and coarse headings are components of t he aircraft system parameters
data. Fine heading varies from 00 to 10 0 . whereas coarse heading is given over the full 360 0 range. In
general. the aircraft actual heading is obtained by rounding down the coarse reading to t he nearest 10 0
and then adding the line htead ing. Due to calibration uncertainties , this procedure may cause large
errors if the actual heading is close to a mod -lO °value (e.g.. if coarse heading reads 321 and fine head-
ing reads 9. then t he actual heading is undoubtably closer to 3 19 0 than 32o) 0 ). ho circumvent such
potential problems . the following logic may he applied to (lie output to derive the aircraft heading:

=
rt1 — 10 + FH for ~~~~ < Eli
~~

A ‘C ltea dimtg = 11ru + Eli for ~ — 2 > I’ll

~

+ I’ll ()tltCrWnsi .’
~~~rd

4- 6 1

,
-- . ... =_ __, ‘ . . =‘ • • ~-
where:
(Urd = rounded-down (nearest IO U ) coarse heading
CU ru = rounded-up (nearest 100 )coarse heading
Eli = fine heading
= C FI_ (’ H
rd

4.24 SAMPLE MULTIPATH ANALYSIS OUTPUT

In this section . samp le numerical and plotted outputs are illustrated arid described for each of
the previously presen ted algorithms.

4 2 4 .1 Quick-Look Analysis

Immediately following the processing of a quick-look test condition , the results are displayed
in graphic and tabular form on the Tektronix 4012 display and Gould 4800 printer , respectively. An
example of the numerica l hard-copy output is given in table 4-9 . The top Line of the output delineates
t he analog tape description: name (e.g.. AT 127). file, and record number from w hich the data was
dumped. We then have two rows of data words corresponding to the analog tape and SACP receiver
parameters (see sec. 4. 10 (‘or the format description ) as they existed at the beginning (start ) and end
(stop) of the suhinterval sample space. Data arrays for the indirect tap frequency spread (titled
DOPPLER). the direct delay psd (titled DIRECT DELAY ) . and the indirect tap hank delay psd
(titled DELAY) follow the start/stop receiver parameters. The direct delay taps are interleaved and
thus the row array represents tap I . 4 . 2. 5. 3. 6. The indirect tap Doppler and delay data are arranged
in order, reading from left to right on a row-by-row basis (each row is preceded by the tap number
associated with the adjacent data value). As indicated in section 4.l . the quick-look results are
unnormalized for t he size of the sample space. For the examp le output presented, a 2-sec ~uniip le
space was processed and the sampling rate was approximately 6 10 sec . Thus. (‘or normalization, t h e
~~
frequency-spread data is divided by 2 amid t h e delay spectra data by 30 5 (only e erv fourt h point is
~
processed (‘or delay-spectra calculation ).

The 40 12 quick-look display presents a graph of the numerical data arra y’ s described above.
The fields (e.g.. DOPPLER , DIREC’l ’ DEL..V’i’ . and l) FLAY are sep a rat e ly amid au tomaticall y sca leu t~~
improve detail and resolution. Up to fiv e suhinterv al segments nay he displayed at one t i m e . I k
data I ucld arraulgcunent is shown in figure 4—I 5 . 1- Ti thus particular example . (he indirect aps .ure
occupied not only by niultipath ret turn hut also by the direct signal fron t (lie multipat Ii prober antenna.
located rough ly at tap 10.

4-ui .’
 AO—A 041 864 BOEING COMMERCIAL AIR PLANE CO SEATTLE WASH FIG gis
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL EXPERIMENTATION ANO EVALUATXON WITH THE NAS——E TC (u )
SEP 76 A O M P S O N • S C ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
UNCLASSIFIED Do q2Q~~~

urnI III

flU
_ I _ _

_ ufl;gR ~ !. II -

_
I

I
IIH ~ ~~
I
~

~
~ 32
___________
~ 111122

I.’
~~~~

.
~~~
lIl~0
lI IJ
~~
1 1 ’1 ~
M I C R O COPY R~ SO LU 1IO N ILSI CHAR I
N~ I NA ~ B~J k I A U I 1
~

TABLE 4-9. QUICK-LOOK NUMERICAL OUTPUT

TAPE AT 127 DUMP CF FILE 0, RECCRD 340

START
~~~644
l~ 0 44 lQ3
~ jQ5 A4 21112
~~020 —4057 —4003 4144 20111 304
STOP
55150 0 0 44003 30561 21112 20020 —4057 —4003 4144 21111 304
WPPLER
1 594 6 11 634 6’34 646 596 646
8 626 453 643 652 652 617 623
15 656 645 637 651 666 633 650
22 634 628 636 622 625 649 634
29 642 633 664 644 645 612 642
34 646 613 316 500 403 453 40
43 545 554 571 598 646 622 610
50 598 607 631 620 624 648 596
57 613 644 603 592 676 647 622
64 602 641 633 609 626 647 625
71 639 622 629 592 644 610 638
78 642 646 621 665 633 633 661
85 435 631 663 437 629 615 657
92 620 624 623 609 622 621 667
99 642 648 600 622 633 657 634
106 647 660 6:37 613 6.36 655 617
D IRECT DELAY
2344 4504 1211969 2025 1294745 1876
DELAY
1 37153 35532 37351 34181 35575 32679 38228
8 34824 36381 32309 34641 36957 33283 35558
15 37554 35223 35330 33244 33315 34777 36937
22 37791 33292 3 363 37679 3477 2 36362 39355
~
29 35011 5059 32871 37131 39159 41732 33432
3.
56 34071 35636 152195 140535 55253 77420 66 04
~
43 52515 5:393.3 13:29 459.59 ‘ 5 16 44 137 390 76
~~
50 41254 39261 35420 35475 3r9624 41)292 39543
57
57 39154 35363 33564 36346 40120 39077 38485
64 35542 ‘25’ 37567 3343’:’ 35535 33199 33191
71 35 54
~ ~~~~~
5.l 95 39~~4~
~ ~~:r~ 9 SC 437 361 06
78 35164 33095 31709 33341 33544 36661 34155
85 35730 35:305 353:2 35693 33033 39445 36648
92 52413 36277 33306 35263 3,750 54713 54342
99 37445 36060 3733. 6 32331 35047 33755 36339
106 38203 35014 :5568 3598? 34622 ~03159 35307

4-63

.-—
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

C:,

=
I-,

4-(~4
 4 .24 .2 Delay-Spectra Time h istory

Three-dimensional plots with hidden lines removed and numerical output representations are
provided for the delay-spectra time hi story distribution. Figure 4-19 represents a sample plotted out-
put for a overland (‘ONI.)S data run. The plot title contains information pertaining to test data.
polarization , tap resolution or width , and the time inter val over which the time history is plotted.
Typically , the suhintervals over which a delay spectrum is calculated are on the order of 2 sec. and 60
distributions per graph are usually plotted. Thus, the time interval subtended spans roughly 2 m m .
The grid is labeled according to the (x . y . z) coordinate system , with axis descriptors given at the
bottom of the output page. This fo rm of axis description is used to facilitate the labeling software
require d to support the option available in the 3-D program that allows for the arbitrary choice of any
desire d point of view.

Corresponding to each suhinte rv al delay spectrum i~ a ‘.et of numerical output containing the
following info rmation :

a. Receiver and analog tape status parameters corresponding to conditions existing at the
beginning and end of the suh interval over which the following parameters are determined
see following paragraph for description )

h. The frequency-spread estimate associated with each of the indirect channel taps

c. The direct-tap bank delay spectra

d. The indirect-tap delay spectra

e. The total rms energies in the direct and multipath tap banks (si gnal plus noise ) .

An example of a numerical output is presented in table 4- 10 .

4 .24 .3 Receiver and Analog Tape Parameters

A typical output from the algorithm that analy zes the SACP receiver and analog tape param-
eters is given in table 4-10 . The output begins with a descriptor indica t ing the track designation from
which the analog data was extracted. Following are two rows of parameters delineating the recci ~ cr
status descriptors , the time merged from the t R I G-A time code track , the frame counter , the frame
lock loss counter , and the parity error counter. The counters are re ferenced to the tirs i frame pro-
cessed for a given test condition on the POP 11 , 45.

4-65

I.. ~~~~~~ —— — - —
—
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~ .~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~ -- ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
~

S.’t C ” ~ A ~~~
DAft 2 / 2 0’ F S V t ~~ ’ I C A L PgLAI IZA T
~~~~
TA P ‘it$O ~~u T 1 O 5 .2 M 1 C Q O S L C
TIPI( IN T tR V A L 1~~/3 S / I.O T I 10 L~~ / 3 ~~/ 9. 71k

AX
~~ S M IMIMUM M A X t M U M INC * rT-, L P~~
(
~~P ( ~~~ M I N T ~ IM 1 T(~~~A ’ ~~~y~ 10 T - STA 1 0.00 1 20 . 0 0 20 .00
~ ~~~T i 5 ~~ C
MIC
~ 3$lc .
~ : .2 0.00 120 .00 20 .00
~ :D’ ~~ t
Z ~( ~A V PS~ L 0.OOTS000.oQ

Figure 4 19. Three-Dimensional Plot of Delay- Spectra Time History

4. ()()

.- . ,. ,: . ,. .- ,
 0 0
0 0
-J oe _J uJ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 en en .0 * en o N .f
.
l m V
0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 00 g .
00
0 0
— 0 0 —
o r D uJ r
• e n N e n e n e n ,’ . J r o n - m
en Ad —
en
~~
•4
Ad IA V - . -. n- -. — en 03 04 70
•A en en Al N (14 (4 .4 0 4 . 4 ( 4

en 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 SJ 0 0
en 74 74 ( 4* J 4) I’.. en en 0- ’
0 ~ — N 44 * o 7’- en n- 0
Co .l
C~~ en 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 00 0 0 e n g . o
Jr 0 O
jr n J ~ o g . 0 . n O o o O . . ,o n r J* o m r_ 7 0 0
e n 4’ m m a n- e n 0 0 4 0
• a a en
o n - e n 4’ 70 .-. en ,‘. O N 7’. . 4
0 0 4) 44 en en 0 -. 0 — 04 04
3~ 00 4’ 4’ 0 — 70 0 en en
0 44 ‘0 .‘ n . 4 e n e n.j.
0 0
.4 en — 0
( .1 N .0 £
0 4) — 0 en en n - n - n- en en en en en en en en en en en en en en en en A
. .0 Z
-‘.1 0 C ~~
0 — 7.. 71 en A .4) 7— en 4 0 — to .7 A .0 7— a 3- a.
—.4. 0 enO —. o. 0 4‘ )00 —
• 4 0 • C I ,
a • a , 0000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
‘A 410 4, 11 0 41 41 0 7’ 0
o
N 4) en .0 p 0(1) .7

0
•
U. ~~~ , r, -, 0 .
•~~~ 7:)
0 O1 C
~
o j
() _J 0 — t —
- .
~
C
,‘~
.0
& en en D e n a, en en en en en
0 7- en en
en en y en o a t a, en en
• 14 — 0 * .1 4) 7’- en to
— — -~
0 0 0 0 7’ 7’ 0 0 0 0 = N C
— ‘ — : U .7 .0 70 7’) — en 7 .0
0 7
— r 3 .., 4~ •~ en 7. . A — Li 3 fl
en 4- — C’ .3
~~~ 4. ,. ,
.4 1 S I .3 en 3 7- -
‘~‘
• 4 .4 ~
~~~~, ‘
3- ~3 I U. LI
~
(“I
0 0 0 0 U O f3l 0 ) 0
1
. 0 0 : - : -
A
~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 4 — . .— 1 7 0 ’-
74% .4 ~~~~~~~~~
3 (O C. . . 4 ~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~
Il_I .3
I_) _J
0
4 .4
4 ) ) 4 4 .7
N .” N .’. ~~~~ . . . ._ , )
’) .4
_ _
7 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
N3
~~~~~ . 4 ) . . 0 4 -Li - . I.
- ‘7’ ,
4 —.
.4;
~~ ~
-
-J N Ifl .7 4,
~~~~ 0 _ .- _ ._ ‘
O N t .,, ~~~.,
—. 4) (1. 4) ~~~~ ‘.

o ., j o en 0 . 4 o . 4J Qi
~ ~~ ° ‘ ° 7 ’ 3 O
~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~ ’ ’ f l )Lil A , ? N
-I—
~~ - 7’ . . -’ O . 7 . . ,N
~~~~~~~~~~ -’ ~~~

en
‘A N O f l 0 7 ’ Q t f l f lO f l 0
‘ e n
NN en e
4)
.4

•
,, 0
en
.7
O O ~~~ ) % O f l 0 O . 4 ~~~~
~~~ 0 0 C .4 .. fl
C . 4 7 1 3 - o~~~~
- p —
~~.4 ) 4 1 0 O — . ” P - 4. o. ... r ,
W .0 14 .44 0
0 • C O f l q l O a ’ 0 0 n .* 0 0 0 _. 7-do ‘ - n --’ N — . O 0 r o
r en en ‘~j .0 LV U, C 3 (I) -. 0 N — en 0 en
4 — 0 0 0 7 4 . 4 i fN ~~
l N I fi ’l . e n . 7 ( 4
en r t en I -V 0 at 4 f f i ‘
Al A) 01 7 4 . 4en 01 en 7- 0 -
0
,

— 4
S en C 0 1— 0 en — 0 r — — .0
o U en en t
0 en 14 IT
—
(a. C ~
(44 5 01 7- 0 — oj e n en 0 .0 04 C P O— (5 0 — . en 7’ 0 7 - 5 1, 71 en UI
~—1
N
S 1
- S NI — en — 1 .o~ o C
— — I
- -. — 0 — en

4-67

_,
~~~~~
 — -~~~~~~~~~
——--—— --‘-—

4. 24 .4 Mean Square Direct Energy

The mean square direct energy is calculated ss it h in the program loop t ha t pertorms the Sr .L~
calculat ion. A numerical out put fro m this algorithm is provided at the end of the total ensemble cal-
cul ~ t io n . An example ot ’ such an output is included in section 4 .24 . 7 .

4.24 .5 Delay-Spectr .i Time-Domain Analysi s

As mentioned in section 4 . 9 . the delay spectra as determined from a time -domain analys is of
the complex tap out puts are calculated to serv e as an integrity check on the delay -Doppler function
and associated integral operations . The output from th i s al gorithm S given numer ically and is tre ated
further in section 4 .24 7.

4 .24 . D elay-Doppler Scatter Func t ion

Identical output t or iiia ts are used for the noise-present and noise-free estimat e s of the scatter
channel ’s delay-Doppler function. Numerical and thre e-dimensional plotted outputs (with or without
the removal of hidden line s) are used to re present this function. Exa mple s of numerical output
segments are given in table 4 -I 1 (nois e pres ent ) and table 4- 12 (noise removed ) . The page begins with
a heading descriptor delineating test date , p olari zation , and whether the estimate is noise free. Follow-
ing is the St r , w ) array presented in m a trix form. The left-hand column corresponds to the frequenc y
in hertz 01 the smoothed p eriodo gram output. ‘[his is given once every W1 ,~~i hertz, where W1~ is
the halt width of the spectra smoothing window and _~f is the unsmoothed periodogr am output
sampling rate that is equal to the frame rate divided 1w the number of complex points used for the
FFT input. Wit h the except i on 01’ the frequency delineator , the top row of the matri x corresponds to
t he ’ delay tap number associated with the PSD ( linear r e lative w a tts ) given in the below column. From
these figures it is seen that the form ot the numerical output gives an easily recognized displ ay of the
S(r ,c ) energy concentration.
~

Figures 4-20 and 4 -21 represent examples of the hidden-line-removed , three-dimensionally

p lotted outputs of S(r ,u,) for the noise-present and noise-removed cased, respectively - The hidden-
line-present plot for the noise-removed case is given in tigure 4 -22 . Each plot contains a title describ-
i ng the test date , pol ari zation , tap width or resolution , ti me interval over which the scatter function
was ,i lcula ted. and whether the plot corresponds to a noise—removed or noi se-present est mate. i’he
~
g rid is labeled according to the I ~~ . .1) coordinate sy s t e m s . s~ itt i .ix is labe ls g iven at the b o t t o m of t h e
output page . [his torn i of axis description us used to fa cilitate t h e l- ’1 wl i ng software required to sup-
port the opti on available in the 3-0 program that allows for the arb itrary choice of an s desire d point
of viess -

4-ti M

. a.
- . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
-
_ _ _ _ -

‘4 (4 • ‘ M n - n - 0e a , t” t n O . 0 p . n a, i n., A l . 0 0 4% ’n ,n 0 . 0 f l 0 0 0 _j 3 - O O , . .
S ( 4 f l . 4- ( 0 e n t4
f l ,S 0 nJ * I AJ _• _ 70 3 _ _ _ _ . ,’ 4 _, ,0 N N,~~~~
, ,t , , . 7 , 0 ~~
~~ ~~ ~~
N

4) 7’. ’.. (1, 4, s n- , ,0 V .0 0 ‘1 0 7 4 .3 7’) 0 II (1 ‘0 0 4 0 N 4 , 7’ J i _ 4 7 j .

A O ’ ~~ o n 3 t .o~~j CV 1 P III 41 44 0 7,. t’_ en
I J - -. O S 1 4 ) ’ = ( ‘ 4 0 4 ) - ‘0
. _ ‘4 ’J 4 4 ’ 4 . 4 P 0 ’- . • ’ 0~~~
* 0 ’ 4 ”( ’4 Ij 44 P.4 3) 44 ,4 . I
0 ‘1 7,,
~~ ~

9 ~
,
~ ~~ ~~ .~ ~~ ,~ ~ ~ ,~ ~~ ~~ ~
- .- .
~ .~
.

~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
3
~~ I
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
4 ’ ’ - .-

-.

- ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

~~~ 41
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
~~~~
>- LU ~
7 0,4, D O 0 . O 4 ) n
. t p S O’ * $ L f l L ’ ’0 .
’ ,I$I 4) 1 17. ( N ’.) S C ( 7 3 ~~~~ *_ e n 7~~f l t~~~~ ’. S . Li~~’I, S C (I C 7 7 0 t . .

‘4

4
Lu ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~ L. ’
‘
~~ ~~..
-.1

74 4) ‘ 0 7 - 4) 4) 14 V 41 U’ ‘ A L A IL , US UI 41 LA S .3 fl S 04 14 01 .0 7 41 7144 7 7 O’ S - , 7 S .3 0 .4 44 .‘ 0 0 -0 ’
~~

~~~
01 *4 N 0) 114 04 I I I I I I I I
01 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 , 1 1 1 T e a 7 4 0 4 0 1 0 444 0 4
S

4-69
 ‘0 ( 4 0 011 OI 74 .0 IT 0 0 4 . 9 .9 0’ IL. 4% .9 .9 01 0 n- C C .4 44 0 14% .0 0) 3 0 144 7 0* 1 .0 00 0 — 0 5 . 30 . 3 0 0 . 3 . 4 . 3 . 3
0 0 0 4 4 Il 0 0 fl I.. A 0 S 0 .0 0012 (4 00 0 0 “P ( 4 0’ S ( 4 0 0

I I

-. 0, S P..010’ .7 .4 0 4 7’ . 114 .0 0’ .0 12 -a t . . , 0 4 ,4)

4) - 4 1 4 4 ‘4 14% .0 0 0 .4 01 ..))).. 41 .3 4 - ’ 4 ) ’ 41J 3 74
l ”4 - 4 0 1 0 - 4
11 0 0 1 0 0 (3 7 , I) ~5 IA 7 0 0 ) lU 04
‘l ‘ .4 .4 .4 I.) ISa 4 4% ‘1’ 4 .4 P 0 IT C 1 20 0 0 S Al 12 0 ‘3 0 ‘3
( I I I l’a -S I I I I

I.-
.4 .1 .4 .4 *14 0 IS .0 .., 0 .7 14 3’ 4’, — IA NI.. 3’ . 4 .-’ 7, 7.. 0 7 . . .7 I’. 0 0 .1 474 31 10 0 . 3 0 43 CU *14 .3 7)
4 .7
7
1 1 1 1 1 ‘ , • .304.3 1 1 1 ( 1 1 1
IL

0
,

, ,
~~ ~~ ~
‘
~~ ~ ~~ ‘ ,
~ ~~

o
~~~
C.)
4. . 4 4 ) 3 1 4 4 )33, . , * , 0 , 1 4 T 0’ • t~~7-0 , .0 3i P., , * 4 ’ 1 j S J 0,, 1 , , ,‘ S , S , ’ f l f tl 0 4 ) 1 1 1 •~~ 2 4 ) . l 4 J 0
” 1

1,1. I I ( I ‘.. j A l’ f l *a _• .S ,4 .4 ,4 74 (1) “ I~~~ I I I I I I

1... 0 4j4).4
0
,J • . 4 4) 0 1 4 . 4 )( 0
0 0 ‘3 t o O t .310,’, 3 1
47 , , 7 0 7 ,LA
j 4) , 0 7 , , 0 4 )’ 4, I ,4 t .,. 0 7 0 J’ J l 3 0 Y 0 0 1 0 0 . 4
I Li,) 01 P — t — l t., 01 —4 . 0 7 0 1 4IS) 4 4 I T’ ) 4 ) n
) I 7) C - 0 00 0 0 0 0~ O 0
l
IS a C 0 0 0

1 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 t L i I ”I t4 I I I ,,

-,

LU~~~~
0
~

.7 431 4 ) 1 0 1 0 ’— P.. r--

0 5 0 2 0 4 4 J t t ( ~P P.. 0 I L A .4 O 0 1 3 1 O
4 , 3 , f l . , 0~~~~
0 1 ’ ’r . 0 t o
~~~
*4
Lu I
‘ -
.sa t.. 0 c o S i s 547 00’
•
I
•
I I I I
•
I I I

‘11’ ZZ
Lii I I I I ( 1 , 1 1 1 1 W, T . 0 f l* 0 i7 ,0 I I ( I I I I

-J

7) N,4 C ) 0 0 O a . O’ 4 0 0 C . 4 0 4 0 0 C1T37 S 0 N L f~~ l 10 1 0 - 4 0 0 .’ 0 0 . 40 03 0 0 0 , 1 .4 ”(

PP O C . 3 0 , 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 . 30 0 t , 0 0 0 0 , 0 . 3.4 * 4 4 1 4 . 4 0 0 3 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 000. 0 3 fl t3
•
1 1 1 1 1 I I I ( I I I I I’
a
C

004 O 0 . 4 01 2 141 4 0 0 0, C 0 1 0 . N I O S IA , 0 7- P , 5 3’ S P O ( 10-. 0 11% 5 3 0 4 1 0 4

5‘t( 7, , 4 ) 0 ) 0 5 0 1 0 4 4 ) 0
’ 3
9.-
. • • • •• •• • •. • • • •. • •• • .• •• • • . • • • ‘ • • •• . • .• • . • .• • •• ‘ • .

01 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
S

4-70

, ,4o ., ’ ‘‘ “
,,44.4,t,o .444, ~ ~ ~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~,,. .
 I
. ~~~~~~- - --—

~~~

D C L A i - O OP P L Q S, A T I , R ‘ jNCT iD * 1
~~
O~~ T r /l7IFs
~ L I
I L PO I.ARIZA ~ uIJ * 4
1A ~ RE ~~O 1 U l I O N .2 MICQ O SCC
I IMC INT(R VA L Io ~~4 1~~cu. 14&’ IG iOd’S ’,~ 4 , 7 II)

~ or ~~
i 7~~~ $~~*~ T

I
AXIS MIP4IMII M M A X i M u M i)4C~~c Mr Id T
X O t t A c 741% I , a Mt(IO5(( . 1 4 7 0 7 7 7 ) .00 7 20.00 20 .00
V O 3PPi,(R r~~r ut ,1r Nce I I , C R l Z I ‘300 .00 300 .00 100 CC
2 O C L A P - O 0 1 % ’L t * 1 ’c O l L i 7 7 ( 4 7 7 : .00 1 2 .0 0 2 . 00
-

Figure 4-20. Three-Dimensional Plo t of Delay- Doppler Function (Noise Present)

4-7 1

,_ : _
- ~~~~~~~~~,~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~jj

I
 O E t . A v - 0 0 ~~p I ,[ R TT 9 r.77 CT iG * 1
~~C~~ ~~
0A’ ( J / 1 F’ ? S L 77 C PO LARIZATiO * 1

TA P 9(SOk UTiON .2 Mi CRCSE C

T IME IIT LR V AI. 7 o ’ . S,c g -O b S TQ iO. ’4S/ 4 . 9)9

90I ~~i Q IMOV ID

-
-

M I P I i M U M MA X i M U M 1WCXCM(14 T
AX iS
14 O C t 4 4 14’ I . 2 7 0 ( 9 0 5 C C . 9 1 0 7 7 7 1 .0 0 1 20 . 0 0 2 0 . 00

V O0 ’PLCA r R c Q a r N c v I H ~~~t Z I -300 .00 300 .00 100.00

2 DrtAv-00PPLC ‘SO ‘ t . I N ( A Q l ‘3 ,00 12.00 3.00
~

Figure 4-2 1. Three-Dimensional P/a t of Delay-Doppler Function (Noise Removed)

4- 4~

- - -
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
,- - .-
-

~~~~~~~~~
 OCL A T - O O P P L C O 5 A T T ~ 77
077 C 2#~~7.’/S L I C POt A R I Z A f i O P I
~~
TAP #CSOiuT ION .2 M I C R O S C C
IIM( 1771(9741, i O , 4 4 /c 9 . ’j 4 ’, TO 1 0 / 4* 1 / 4 9 1 9
Il 3 I S r Q MOVL0
~~

- -- - - -~~~~~3 -.---

AXIS Mi NiMUM MA X I M U M iW C ICMCNT

I O Ct A l TAP I .2 M !4 I f lc ( ( . 1410177, .0 0 1 2 0. 00 2 0 . 00
V OOP PLCN r 9 r 0 u f 7 7 C~ ‘ .r R ? z l -300 .00 300 .00 100 .00
3 OCL AV ’OO PPL(P ‘S O iLiN(*R i - 3 . 00 1 2 .0 0 3 .0 0

Figure 4.22. Three.Dimensional Plot of Delay-Doppler Function (Noise Removed, Hi’ den
~
Lines Presen t)

4-73

T
i j *tt mjcj :
= :‘ ‘ - ‘-
~ ~ ~~~~~
 l’he intended purpose ot ’ p lotting the S(r ,.c ) functions is twofold: ( I to give the observer a
qui ck and concise descri ption of the energy distribution characteristics of the S(r ,w) spectra and (2)
to provide a visual di rectory l’rom which one may access the numencal results to key in on areas of
I ntere st or anowolous behavior of the scattering function.

4 .24 .7 Int egrat and Fourier Operations on S(r.w)

Both the noise-present and noise-free estimate s of the S(r ,c~ ) function are subjected to opera-
tions that yield the scatter chann el’ s delay spectra. Doppler spectra , freque ncy autocorrelation func-
tio n, time autocorrelat ion function , and total rms energy. For the delay and Doppler spectra , nunien-
cal and plotted output are given , as shown in figure 4 - 3 and 4-24 and table 4-13. As previously men-
tioned in sectIon 4 , 14 . plotted spe ctra t ’or both the noise-prese nt and noise-removed al gonthm outputs
are presented. This is done to give an indication of the effectivenes s of the ND and R operations.
.-\lso included in the numericat outputs of table 4-13 are: ( 1) t h e delay spectra from input (or time-
domain analy sis) . ( 2t the mean square total indirect energy (integration over delay variable = T. inte-
gratio n over Doppler variable = Ft . ( 3 ) the mean square total indirect energy for the noise-present case.
and (4) the composite mean square energy of the direct signal. The T and F integrations are identical
as would be expected and they are substantially less than the si~ ial-plus- noise integration. The direct
and m u ltipath mean square energ ies are not normalized to remove differences in antenna ERP , receiver
channel gai ns. etc. This step is perfo rmed i n the data interp retation phase of the analysis . which is not
a DRandA software component.

Numerical and plotted output formats are used to represent the multipath R(~ .~l) fu nction.
An example illustrating the distribution of Rl ,~ .fl) ~ is given in the three-dimensional plot of figure
4-25. To enhance the fidelity of the output . the plot routi ne has in this case been operated in a mode
whereby both the constant E and constant S’Z contours , which occur at the discrete periodogram
output values , arc drawn with hidden tines removed.

The frequency and time autocorr elation functions are given in the form of numer ical and
plotted output. For both numer ica l outputs , the amplit ude and phase are tabulated relative to the fre-
quency (hertz ) or ti me (seconds) variable, respectively. Nume rical examp les of the R(O~ 2) and
R(~ .O) distributions are given in tables 4-14 and 4- IS . Sample plotted results of the autocorre lation
function magnitudes are presented in figure 4-26.

The frequency and time aut oeorr elat ion f u n c t i o n s arc given only in the for m of numerical out-
put. I-or both distributions , the voltage amplitude and phase in degrees are tabulated relati se to the
fre quency (hertz ) or time ( sec onds ) vari abte . }‘.xa m pte s of the algorithm outputs for the tr e quency
and time auto corrc lati on functio ns are given In figures 4-25 and 4-2~ .

4- 74

‘ ‘ 4
- ‘1
1 1t I 7
~~~~o~ ~4fls’ 4~5~~ ~~~~~ ‘
~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~ ~~~
~~
~~
 CZL AY AND DO PPL ER SP ECTRA
DA Y C 2.27/75 t. H C POLA RiZA TI ON
lA P R ESO L UT t O N .2 M I C R O S E C
lIME INTrR VAL t o/441S6.9 6S TO 10/45/ 4 038
NO I S E PRESENT
ec ~
— - -— — — —— —_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ——

A
——

— — — — — —
~~~~~~~~

—S OC —
_____ ________ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

.2

;401.
UI

30( — ______ —
5.
S

~~ 2 O C — _______ — _________

-
10 :
_ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
- _ _

0 30.0 40 .0 60.0 00.0 IU O. O 13 0 .0

D E L A Y C AP I .2 M I C R O S E C o N D W I D T H I

_ _ _

_ _ _ _ —_ _ _ _ _

_ _ -__
_

-3 ~ 0 .O — 2 0 0 .0 - 1 0 0 .0 0 100.0 200.0 300.0

OOPP L CO rqcO uCNcv i I4(RTZ I

Figure 4-23. Delay and Doppler Spectra Plot (Noise Present)

4-75

. . .. . , . . . ,‘- ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~

DE& AV A N D DO P P L E R S P E C T R A
D A TE 2/27 /75 L H C PO LARIZA t ION
TA D R E S O L U T t O N .2 M I C R O S C C
TIME IN T E R V A L tO / 4 4 / S R YSS TO 10/ 4 5 / 4 .838
wo i sr REMOVED

—.1 .AOC — -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

o
I/I
30C -

20C — - — _______ _ _ _ _ _—

_ _
_- i
_
_ -__ _ _ _ _

-
0 20.0 4 0 .0 60.0 60.0 100 .0 13 0 . 0
DELAY TAP I .2 M I C R O S E C o N D WIDTH I

2Sc ~ — - — — ——

-200 0 -1 00 .0 100.0 200.0 300 ,0

DOPPLER rOco uc Ilcy 114(9011

Figure 4-24. Delay and Doppler Spectra Plot (Noise Removed)

4-76
~ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
_

— —NN
a ae n t

—— . 4 . 3 . 4 — ~~~~~
o a o o o .. a
444 4 4 4 41 44 1.1 44 Ia ala 144 .4
.0 0 0~~~ .7 -I .4. .0 ‘7 .3 4
o P. 41 C 0P.C NI’ .034 0
N 9 4 .0- I — In
•
* 5 .0 — -, N
7
.4 —
,

.
,
•

0‘ 4
.
N N
o c ~4 . 3~ .a

‘a -a a a ,4
4 .
.4 La
PS .1’ LIS P. 00llI
3 .23 P.
0 / 3 N , 0’* ..4 0
04 044 .0 .
4..IA ~
ao
4 1*4 La
‘IP. -~J
7’ 3 0
1
...,N

T.0 ’
*
It
4—
sa,a
.44 LII
.0 5
7’ *
-.0 7’.

P.S
..4N1,7 94 . 4*14 .
‘ 3 0 0 0 -~~ .3 . ,
4 .

.4 AJ .4 .0 7 4 ~~’4 S
.4 .4 P. ,fl .4 .4 .07.
73 04 1134Ii 01 N p..
5.4.7 03 0404.3.3
a
4

.4 ta ~4 UI •I ’.4 144 41

P. 07’ S) .4 1’ S SI -, .
4 0’p.4 ’ p. 5. 03 -.
04 P.(1 — .40P. 1
.4 73~~~ 3 7’ 4(1 0 P. ‘3 0 3 4 3 4 4 P44 — * 3 0.0 P.5.3 PP~~
73
.
4 .4 7’‘3 * 3 4 ‘0 -40 1
— . 4 . 4‘1 .4 -I -0 .4 .3 5 0 3_ I. ,. 4 P.45
O 0 4 0 .S , . a O O a 0 0 0. 3 l a S’ 7 O . S f l S O, J ’ 7 p \I L 4 I C . 3 , f l 0 3
.P.
• * • * * • * a . e *. • ** ** S * e * ** * 4 . 4 1 1 .4 *14 -i
‘ a 1 4 4 04wl a. 4 aSI W I , 4 4 4 ’ 4 4 -U .4 1 4 4 . 4 . 4 ’ a.4’ -S .44 . 4 4 4 4 ’ a I I
— N I’3 ’* — .3 4. —. 0 P. .14 — N P. 13 04 — $ 3 5 .”l ,‘ ‘3 1.3
.0 .40 — 115 ‘3 P.. P. 0 34 7’ P.4 9 O * O ‘4 .4 47’ 7’ II (14 .4
~
tIfl.3PJ I n . , 1.,.n ..,9 4
04fl5 ”Jt I J 7 1 0 . .(1 1 I AI ”* 1I t IP 01 •.1
~~ * *

-J . 4 3 9 40 0 .9 4 - 4 . 3 0 0 7’ 04 - 0 0 0 . l P . P . S
0 * 9 40 0 0 * ‘ 4 . 7 0 0 4 .4 0’ C a l A ..o I44 .0
Q_ .4 94 0) 3 0 , 1 1 0 P . o C 0
’,, .4 SJ 0 3 S 4 4’ Ø P . S 3 3~~~
4 34 C 4 1 ’) S I . ’fl
0~~~~~~~~ J 9 4 N 4’ 0

o ‘?- :‘
~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~: ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
.
4 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Cth0..’ ~~t4’p,’.,tp. . 4
41 • N . 7 Pl . 3.
, t W1 34 .0 PS. f7’ 0 3f l 0 1 7’ S . 3 4 ( 1 0 0 4
’ 5,9 A P . 0.. ‘U
P . 3 3 7 1 *‘1 1 .4. t 4 , ~~4 .3 -O fi • N * 0 4 0 4 7 —
9.4 P44 ‘11 N t lI1 04,I .
’I
* ’3 l’ N I (14 94 0 LA .
9 1’) 3~ * 0194 I I

1U , -3 .334 .3
...
~ ~ ..
.4 P. 01 0 1 S LA .
09.
.P.0 0’94 .4 ‘4 0 3 71 S lIP S P. p.,0 34,.. ..

~~~~~~~~ 1 41II1 .
I
:,: ;•;~~~~~~~~~~
~ ~

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

: :: :~: ::::: : :
7’ N 5 a ,Nn a 0 3 9 4 , , .9 (11 .3 7’ 0 7’ 04 —
‘~
~~~~ fl U.4 .1 ~~

0..
0
144 Ifl .
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
4 034 13 01 0 InN 94 (7’
o•~ ’fl .4 ’1 .4 ,o . 4 p _ . 0 e 0 .na P.
S P. .0 .0 1’ P. )P. 5 .7 N ‘ 0
~
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
.0 — 0’ I’.4 0 0’ 0’ 0 0 0 3 4 0
.‘4 -I0’4’0 ’).
P 0 *.
~~~9g,fl,o~~~~p_ p .
L A C O P . 0 P .’4.44’
~ ..::
144 L44 .44 LII 144 .11 ,4 LU
0 ~‘.1 II.7 41 0 — 4
—

‘4 (14 04 03 7’ 7’ ‘ 1_ “ I — fl ..4 “4 Pd ~d ~ I ‘I
I III 7’ .J
~
P. 0’ .4 044 P.4 “4 71(1

0, .d ’4. S . 4’ 0 ( 1. . 4 7’ p _, 141.4 11
—I ‘( 49 4 0 1 t In . 0 ‘O P . 21 34 - 3 7 1 , 4 4 1 9 4 0 3 .7 IA .0

.4 ‘
4.4 77 04: 04 .4.4 .
414 P4 .
4 0 17’ .4 9 N 11.4 0, p
317 .4 1
. , . 4- i
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

.0 0 0 ( 1 . 4 0 0 3 4 4 . 0 .4’P SIP. 5 * . 4 5 5 P .N
. 7 11 .4., .4 _I
94NNS.44’3 0(1 34 0
)94 9 4 9 4 9 4 5- 4 4 ’
Cl)
— 14.4.414144 .
S 4’ n j P . ø a
4.4.4
’ . ,S _,
— P..

N 4 J C O # 9 4 4’ . 3 4 7 7 ( 4 0 4 1 5 % .I’O a —
• P17 .7 0 O 4 9 4 . 4 O *0 N . ..3 9
~ IN 04 01 *4 1 0 . 0P. 0 0 1O .a . 4 9 4 0 5 0 3 . 0 441 . 0 0 9 . 53 4 1. 40 ~~~~ 4 9 4 7 ’ . 4 O P~. sI 7’
LAj .4 — •4 -I P.PP : 9.1 94 N p. o P. ‘1’
.
4 S4 4 N N
0 0 0 0 0ef l o f l o
C 0000000000
94
3 40 0
.
* .,. 4(1 .4 . 9 3 4 . ~~7’
3 . 7 P.
O P.N S O P . P.015 .9 .0.0 4 0 . 4 4 2 3 P. . 9 P .P .(11 .4 .0 4p
0. 0
— .9 -‘ .4 34 .4 71 .9 .0 0’
3 4 5 . 30. 7701 0 0 P .O t 9 3 40 7 431 0 0’3 C 3 4
In .
4 1 4 ,0 1* P . . 4 3 1 40’~~~~
0.4 0 3 WI .9 P.
% ..0
0 4 0 e ’) S 0 4 0 3 4
OP . 34 ‘
40 N N .
4 141 .
4
4 5 441 94
P4
C
I— ~~
~~
0.
Nf l NI0 . 0 ,
* 0I ’~3P, 1
.. — N r.J04 ’41.4.0S 1 P 9 4
0 *~~ ej .
S i l l
—
34
‘41
34
7 43 14
0. 1
o4 0 ’ ’f l .4 0 ’ P . 9 471 . 4 3 4 P . 7 . 4 .I P4 N 7IS I ’ 4 9 4 . 4,4 9. .3
70 . 4 III OP 5 0151 O P . C 3 4 0’ e
*o4 P.WIl4.)34P.4171.. 0’p.. 9 . 00 5 0 0 0 0 0 3 4 - SI
o 1
0. .
5
4. 4 N 0) . 9 . 3 1 0 0 P . S0’0 10
— * • It • S • 5 7 3 = 7
34 ..4 .4514.351. 415 . 4W
,4.4 047414 .4 4 . 4 o4 — C ltI . I.0O4e .4004 3
S. .
1 .7NN
. ...q ,.4 .. ,_. .
~~~~~ 34 9 5 9 4 3, 4 .•. 9S 5
—
05.0,5 0 S O• , f l O 0 . e’eoe a o. ~~
5 S e .- . ~~~
. .3 ~~~ ~~~~~ 9
,
.141 5 7P . . SeW 0 # 0 55 14
I
..
5 W W W W ’ W W W I i s S IW I s i jis Is 7 W W W I I IW W I S IS * SI I . I W W W —
AIP.5 040 )N . iP p . . 3 34
p. S S P . 5 . 3 0 1 . 4 3 4 . 0 0. 1 0
I3314
. 141
0 4 0 5 . 0 0 . 3 1ll1i, 0 0 0.4 ft 1
‘ 41
ii3 _ 1.04
~~~~~~ 0
PM
~
0.
IS4’~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
5 3 4 4 ’a . 3 5 W l 1001
Si
p.
4 1 P 3 0 5 7 4 . 4 . 0 $ $ 0 3 3 4 3 4 0 3 I3O4 N N N P . . 4, 0 # 3 4 3 4 . I 0
, 3 9 4 0 4 Si
~~
0 ~‘
• .3
.2 510.3 .7 414 0 C C * 7 40 0 . 0 . 2 0 C C . 7 9 4 C C ‘0 .9 Cs 0 5 . 9
~~~~~~~~~
ft 9 4 9 4 . 4I .4 9 4 9 4 0’ 0.
1514,4940)I .74’I51 0 I I I 7
03
CP ..010 ’. 55.4 449434*4191 l0p_534340 0 p.
~ e
14 0 4

4-77

_ _-
_ _. _
-—_
-,-- _ _
- -- . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ~~~~~~~~ .3LA-
M 1S.
-
- .
~

TABLE 4. 14. FREQUENC Y AUTOCORRELA TION FUNCTION OUTPUT

1(QUENCY £U TO CO IPC L *TIPI N

F~~ OUE P4CY A M P L ITUDE C V O L T ) PHA St b EG )

.0 1.03O 0E+4 ~) .0
3 . QOb 3E* 04 e.Q2ESE—01 7 . 7 3 b F+31
~~
? . B 1 ~~~E +Q ~ 7. 4 ~~P SE— 0I. i . 4~~6Z E . 0 Z
1.17t0E+O ~ 6.S4 ~~€— G1 —A.S349E. O ~
t.~ 62~ E+0 ~ T . b7 7~ E— O 1 — a.ase .oi
1. q n E ,O
~ ~ S. Z3 3 6C— O 1 —Z.bøl ~~
4 E+O l
2.34)EF•i ~~ 9.~~SQ 37 ’— 0t 3.SL ~ 2E ,0 ~
.1344E.OS 4 . 2 9 ) 3 F — . ) l, 9.4q 3 ., E.O L
~
3.12 3 0 E + 0 5 ~ .Tt ’bE— 0I 1 .5 473E .OZ
3.51.S’,E.O ~ 3.?b ~ 1E—0 ~ —~ .4?1 O ~ .0~
3. Q05 ~3 E +0~ 3.~~b4 1E—u1
~~~~~~~~~~~~
- I
~~~~~~~~~~~ 3.~~S 76 ~ —~’1 — . b b E.Q1
2 . Q e ? Q .-OI ~~ ~~ ~
4 . 6 R V ~ E• s~ ~
). L)I4). ~~ * 0 S ‘.LI o l T E — O l
~~~~~~~~~~~
. - *O5 2. °7bE — 0t i
.5Ll1~ ~ +0
i.~~~ ~~
9.€4 ’ )5 ~ 24S 9—v1
2.~~ — l •~~ q 7 q P , f ) ~
~~~
b .2~,0l)F ,ñT 2 . 35~~~— ~ T —Q.1 d 73~~’0t
b .b4 051. 7 ’0 ,JLI ?. Q —C —3.o ~~ eC .~~i
7 . 9 Z I Q ~~~ ~~
-..
7~~ l(~~ j 3 p . 1 ~. ~
~.
~ ~
~ 7~ 2 F—0i)
2 . i 119 .l.
~~~~~~~~~
P1 .320 Z ’ ’O l
~~ ~~
7~~4 j ~~59 , ( l 5 i .’# 0-i~~ — O L ~~~~~~~~~~
‘.233L E *0~ ?.fl (1T2~ —~IL — I . . ’?00 *02
~ . 5’ f l , c*
O31 1 . b ~~~~~~~’(I 14 —L . ’9b t~~ O2
4 .l 44 6 s .4 1.~~~ 4b ~~~ O I ‘~1. Q 3 4 Q ’73!
~~ ~~
4 _ P 7 ~~ l’ 4 C . L )~.
, A . 7 ’) 5 7 ’ — at .b 2 9 F *J 1
Q . 76) F * *1
~~ ~~ l . ’, ~~?~~~ -— Oj ~
7_ ~~1~i b 0 * O X
14~~~Q~~’ /
1. 0 1 ~. 9 t L I ~)9 ~~~~~~~~~~ ~~,C ~
‘ .~~4 4 4 p — 0 t . . 7 S l ,3
~~ ~~ ,0 2
,.O ~ ’LIE *O ~ t.~~ ?~~—Oi — 1 . L 3 ~~~~~0~
1.~~3 2 o F . ’.~I1 l. ’. ’( E t
~~ ~~ ~~~ —t. ’ ’0+Ot
~~~~
1. t ll Q E .Ob l .~~~t ’ ~~~~~~ 2.~~-s~.’4’.C.O
L . ? l . Q P . ~ ’ (1 ,.,44
Ol
~~~•’)t
I . ? 0 7 1 ~~~~
~
~~•~~~5 .~~.) P 4 ( L 9 . j ) ’ 4~~~~ 4 L
L .~~7Q 1F*)ô
~
l . I ° ) ’ 6~~-’~1 —t.17 j
_ ~~ ~~* ’’
~ .~~~~~ 1I ~~~ 0 4 ~~9 t~~3 1O ~~~ ..41 —1. 45
~~~~ ~~*’’
— . . 3 7 9 ’ 9 .a L
~ , 3 b 7 ~~~ * Q 9 1 . 3 1 ~~~~ — ’ ~
~
1.4’)” C~~.( ~b ). . / ( , 1’ 141 ’1 . • . 4 3~~ 1S42’I~~
)~~ 1 4 l 0 3~~ 1 ’ ( 9 . 1 1 3 31 ’2 4 ”fl l .~~~ II
i IP .* 1’1
~ ~~
1.4 .’.F~~C’~’ 1 .11- ~~” P— ’ (t ~ •)4.4~~~.fl~
1.~~? C 4 F ’ t ~P, L.
~~~°~~~— Ok 1 . , 2 ’~~ - • J ’
L. ’’1?~ E + ~~ 1 .~ 4S ~~— O1
1.bM~ ,
~~*ITh i. I0 A Q ~~—~~ ) — ~~.~~~4~~~*O1
1 ltI~~ •l4b l .&)7 ’80 ’1L L.02~ 0~ +Ut
1. . 7 9 7 F . U ~ ~
.(‘ —)
~~~ °~~ ~ 4 .J ~ ’1C4 OL
. 7 1LI~~F* 0 ~l
l .4~~ I I ? 9 q 0_ I)~
~~~~~~~~~~
1 .7~ 7dE ~~Ol L ) ’~~1 l~t ~~~~~~~~~~~~~
.177)P—0j — 1 . 3 ? i 1 S0
~~~~~~~~~~~ ~
1.R3 I 5,
~~ s~~ * U ~
.3 1 9
~~ ~~~
’)2 7 .Q ~ ~~ ~
bOE+ 0 ~
L.ll7 ,0 t 7~ I’ L . 0 3 ~ oE O i ~ 2 . t ? Q 3 *4 a 1
L. ’~ I4 I t I ~~I~b ~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~
1.~~ 31 E .0b 1.C2’.C~ —0 1 ~~~~~~~~~~
T09
~ .Q ~ Z ? ~~*Q ~ ‘. ~ E— 0 ~ 1 .i3 4’7’7’ 4~
~ .3 3 13F.Ob 7.t’ 51107 14Z .)?13 ~ .
~’
? .f l 7 0 3 F 0 0 o 5 .31 l1 _I) 2 — 0 ~ ? ? I,e *A
~~ ~~ ~~ ~

~. ~~o q 9F .m 0 . U 3 3E— 0 _ 9. 4 9 ~ Sl~t

~
Z . 1 4 e 4 E .0o 8 . C 4 0E—OZ 2.P~ 32~~,01
~
2.l87~ ES06 7.071’.P—n 2 7. E OT
q .lu 2F— ~ 2 ~~~~~
LPbE~~
.
Z.2~ bbE •fl’1 1.3 ~2
Z . 2 ~~~b E+0b B . 2 ? ~ Z E—0Z —1.60&4E.0Z
2 .) 0 4 7 E • 0 6 °.2467P— U Z — 1 .ltblP ’Oz
2 .~~4 3b E7’ Ob ~ .081~~
E—0! — l .8b~ 5E .~~1
z .3 e z 81.ob ~ . 11710E_i12 ~ .LbflE$30
2 . 4 Z19E , ue 7. ,T 3bF— O l e.e2, bE .O l
2.~~ oqE,0b e.~~qOQ E—O2 1.1661€•02
 -
‘.34.-P.—’— ., - ~~.l0~~ 7’fi’.0~~ 7’I’35’ 9 ’7’O ‘ ~~~ 3 ‘0~~ ” ~ ’ •
~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~
- ,
~ 1’

TABL E 4- 15. TIME A UTOCORRELA TION FUNCTION OUTPUT

TIME A U T fl C r) ROF LA TIO N FIJIICTIO M

TIMt A M P L I T C K I E t V ’)LT ) PH AS E t D G)
~
.0 1,. r)4 ~ )0 C4 00 .0
1. ’3115 E— 0 3 0 .7.Th71— O 1 1.3 R ,OE .0 2
2 .b2 3 0E— ~ 3 ~‘ .b99 —01 —B. ’75 IE+ 1
5’ .O ~ 2~~
~ ~ ~~
3. Q 344E— 03 3E— 0 1 ‘,. Q337 E+0 1
~ .2’i5 9E—03 3 .374~~F— M — ~~.,6~ a~~+n
b.5~~74F 03 2 . 1 8 ~ OE 0L 4.S2~ 1E+ 01
7.Mb 1T4 c— 03 1.t~~I 5 i — O I b.33 1 2E.0l
9.1~ 03 E—O3 1. ’W 8 —01 —~ .. 5 0~~5 F.I’~ ’
~ ~ ~
l.O ’92E—o z 5.’M, ~ E— 02 —2.~ 4~~ E,0l
1.1803F— 02 2.°t 3’~ — 02 1. )4’I4E+I~
l.3115E—u2 Z.”7~ 3E—0 2 o .~4254C,02
~
1.44 2bE —02 2.~~1i1E— 02 4.~ 548E+00
1.573~ E—0L ~. ~~ 5 t 2 C ~~J3
1.704 9 E— 02 2 . 4 0 2 2 1— 0 2 ~~~~~~~~~~
i.7b79 E+ 02
t.R3f~lE—02 1.~~ q~ F—0 2 — Z.b6 ~ ].E.0I
1.Q672E—O ~ 1.2691t—02 Q Zd E+ L) 1
2.3g~ 4€—oz ~. ~
2.~3 2Q3E—0a —~ .~ 820E+02
2. 229 5E— 02 1. 167 7E—0 2 —7 .2 03 0E 4 011
2.3607f—O2 1.1~ 1 E—0 ?.b ~~4 C F + 0 1
2.4918E— i~2 -
1.1) 761—OZ — 8 .1 4 3 7F ,C ~1
• 2.6230E—OZ 5.b~ 1Zc ~— 03 5.05’,OE+O1
2.15 4 1E—02 1.472?E —02 i.bA44 E+02
z . a ~~52 c — o ~ 1.’70~~~—0 Z —4.1~~.3E+01
3.0164E—02 3.9332F—iJ 3 —2.70’~5E—O 1
3.14?~ €—02 I.c2’~ .F—)2 —~ .4’~81E+oa
3.27 57 E —02 1.2 12 4 E—0 2 —2 .~~562 ~ —i) 1
3.4098E—02 ‘* .lbB4E—03 1.~ 31~ E.0’
3 .~~’.10E—O2 7 , RE73F o O3 7 .135,F+O1
34 672I~~’—02 1.~~~~~ E’— (~3 ~.‘7B 1E+01
3 . 80 3 3 E — 0 2 3 .1u4 5~ —03 4 .08 ’5E+O 1
O t. ’)7a7E—0 ~
~ . ~~ kf—02 ~ .Z~~.7~ +00
‘..O b56~ — Q 2 4.44c4F— 03 —5 .~~808E+01

4.74)
 IlUIIt!UIUPII! I ! -~~ - I~ 4~Cl ~~~
.: -‘
~~~~~~ -~~ “~~~~~~~ ‘ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
. -‘ , ( ,
~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~ 1 . ’
~~~ ~ ~~

T IME r R ( O u ( N C Y * L~T 0 C O R R t L A Y I 0 N I u t 4 C l I O ’ S
CA ~~(l / 2U / 7 S VC ~~ T I C A L
TIM( •# 2/ 5.3020 S i 2 / 5. 302 0

~~

~~~~~~~ ~
•

ArTS MINIMUM MAEIM UM IN C P C M ( N T

P~~ ( 0IJCN CY S(P~~~A ? I 0N I *14 2 I 0 3000 so o
*
Y T T PIC 5 (PA ~~A T I 0 1 4 I MIL L 15C C I -50.0 50 0 10. 0
tCPl(-c’ t0. Au IOCOU r U N C T 10 74 I p~~ q I .0 0 I .o o - to
1 ~~

Figure 4.25. Joint Time.Frequency Aij tocorrelation Function

~~ -- -.~~~~~~~~~ ~~~ ~~~~~~~~ . -

- - , - - - .- - - - - -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ --- ~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~
 ~~~rj _ _ _ _ _

S TQCDRQ ATJD # 4
~~ ~~ I, 4u74C1I314
S A TE d#2 ’7S 11114 ) I t S . PSLACIZAV)014
tA P S($SLUT I)74 .2 M) CSO$(C
TIMI INICUV OI . t 1 l 4 I i ~~5 . 7 3 ~ 10 1 I 1 4 5 1 3 5 . 400
U0l$C •EMOV(0

1Sf — ________ __________

se 1.
~~ .Sc
, . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _________
~~

S lOS ISOS 1100 1000 1100

0,01
~ U ISwENC~ $(P9047 15ii 6142 1

1
III i=i~~~
0.
—
5

S IOU 1.001 1.100 2 .0 3 0 2 . 10 0 1.000 1.000 ‘ .010 3 . 150

FLMC $( 5S*f tS14 (ICCOPICI T

~

Figure 4.26. Frequency and Time Autocorrelation Functions

44fl

-.- ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ , -~~~~~~~

 -- — -. ‘

~~~~~~~~~~~~
‘~~~ ~ -
~~
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

4.24.8 Spread Calculations

In the detailed data analysis routine , the multipath channel’s delay spectra, Doppler spectra,
freqency autocorrelation .and time autocorrelation functions are processed by the spread calculation
soft w are. This routine assumes a density function of the form y = f(x). It has as its output numerical
calcula tions of:

a. and the corresponding X max

~ max

b. The value of y / 2 and its corresponding x -axis intersections (the first ones to occur on
~~~
both sides of X max ) and the se paration of the x -axis intersections (DX)

c. The same value as for item b above exce pt for the l/e spread case , i.e. . Y max /’e

d. The firs t moment of the distribution

e. The second moment of the distnbution as calculated about the mean and about the X
max
value .

• For each particular distribution the unit of the x’paraineter output from the spread calculation
is to be interpreted as follows:

Delay: Tap number

Doppler: Frequency in hertz
Frequency autocorrelation : Frequency in hertz
Time autocorrelatj on: Time in seconds .

A sample output for the spread or moment calculation on a Doppler spectrum is given in
tab le 4-16.

TABLE 4-16. MOMEN T COMPUTA TION OUTPUT (DOPPLER SPECTRUM)

140 149141 C O M P U T * T 1 0 1 4 flll 001P1P4
~ 1’ F C 1 P A

I QP 1490. Y14AX.YMSXlZ.Y ”* lI( —1.1

I4I
~~ ~ 91 ‘ . 3 5 5 1 ~ .O2 L .Tb991002 9 .4141 0 1.05
1141)1. ST .5 l 2 . DT )
~ V EL.X1, 1.299 e ,€. 0 2 —4 . ? Z t 0 F . 1 4 . 7 ;4S.01
M 4 l• IL
~ ~ 9 .OwlOl•O1
I N T E l . AT 1 . / 9 44*0, ( L E V E L . 0 1 , I Z , 3 0 ) 1 .3 4 5 0 1 , 0 5 — .Q093 .01 6.0tS1E *0i 5.114 1(502
~ ~
114091 . AT 1/10 1440. ILLVEL, l 1 .l?.0l) 2 . 13 9 1 9 50 1 —I .643 7E •0I 1.101’E*03 1. 99 7 S I . 0 2
FOI ST 140140140 P.5062 ’ .OO
SICONO b lE NT IL L A T I V E TO 44 0 4 , 4 AN D 1440 9 .0 1 1 0 9 0 0 1 4 .4 1 3 5 9 5 0 1

4-82

.
I
 4-69

-:
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
_____________ - -

4~~4 1.) Noise Determination and Removal

In determining the characteristics of the SACP receiver noise , the algorithm calculates:

a. N(f ) - the total noise power spectral density in a tap region that precedes the specular
point return and is thus considered to he multipath fre e

b. A Ø M( 1) — an estimate of the thermal noise psd content of the total noise power in the
multipath-free region

c. R(f > the diffe rence between items a and b . whic h is referred to as the residual noise con-
tent and is assumed to he a representative value for any given indirect tap

d. A0 ( r )
--
the thermal noise content for each tap

e. The mean value of the I and Q voltage inputs for each tap

f. FR f) and M(f) the filter frequency response with no aliasing and the filter response
including the first four aliased components , respective ly.

With t he exception ot the FR(f) spectra , all the above parameters are provided as numerical
outputs. Samples are given in tables 4-17 and 4-1 8. Parameters M i . R(f), and N(fl are presented as
frequency hertz ) and psd point pairs . l’he I and Q voltage means arc given as tap number and mean
voltage. The array A 0 (r) is given as tap number and psd point pairs .

4.~’4 10 Antenna Pattern I:ffects Removal

Fhe primary ouiput from the antenna effects removal is the S , - i r . ) array. This array I..
~ ~~
pas ~cd into additiona l processing algorithms, as shown in figure 3-I. and is also o u tp u t in numeric a l
and plotted format s . These formats are identical to those previously described for the uncorrected
tu n c t ion ~~~~~~con(l.!rv output. G(r. ) whic h provides a visual indication of the a n t e n n a s
~~ .
)
~paiua l fi lterIng properties as mapped into the (r.u coordinate system , is given in figure 4 - 7 and
u llusti.it - -. th at tor this representat ive case ver y littk tittering occurs over the realm responsible for the
~
!ll.I J o r lt ~ of the multipath return 0.e.. the shoulders of the S(r .w) function ).

4-8 3
 4-7 0

_ _ _ _ _ _ - - .
~~~~~~~~~ MMr JIM ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

0 0 0 0 0 0 000
O 00O ~~~~~~C 0
000 0 3 0 0 0 0 000 0 000 000 0 0 0 0 0
• 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
f f i 1 4 0004 14 O S O * 0 4 0S 0 5 0 G 0 O’ 4 0’M
0 . S . 4* .’w d t S , 0 0 S F 1 40~ .
0•.0 951 4 1 d 0• C O 0 3 e 4 00 3 . 7 ’ s
. 0 0 0 00 . 1 . flp. C p. I S O S O 7P . . 0 c~~~S S S 4’J

•4 1 # O~ O .
’400 5 0 . 7 *0 . 4 00 5 3 . 7 4 1 . 7 - 4 00
C 5 0 l - 4 * 1 4 0 0• O 5 l 0 .4 .0 f l d e 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 30 0 0
04 1 1 4 0 1 4 . 3 000 . 14..t.3000-

-
01 00 0 3 0 0 0 1414 _l~~~~ 4 - . 7 4
~~ 0 . 3 0 ) 0 0
4 0 00 03 . 40 00 000 0 3 0 0 0
0 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
- 4 0 0 1 4 1 4 ~~~
5 0
~~~~~~~~~~~~
• 4 . 7~34 . 7 0 e P d
~~~~~~~~
0 4 0 . 9 1 4 5 3?0.

b
c

—:
0 0 c c

:::: :
:
: :: ::
: ::
: :
S
~ ~
P . 5 0 0 5• 4 P 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 1 30 0
. 30 0 . 0 4 5 . 4 0 0
P.4 .5 1 I •~~lt ~
..l 3 0 0 4 . P .’l O O
P5~~~~ I I ...1IJ

03 0 0)000 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 000 0 00 0 0
1 1 1 1 4 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1
01 7. 0 0 0 0 . 3* 5 4 00 04 (4
04 ( 01 *04 0 4 4 5 3 4 1 4
4.0
0 . a,
. ,
*
.
. C ..a .4*05.40*01
0 , 0 0 0 0 l3 4400.90 4.9505

4450 0 4 4 1 0 411(1
. 411 _p e p. 1, t S p . ‘
v.1. (10.04
41 7. (10.0.
4. 3.0.4 1 4 4 0 . 00 ) 5 0 0 1 S 50 -J 0 0 4 4 0 .C O
—
. 3 0 .0 . 0 0 4 4 . 3 3 0 ).C0~~ S 45 7.00.00 (131
.50414 l .l
..l 0.3(4 1’ •’r ’ ~~~~~~~
~ ~
0.0 0 ,0* 0 0 4 . *
40100030 o o o a, o e c no 3 0 . 3 3 4 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 1 1 4 1
3 03 0 5 ( 13 0 3
f... 7. 44 74 0 1 . 3 - . 9 4 % —
5
00 . 3 0 0 0
.4 .0* 1 4 .
ol ..5 0
35 . .
, .
.9 .3 00’
0 0’ .’
. d’
LLj .
~~~~,o o n _ o 40,0 0 d ’* C . 4 .4c.0.0000

.5 4 Q
Cl) ~~~~~~~~
(4.5 .5 4 .4(4
~~~~~~
•41• .4 414
A
0
.-30410000000
0 or , 0 0 ’ , o O
000 0 ,0 0 0
1 4 1 4 1 4 0 -54 1 4 1 4 3
0104100000 0 0 00 *03 0 F 0
1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
•‘ . l t 40 4 1 1 4 0 0 1 4 0 40 . 0 . 4 0 0 1 0.4~ . ~ 0.O l4 0~
4
P.
,, •“ asl n r . . o 7 4 5 0 1 .00 s’. . m p . . O t o . 0 4
p.. 0 . 5 3 0 3 0 3 1 0 C•414.00 .4 4 . 4 4 0 0 . 1 .0
:. :. ..4 .. . — .
~~ ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~
LU
-4 -
0A 45.Oe 04 4 1 4 0 0 * 5 4 0d4 ..4’00~~~ O 4

I , , I I I 3 1 1 1 0 .4
,00000000 —
0 7 40 . 4 5 0 4 0 0 . 0 4
c c oe e o oe e o oc0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0
* 5 4 * 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 1 1 I~- I I I I I 1 I I I
. ..
...., p. a ., f l e 0 C • $S f l fl O0 ~~~ 0e ~~~~’fl -a
.6 04005 te0tdP 144 . 4 S d .4~~~~
74 0C . ,s~~~
eme ( 1 50 0 ~~ — 11
•0.000 ~~~ 0 t 4 ’ 0 0 0 0 . 4 0 . 0 5* 0 4 l 5 5 6~~ .0 5~~~~~~ 5 C
~~~~ .5 o . A 7 0 4 1 4,4 . 3 3 1 4 1 4 1 4 3 1 5 (P
0~ • — 04 .
s .. 1 4 M~~~
0• .4 0

~
l• 3 * 0 6 14 .40 40 fl S 44 _ I 4 ~~~4 (4
. *014 .945 34
0• . 4~~~ 6 0.
~~~ ,.4
~: ~~~~~
P . 34
0 ~~

4-84
 4-7 1

~-~
_ _ _ _ _ _ _

a O 3 O 3 0 0S , 0C 4 ,C O C O . 5 O 0O 0 .
5

-
0 0 O~~~~~
.

LU
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1

~~~~~~~

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~
0 4 . 4 4 4 5 7 . 0 0 .
. 4 S C 4 4 O ( 0 t 0 O N 1 4 # , 1 ~’4 1 P t I .t J 1 J 4 ,,~~~ -, 4 0 3 . 4 4
.4 3 ..1 04 000..545..4tO 7.00C0331 ,0 7 . 1 43 ’ 40
~~-
-

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 * 1 1 7
-

C
•5 ( 4 0 0 1 . 7 . 4 5 ..0541JP I 4 4 5 ~t 44 . 9 . 9 5 -7.
-

4_ c
~~
-

_
~~~--~~
 4- ’

0 ( LA Y - 0 1 7 1 4 L t 5 I C I T T E E ruN CTtO N
I* T C 3~~ 37I 7l l.15170N1* I. P0s. S l I Z A T i 0 N
TAP N ( $ I I . , U T t O N 2 MICIOL EC
TIME I N T I I V S L 10 /1 .3/ .453 T O t O / i ) ’ 7.110
4140114144 04114

41
____
C

14 I

45( 1 HI$171L106 M* I OMIJM INC I(M(NT

I 01L4T TA P 1 .2 MI C EOI(C . 4 1 0 ( 7 1 2 0 .0 45 0 3 0
V OOPPt.L44 rbcou tkcT t IlCN T Z i -400 300 tOO
.10
3 G(r , w) I .00 3.10

Figure 4-27. Antenna Effects Removal Output —

4-8h

--
 4-7 3

____ - :L
.
- -
ii ;- - -o

4. 24 . 11 Tap l and Q Amplitude Distribution

The amplitude probability distribution algorithm is applied to both Iand 0 and for each com-
ponent has as its primary output the following information -

a. Numeric tabulation of each of the three histogram ’s observed frequencies and expected
frequenc ies
b. The x value and probability for each of the histograms
c. A plot of the observed and expected distribution associated with the histogram con-
structed by subdividing t he (—3o . +3a) amplitude range into 18 equal-length bin widths.

An examp le of outputs a and b is presented in table 4-19. This represents that portion of the
output associated w ith the histogram corresponding to bin width selection based on equal bin fre-
quency expectat ion (e.g.. 5 expected in eac h bin: total population 1024).
~

Figure 4- ?l contains an example of output option c. Plotted on one page are the I. Q. and
phase distributions for two taps. Bar charts and continuous curves are used to represent the observed
and expected frequenc ies. respective ly. For the I and Q distribution, t he markers along the x-axis are
a 3 apart and span t he range from —3a to +3a. The scale mark for the phase distribution is given
every 20 0 over the range from _ 180 0 to +1800 .

4 .24 .12 Ta p Phase Distribution

Numerical and plotted output formats are available to present the results of the tap phase dis-
tribution testings. An example illustrating the plotted format has been given in figure 4-28. The
numerical output consists of a tabu lation of the observed and expected histogram values, the calcu-
lated x 2 stat istic , and t he probability of obtaining a x 2 va lue less than the observed. Table 4-20
contains a representat ive numerical output set.

4. 24.1 3 Tap Proccss Cross-Correlation

For complex time-donlain processes . suc h as represented by the SACP tap voltages, the cross-
corre lation function has both ical and imaginary components. The tap process cross-correlation
algorit hm numericall y outputs these results in the form of ’ magn itude and phase and also provides a
t hree-dimensional plot of the magnitude. An example of a numerical tabulation is given in table 4-2 1 -
(‘olumus tic lumped in groups of three l..AG. AMP . PH) corresponding to time tag in microseconds.
lunction normali,ed amp litude , and phase in degrees . A sample plotted output is given in tigure 4-2 9 .
t his output tt l r m a t is configured to displa on one grap h all cross—co rrelations that are made with a
~
p.irti~ ular tap I reterre d to as the princi pal tap I

4-8 7
 4-74

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~

TABLE 4-79. TAP l AND Q APD HISTO GRAMS

• ? , FE !E EL 4
~~
T
~ 1A 1 1~~ rc 1SF
lTC 7
I —
~ .i S E t L 2~
t 1 F L i ~~~~ ~~~~~

1I.T .1. sAL rv ’ ( ç I r r ’

.s.
~~~
~Rt c
—2 ~~ .
~~a ~~~~~
(1 , — :‘ .75 i t . —24.1 ~ ‘1. ’’
~~ 7 i t . ~ ‘ .1’
( —?. — it . ’... 4:
~~ .
CT . —II .‘. 1 — 1 3 . 62 ~~~~~
?
~~ ~~~13 5.
CT . — i .i . 4 3 i t. — 1.. ~ . . . 7 ~ 1. ’4
CT . — l i.t 7 I’ . —E . t ~~~~~ ‘.4 .s t .
~~ OP t11
CT _ — ‘- . ‘
~~~ Lt . — t . 4 .~ •
(1 . —t . .,5 15 • — 4 .C.’. 3 ’~~ . 4~~

(1 , — ~~~.4’. It . — .~.‘.7 ‘~~ .“2

— 2 . 4? L i — .‘‘ . c’ ’ ’
CT , fl
— .~~ L i • .‘
~~
“I . .
~~~
. ii . ~ .31 ~ ‘ .7’ ~ st . u L .
fi . ,37 Ir. .3t
e
.4~~
~
CT . ‘ .3i ( F . 7.. ” ~ T .’ °
CT . 7 .~~’. i f • 5 . ~~C fl .~~1 ‘.i.. . CC
t~~
• ~- . ‘-f ii. 12.?t •
14

~1 . i 4 ~. ~ ’i Ii.
c’ ’
~~ . s ’ . ’
C C’ . 1 .34 ii . 1~- . t’ . ~~~~~~
t
o
. Il.. s ., Ii • c 4 . t ~. ~~ •1~ .,.
CT 4

~~ ‘fI ’ 5 F C Cii — S.C S.~ S • 1 3 . —Z - C e j Ill” 17 C . F .

~
THE PROBABILITY OF OBTAINING A V A L U E OF CHI — SQUARES LESS THAN THE OBSERVED CHI IS 32188

Ep I
~r .—CI ~~ i ’ ~
“_ ,‘
~~~~ ~

e iF t, 4 T 4 1 i
~~1 ‘ 01 ‘ “
It - I — ~~~~~~~~~~ ‘ 1S F 27
~C I
(
~ Ft I’ ~~ ~~~~~ i
I t ~1r I 5 A L c y s r r’ r i’ CtS ~
r 5 r r ~~.
IF . —2 ~ .. :s
( - . Li •
çT 4
Cl.
—
~~ •
— I I ....t It •
— i e . Cc
— i 3 . t . l~
~~‘
~~
.
•~~
‘‘ 4 5 .44
CI. —13.i. L — 1 C . ~~f ?~~
~ ~ • ~~~~
~ 1. —i (. ( It. ..I..~ .t ~~~~~
CT . ~~
— F .4~~ L i • — i.Y~ ‘ .fl
CT . ~~~~~~ I~~ . ~~~~
41 , ,
.

CT. —~~~ .i’ L~~. 3~~~~~ 3 7 l~~~ 4 T

(-1. — 3 . . . ? L i. —i. E.. ~ 1. ’’

CT . — ] .c 2 IF. — .(~ ‘1.~~4 ‘.3.....
Cl. — .L. It . 1. ’ 3 ?~~~ ~~~4
•
CT . 1.:? 1 ~. 3 . 1’. “ .‘‘ •
~~. 4 4 1~
3.34 i t . ‘..7t ~ C •4’
CT. 4 .7t I f • t.~~i. 01
•
141 4

Cl. t . ’ C Li • F’ . ?” ~~ . ~~~‘ 4’
CI . F . 3c L I. 1 .’7 ~ 1 . ’L
(1 . ~~
11. 4 7 II • 1 2. ’1 ~~‘ . ‘‘
CT 4 (F• ...
~ ,, 7,
.
1,
~~~~~
CT. i .s 7
~~
L .
~~ ZC. C ~ 1. T ’
-

CT . . I..
. . L ~~ ~~~~~~

OLSEESIC. Ct- I — • ..- .t 7 ’ . -. . I T i it 0. 1 .

THE P R O B A B I L I T Y OF O B T A I N I N G A V A L U E OF CHI S Q U A R ES LES S T H A N T H E

~llSF HV F[T CHI IS ISIS.’

4-8 8

145 - -
-
 -~~~- - “ --~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ —. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-- -- - --
- -
~~~~ ~~~ - -----~~ -- -- ,--

04 .U2 . 75 HP iN - P L A N E LO-ANGLE
Iu0I4(CT T~~ P

14(614. .IS SO. IS .) P A7.

~~ - .11 10. II I

NCA5. - .10 10 Id .? ME A O. - .04 10. 12 .1

3 4 • I I
‘_ L.~I I 44 I I _A...LL.1..A... I I •
~~~~~ l 4 I 44

lAP ii P~ A$( TA P
SINCE •111 - ISO CCC ~7 PlAIt
lANGE -ISO • ISO C C C

Figure 4-28. Tap I, 0, and Phase Histograms

- . -- - . .-- ,-.. - .— -
-- -- . — — ,-.
 m
3’..
IT
PT

6.l

I-
a
c_a 4~

- .

3 C
I—. - -.4
a
4 1.4 2
,
. 0J) .
4 )
) .2 .3 . ~.4
.2 (2 c2 .2 .2
2 .2
. .3 .2
0U
.2 -~~
.2
U
.4 0 (.
) .2
.3 .2 .2 U 41
~‘
.4- 04
32 .
s ..
3 r c_ ,— i~ .i 1~~ .2 ~3 ~ . . .4 N .3’ PT ~ . 1 -05 43 (
2
N na .42 N d’ -P r. .,n . L N a . I U . 7 , f l4 €l .Q C 5311 —
152 sI,
~~~~
U P.3
(IT #1
4 “a
C ~~4 -a
-.
C
C,. Io C ’ ’4~~~~~~4 4 4 4 ( I . 4 4 I 44
3 1 8
. ’ . P F . ,~~~~~ f’ - 31 0
14 I - V 4 P 3 e. I ’ C a 0 8 1 .’ (I 4 ,L l 4 1 U C
~~~~~ F 04
— U 4_ O
~~,
C 4 0 IC. 13 P 4 44’ C 4. 41 3” 0’ 4 4 ’ I
I C I’ 1’.’ 4. t II 15- — CS
0* 0 0 t’ .444 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
~~~
4 4444 . 3 4
tIC
.
~~~~~ i’ 4’
:
~~ u
o
~~
LU 0
C/)
— 44’
~1~ 44, l.a P (
04 •
‘~~ ~~~~ ‘
04
C
.a
53.
—.~~—
SI l L
O . 4 . . 4 U U
..2 U U UU
U J 4 . J
11
. .
S U I S J ,S U
4 .4 .2 .2 4.4 .2 .3 ‘1
. U
.11

I-. I C
— U U .2 .3 U .2 LI .2 —l , .4 ‘.4 LI U .2 ). .2 U —
4’
. .44 .3’ 154 r .1) .3’ ‘54 153 .4’ 41 12 -2 S1 -S 3) .14
~
, U
14 -l ‘4 I I I I o-I . 1 -‘I 1 4’4 SI 04
3. ‘. 2 ’ l i i i .3
— ‘ I

I5
~

—5-
•01
5- -4 1. LI
• .2 .•2~~~~~~~~~~S 4 2 w , .~~ W .l4 .0’ 44 .44 .42 — C) 42

4 .
3 04
—— — .05 42
. 15-. I - U U , .4 .
1 1.4 .2 2. 4 LI .2 .1.
14 1.4 ‘ -. I.
) .4.3 41-4
-
-

4 S ) 4 2 4 ) ,J . .J J 4 J - ’ C . J_ J U - J C

1
.. I~~ .2 .4 U , .
~ C’ .5 CI U c_s .2 IS U U — .3.
42 ~3’ 4 .4 I 152 .54 II’ 4 C. J 154 .3’ 1.1. LI
~~ .~
I I , LI

14. — — — I”-
—s a, ..- L L ’
~ — —
5- —
~~~~~
I 4 L a L
~
. L
~~~
. t ; c _. ..L.
. —J

4-90

L ~~~~~~~~ _ . . , . .. ..
-
 ‘0.43P. .4 PT PT 4’I (‘4 .4 47 41 04 (2 04
~ PT 0 0 4 4 1 7 PT 159 P7 00 4 0 44
‘0 . 0 0

44 04 47 0 PT S 41 4’ (
2 .
3
~41.0‘p
5-. ‘44 0 47 .7 0 4 04 .7 .74 -.4 4 144 .
4—
P7 04 1 3 15 .4 04 4’ 7 ‘41 .0 3 15 ‘913 ’. 45 P. 4 4’) 04 P.S 47 SI 4-04
I I ‘4 —
~ 4 I I I I I ~ —. 4 S . 4 ‘4
~
.4 4
IS I
I
5 3 7 941.04 04 “54 P. 45 0 .4 41 ‘47 3’ 4 3 04 04 .7 .4 7 4- 0 .7 55 .0 41 .4 41
445 04 0 13 0 .4 P7 N ‘ 7 PT 47 (‘.154 .444 41.5- 35 1 5 4 45 Q 0-47 ’
- .3’ ‘4 1 5 - .32 0
.
4 0 4 4 ’ 4 ’ 4’ 4 0- 3-. .’) 3 3. 3 . 4 ”. - 4 1 4 1 4j O O ’ ’3 0 0 0 ”) C ’ ’)
33 12000 IS 3’) .2 03’)( 2 C~’ .23’)

PIT P. 44 0 ~ .15 T 0 .4 PT PT 04 .
7 0 P5 PT 3’— .4 0 045
‘ 073 ‘0 144 04 .7 0 P5

• 4 p 1 4 1 . . 44 ’ 4 f l 4 ... PS .t 4 3 ’ . . — — . S —’ P _ 4 d .. N e - 4 3’—
P7 04 454 14 4 5 ‘4 1 5 4 79 417 .7 .7 .7 111 P 7 1 5 4 . 4 . 4~~~~
l ‘.4 454 79 4 1 1 4 . 7
~~~
S I I I I S -
S S S S S I

0.7 ‘004 3’- ‘0 - 0 3 454 4 5 P. 04 ‘7 045 45

~~
04 41.4 47 45 N 413 79 0 04 P. 04 04 ‘
0
‘ O ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ’J nJ ~~ 0” . P P T~~ ’ S S I N 1 5 7
O- P
I.— 4 4 7P. A 3 —* p .74) 4- .4’ 45
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
I7 .0 41 04 443 04 ‘0 Is ‘ 0‘ 0 IT 04 .3’ 4
S .444 4 —4 $ “4 I I
44 “4 .4 . I S I I ~‘. S ‘4 ‘4 1 4.4 — —.
S , I S I I. I
04 .
.0 .4 79.2’ N SI. 04 -4 4- 15. . 47 53 41 .3’ ‘ 0 4 41. 04 4- .4 ..2 4 7 4 5 04 .
7 PT 111 C. , - -
44 444 0 4 0. 0 4’ 0’ 0 . 73 2 ~4- 04 ‘15 15- 15 0~ 4 15 ID 411 25 ‘4’ 0 IT PT .0
0.4 C. 0 .4 .4 C’ .9 . 4 3’4 O CS (2 2_a 454 4.4 .4 . 7 0 0Cl ~~ ‘41 44 .2 0 0~~
-’. ( C’
o 3 7 7 .’J 2 J 0 3è , ) 4 .9 3 ,.I 2.21.3 3 3 3 0- 3 3 ( 2 J - 0 4 4 l ’’.OU ( 2
.
(- ._ . )
•44

(3 0404 ‘ 0 0 1P..‘I.0 0 .0 .
4 I’. N U 47 7’ 4(I ‘
0 0 PsI P . 4 4~~ 0.0 -‘ ‘.5 .7’ C
4504 —4 3 04 104 .0 0 41’ 0 4 0 4 - P T I’ 35
~~ 45.0 04 PT ‘0 04 0’ .o lsi IT IT
4, 0 4 4 7 7 3. 3 1 4 1 .
.~~44 N 417 447.7 .7 0 4 0 4 7 9 1 4 . 4 5 . ‘ 44 4 73 1 4 7 4 7 4
i.t.t., , . , 1 . 11111 -

I i I
I
I
F
I - - F
o
44’047 I~
‘C I “l 04
4 —. .2 ‘fl 47 -4 N N PT I
.0 15 414 3 “5 474
~’ ~~
3’
41’ 445
.3’ o
15.4 0’(2 /5 .50 ‘0 47 04 .4 ,p 4444
53 .4 45 4’) 3% ‘15 .3’ ’
I‘ •‘l ‘7 04
~~
~- .4.4 I ‘4 .4 . 4 0 4
‘ 5• 5 I ‘4 ‘4 S .4 ‘. —, a a 14
—I -
II I I I IS IS
N N 41’ 04P. N .70 “47 ‘7’ 5- .44 04 .7 115 04 ,? ‘0 4 04 . 0.3% 04 4704 41 N 0—
4 5 0 P T 1 4 P . P/ 5
7 7 5 4. 4 1 — P T 47 ..4PTP.. I4’ 0.3’ I T P 74,14.
. (7 -0
13 473 .4 ‘7 75 )— .,4 _ 1 5 (2.3 .2 . ~ . 4 3 .3 4 4’7 (
. 2 .04 ‘4(2 31, .2 .2 ‘7 (2 .47
2 ’e O ) 0 r . o
‘3 o ( 2 o o 3 0’ (~~ 0 0 0 L I O ( 2 C ) (
o - 41

o P..4 ‘ P P ..4 .7 47 ‘4 .3’ —. ‘0 ’? -4 (‘. ‘3 ’ 4 3’ .4 41 7 .3

N -.4 341. .4 .7 444 .
~~
.p —
43 44 451 ‘3 — 5 5 ‘4 .401 47 04 . 7 4 4 04 (I 04 — $ 5 4 4 4 4 1441 .47 04.?
C..) 5 1 5 1 5 5 ,
s i l s i s ,
I
- , I
I
C’sl
‘
- ;
- 4 ’ 0 N’ 9 P 4 4 4 4 1 . 5. 3 4 ’ 3 O .l ’ 4
J O
7 7 4 ’5 3 .15 0 4 4 1 d ’ I T , I T # ’
-15 73 .43 3~~ . 45JO I T
4
Pd
PT P. 4’ .5 0 47 1(4 3 14 445 . 7‘ 3 “4 II) 5- 4) 3’ ‘~4 45 04 .53 P.—I... 0’S C’ .04 N ‘ 0 e 0( I
41. lIT P..2 .“ IT 45 ‘3 P. 54 1 . P.104 04 .3’ IT 0.41 14 ‘4 “7 .7 N . 5 14 .2 ‘4 04 42(2
~‘ 5 .4 -‘4 .414 5 3, 5 5 5 5l .. l 4 .4 ’ .P4 .3 .14 .4
‘4. 0 5 I ‘0 SIll I
P p.
415 3 .74 “ ‘ I -4 0 4 -4 7 41 2 4 ( 2 47 04 37 44 4441 ‘5- 5- O N 5- ‘15 4’0 4 7 4 . 4 ( 4 - 4 4 04454
2 ‘(1 3’. 4 1 1 4.3 7 — (( ,s 04 ‘15.’ 0 .7. , PT
. 1 .7 N 4 5 1 4 .s 15 3” .4 04 ‘4 ‘0 4-II -4 -P
N .3 — 4 3 1 4 1 4 -4 PT ‘7 ~~—. 44. Cl .21 5 4 — - 0 . —. .2 ~ i —. (2 ‘40 s 44) C 3 C)
-,
~~
0’i~ 0 . 2 (2 4’) C (2 .2 .2 0 ‘.2 .2 — .1 ..~ .2C. 0 .5 - , ‘2 (2 7’ ~ 4’) 44) “7 ‘34’)
3 • 1

0~ ‘7.
02 4- 0 4 IfS (
. 2 .7 41 04 15 ‘7, 30 15.4 47 ‘1 “.3 “j O 4 4 5 0 7 47 04 04 0 .7 (‘7 ~5 ‘4 44 473
- . 0 4 - 1 3 0 0 4 P 73 0 4 0 4 1 1 4 41 4 51 5 ( 1 . 0 7 9; 4 . 0 ’ 5 3 O - S P 7 O T P T P T 0 4 4 13 4154
” )04
U 4 7 . 7 15 I I 4 5 I .4 451 .54 .47 .3’ .7 (.7 .7 0 4 1 4 1 154 ~4 I I .4 5 4 0 1 04 3’ .7
.4 41. 111111 .~— S I S I S S
£ II.
0 (
2 0
P.1
-
— ! , 7
-

• C) C)
0 t r y t r ’~~~T ’ t t zy ~~~~ T t t . . t r t r T’ v 1’t t ’r T r T r T
k 14. 5. 14. 4.~~~
t ~~~
,,
I. 41, . ~~~~
-t .44 .4. 0. 4. ‘44 15, 6. ‘S. 44. 144 3, 4 4 1 3 .. P. 6. ‘S. ! 3. 4. ‘44. 3. 4. 1
‘.
C .4 ~
a .
J ft . s 5 4 I % fl. a rt SIT % 4 5 L I T1 .4 . 2 3 . 4• - 1 . a n
3 . 3 . S f5
. l- f t 4 . 0 3 . 3 .
P. . t . 7 L —r t r 7’ ” ’ ’ r r— ” ’ r T s—4 3,~~~~~~~~~~’4~ y T ’ ’ p 7 ~~~~.’p
I 0 0 44 4 I 1 4 4 1 0 4 0 4 . I * 0 4 * 1 .4 .7 4 f l C* . 4 n 4
* 4 4 4 * 4 0 4 C * 0 4 4
Pa a
• 0 0 0 0 0 I )
2 I) 0 ) 0 0 0 0 0 1
0’3 LI I” ‘1.).
.C .
’1.5 1 0 4 4 3 1.3 ,’ ‘
0..5
4 4.3 4 . 4 4 4 . 44 4 4 4 0 4 4 4 4 4 0 4 44 4.4 4 . 4 1 4 4 4 0 4 4 4 4 4 0 40 4 4 4
a . 3 U a . 2 U .a
U. J
. a
3 aU U U U . 2 U U . 3 S .
.5 2
UU. 2 a
,J U U . 3 a

4~()

h.
.
4 ~~ -‘ -a-~~ - — _ ,44~~~~~~ -- - -——--
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ,.-
CO41 S C L ~~ T I 0’ I rIl I s cy loll
& .3 - 7 4.041$ Z 0 ’l744 -
~
TIMO I N T I I V A L ui S/ ‘12 I I,’ 1/13 131
P*141C 1141.( ~~~~~ 25

YAP t ( S O L U T I O N .21

*055 MINIMUM MAXI M UM I N CO ( M C N T

x t A P o r csc v -3.00 3.00 5 .00
10 445CC I — 5 0.0 50 ,0 50.0
V ~ INC 1,
2 ( a U P C L IT I O N CMIONIT UDC I .00 0 .00 .10

Figure 4.29. Tap Process Cross.Corre/ation Output

4-9 :
4.24 14 ~~~~~~~~ Autocorrelation Function

Numerical and three-dimensional plot t ’ormats are used to represent the derived tap-gain auto’
correlation tunct ion. Both magnitude and phase are given numerically, whereas only the magnitude of
the function 115 plotted. ExanXpl~ numerical results for the t’unction magnitude and phase are given in
tables 4-2 and 4-23. respectively. The output format in both cases is self’explanatory (the time-lag
column is in milliseconds) . This particular example corresponds to the noise-removed option applied
to horizontally polarized in-plane tlight data and is seen to he characterized by a process whose
specular return falls in tap 2 . (‘orresponding to the same data base used for the numerical example ,
~
we present a sample plotted output in figures 4.30 and 4-3 1 for noise-present and noise-removed
options, respective ly. As indicated , the receiver noise, which appears as a spike train along the = 0
~
axis, is e ffectively eliminated by the noise-removal algorithm.

4.24 .1 5 Airborne System Parameters Tape

Numerical line print and stacked CalComp plots are used to display the airborne system
parameters.

The printed output example presented in table 4-24 illustrates the presentation format. Each
page begins with the experiment date. Underneath is a columnar listing of the time (HR/ MIN/SEC):
the status bits for the hit rate, sequence length. antenna, and polarization followed by the 13 data
~
channel samples corresponding to the power monitor sensors and the aircraft flight parameters.

Ca lComp plots stacked ve rt icall ~ over a common time base are used to disp lay the SACP
modulator mode data , the RF subsystem data , and any nine of the aircra t’t tlight parameters and
power meter readings. These data are plotted with a time scale of I in ‘nu n. In general, one plot is
used to represent a single flight test leg ( 14 to 20 mm ). Figure 4-32 presents a typical output plot.

4.9 ’4
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ --- -~~~ ‘- - - ~~~~~~

0 t m 141 15, 41 .45 1 . .3’ PT 95 0 4 0 4 1154 .4 15. 04

I’~- *1 41 0 1 7 4 - 4 1‘ . 4 0 47) 40 3 — 0 .4 04 95 7Ifl . ’ ,’4p. m Q 4 5 p .q. .,
, ,45 04 ItS C — 0 — 41 45 17 0 4 4 - 119
-‘0 0 ‘
4 15.3’.15. 5 .3’ 3’. 41 114 4 5 0 4 4-~~ 7 4 9 7 0 1 7
5 , 415. N’ lIT
* * .3’ 4- 41 141 I’d 4)’ 4- * I” 45 9 5 0 0 40 4 4 0 4 4-
0 * m 4 4 4 , 144 1 . f l 7 m , . ,0 1 4 5 41
t O 1 4 4 4 5 0 P4 m . W 5
~~~~ * ”S na

C” 3’ 0 N’ . 4 7 4 1 . 0 4- 4 - 4 1 ( 1 4 3 7 3 7 4- 1 7 . 4
N’ (3 ” . S* m ,_... lN O 0 4 O _ C d 0 C C 3 7 0?- 0 09) 7 * 4 1 “ 5 0 0 I’.O ’- I 7 4- m l, 0.4 4 ) 4 - N O
. 3 N’ , _3 7 0 _ I m Q 0 ( ) Cd , f l C d . 2 Q O _ 17
~~ 7 7 4 1— ’ 4 - 1 3 m 4 . c 4 C ,,,d . .
,
4 7 1 7 4 1 4 7 4’-,
.?.. PT I” .f l N’ 0 ’ 5
.,~ O O
LU -“ ‘4 .4 0 0 0 -4 C~ -‘ 04 5 4-
m ? - 4 - 0 4 -
0’ 0 0’ 04 “ 0 37 fl4 .
C
I
J ’ .* 4 - 4 ) 0 4- 0 4 0 0 4 N’ 74 0—4’ ’O
I $1 1” 0’ 4 I’4 ? ni -‘
’Il P . 45 m
. ?
, - O N I .. m
.
04.1 .4 0 4 4- 4 7
-I ~ ~ 0’ .’ 4 4- m a ,’ 4)170 4 1 7 0 45 . ‘0
-

41 .J .- 11N.
‘4 ’ ’4 Q ’ 4 7 7 3 7 7 -4’’.
. 41
~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~ ~~ ~~~~ IJ ”4 0 1fl04.fldS,Q .
(D
~~
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
41.4 ‘4 . 4 .154
,.,

‘0,~
0.r....Ifl’..J. ’.
. ,‘ 0 . 4 4 _ N 4 ’ 1 0 ,.. . , 4 - _ ’ 0 .... N’ , , 4 1 0 0 4 5 1 4 5 4 5 7 ?. .
~~~ .5 15 N’ 41 0 ‘7, 5
‘~ 13 0 0 0 —. O S ) 0 4 ’ 4 4 1 0 4 . 4’ 44 7 0 4 4 1 5 - f l 0 4 1 7
~~~~ ~~_ f l 41 04 (‘1
.0 01” 0. J O N ’ . 5 Y _ ’S) .- N o ’ . . 0
14 41 — 41 “0 I~ ~
I’d C) (14 1,
~~
) 3) 0 .1 N’ .~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
2 17 .11 4 ) t m 4 5 4 1 . 47
4 ~~ 4 N O
4 7 0 O ’4 m J * ni
~ (‘4 CI I., . J4 ) J .r.. 4 5
.m,, ~~~~
.,.m.
c) ‘4 I Cd .4.4 44
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ d
‘d- ’ ’ 4 4 - C ) 04 N ’ C d n i C ) C )’.. ’4
I
, .3’ 17 ‘.3 CI .? 44 .0 0 (
— ~
“ l’4 N’I’.)

L~. - . 4 1
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 3 ’ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
o ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 4 .4 -4 0 .
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ . 11 .

.0,1 “4 4 ? .
.. 4 1 4 9
1154 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
. ~~~~ ‘ 1 ’ ”. ‘4 ” - N’ I” N ’ 4 7
11.1
‘0”
:.. ...~~. ~~~~ ‘~
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ‘4 C14 C4 4 4 4 0 4 N~~~
’

C- ) , ’.

~~
--‘ “ - 7

7 4’ 0’. ‘1 ~. 7 .45 0 1 ) 4 7 ? - ? ,
Lu ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
’ 4- 0 .1 1) ,
“I t’J “ “ “4 .3’ ‘4 ~~ C I C d* ’ , 4 5 N l 1 5 N
j0’ 4) N I’ 15. 15. dl I,
~
N S

140.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ .a C . m r . 9 ss ..3 5 0 4 ’ 4 1 1 4 -, C,j
41
I,44- -
~~~~~~~

-
— .14 ‘I ~~ ~~ ~ ~. ~
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ‘4 N ’ 4 1 t l 4,%447 ,., 4- ,,~ --4 .4’ (Si ?14 fl .
’.I’?
Li,j ~
,
~~~ “ S N’
0,-)

4’.,
1 4- .1 41 .3’ .4 14) 15. .4’ 44 .-4 444 C’ .4’ .13 0
~ 15- ~~ .3 C~ ~~ ~~ )
I
~ ~~ ~ N’ (14 45 4- ~~ (14 .l I
,‘d ” 4- 4 1 5 3 4.4 - . 3
4 5 . 4 1 4 . 4. lS9
4 4 3 . 4
0-.4
~~ 4 7 ( 1 9* 0 114
5 .3’ ?.d 4’S~~4~~~~,
~~ 3 7 C ) 4 4 N ’ 0 5 * 4 - ~~~~
. 7 ,,

04

z
• 0 * 0 C C d 0 4 * ~~_
0 P0 ’ $ 1 _ N 0 57 4 ’ ’4 4 - C 0’ 4 5 . ~~
4 900 4
4e4 44)
Q~~~~
Q
4170,41 Q • l 4 ’ 7 i 4- ’.4lfl
~~ ~~~~ffi4’,,,4 4’
— ‘ 0 ’ 4 - 0 5 4 4 C d0 7 4 - O e‘ o P Tj P ” 0 4 4 1~4~ , 7 4 1 Q 5 _’ 4 7 0 4 444 1
— 44 44 4 4 S • 4 4 0 4 0 ’Al 447 ff4 141 — — — I 04.4 —04
II ‘II I I I I I I
I I I 1 l I 4 ~~~~~p I l 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 . 4’4 414 (
4 111401 1 1 4 ( 4 0 4
I

4.114

L - -. - -.-- 41 - - .— . ’ - - - - ---
~~~~~~~~ .
 O 4 - ’ 4 1 N m ( 4 4 - 0 4 44- ’ e ’ 3 4 1 ’4. ’ 4 0 0 4 O . ? 4 -. ? 4 1’ 3 4 ’ 0 1 5 0 4 4 1 1 5 0 4 0 0 4 4 - 4 1 0 4 4 1 4 1 0 0 5 ( 4 0 4 0 4 - 4 4 0 0 4 0 0 ’ 4 . 4 1
l47 0’ 14 15’- .35 04154 541 04 .7 41 40 .7 i 4 . 3,‘4 .t7 ,a (Si 01. I” It_S .155 .4) .4~S 155 4 04 .0 454 .3 45 “4 .353 04 131 ,.4 04 .0 ItS .4’ .0
~~ ~ 0 .0 — 134iil .

0 0 1 . I CQ C A .1’ .7 01 . 4 1 4’ 0 5m41’ O’ ? ’ . ’ d 0 4 - N J04’

I ’ U _ S F ” 4 1 4 4 - 4’ 0 0 n i 4 - U N 4 - 4 1 0 4 0I 4 I t4
S .1 ’7. (4 0 , 7 4 4 4.75
6. 0 1
3 10 0 4 00 -‘ .4 454 4 7 4 0 1 1 4 p .7. (17 m .3’ .? 4 1 5 0 4- 4 - 4 -‘0 0 4 0 1 eli ..I I -~~0 1 7 9 0 4I 0 11’. 4 - 1 5 ..45 45 44 44 117044’ lI’. ..
C” 4 1 0 4 .’ 4 ,’4 -4”4.’4 _I .4 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ‘.4
1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

0 4 0 4 0 ’0 4 0 1 4- I 1 5 i 1 5 4( Q 0 4 0 4 0 I. 2 o . A ‘1 3% 0 d ’ 5 9 5 0 4,t —
~t 0 .0 0 4 4 10 0 0 0 0 4 1 0 4 0 0 — . 4 4 0 4 4 5 9 ’ 5 A 00 4 4 5 0 0 0 0 4
4 ’ d .7 0 0 4 1 4 0 40 .4?4 1 0 1 N 4- 4 1 0 4 4 - 3 7 0 1 0 4- N 4 - d 3~0 C4 ( 4 1 ~~~~~~~
5 .4 3 7 ( 4 C . . 4
~~~~W 4 - 7 9 4 - 5 3 404
) .4~~~ 7 9 0 4 0 4 . . I
C d ( 4 4 - 0 4 0 4 1 ) N 0 4 - . ? 0 ’ 74 44’ 1 5 4 0 1 5 I3C0 N 4 40
’ d4 5( .47 C 0 4 0 4
G0444.14 ’ 5 4 ’ 4 - 0 4. 4 7 9 0 4 G ’ 5 3 0 1, 4
. 0 4 4’ 0 ’ 4 5
C-, C-4 -. -l -4 ,.4 -4 ,
’l-It .’I I 1 1 1 1 1
III . 7 4 1 .0 15- 11’- ‘O 0 ..4 7.4 0 -0 ‘4’ 1 3 1 ( 4 . 4
SO ,‘A -4 I’d 1 5 . 7 4 74 5 9 5 0 4 0 1*5 4 01
1 1 1 1 1 1 4 - 4 -I
I .-4 1 7 3 3 7 0.0 00.4.40044- 4 - 0 4 1 5 0 4 1 7 0 1 0 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 4 1 4
I ” I I I I I II I I I I

Lu
a 4 ’ 4 - m , 0 O p . O , I7 A 0 4 0 4 4- o ’0 . ’ 4 0 0 4 - . 4 - 0 0 4 0 1 m 3 1 41 7 0 1 4 1 0 4 0 4 G l, .1 57 9.0
445 ’- 0 4 - 7
’ 0 , . l’ 0 0 4 p . .
151 0.1 0 4 . ?.7 0 . 4 4- 9 5.7 ..4 ItS I’. I’S .05115 145 95 45 04 01 0 04 15— 154 0 ‘0 4’ I.” 04 04 0 0’0” II’S ~~ 0459 4 - 0 4 01 ItS ~‘S 45 134 0 415 15-
00411%$1 0 0 4 1 5 J C I 4 0 ’ O ’0 .0 _I .7 1’4 I4_S 0 II% 9 % Q 95 1114 .4’ . 4’ 0 4 5 1Q 45’ 474 4 ’ 1 4 7 .3 ’ 0 4 . 7 3.
7 ,-
“
.
3. 0 .3 0 05 — 04 ‘ 0 fl ‘Cl .45 IA .0 U .45 45. 11” .0 .0 0’ 17 0’ 0 — (51 IlI Ad 1111 , ‘I“I I — 04 0.1 154 .01 ISa — .4’ 41 0’ 41 .0 lI_S 4 - 1 5” .0 0 0
* ‘ 4 ” 4 ”4 .’I ” 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
LU 1 - 1 1 1 1 1

~~~ 4 - 0 N4 - 0 ’ 0 1 9 5 . 4 . 4 0 4 0 1’ S 0 .4 ? 7 4 1 0 1 , r- 4 o’4 ,’ 0 1 0 4 o
9 ) 0 4 4 7 p
0 .. 0
9 45105 0
0 0
0 49 05 1r .47
0— 4’ ’* 14 0 ’ 3 ’* ’ 4 5
0.7150 ~~~
.11 5” 0 4 0 4 . 4 0 5 C 4 194377~~~~ . 3 ’ ’ N ’ 1 5 4 % 04 11_S O 0 4 0 0 45 4-’7 0 4” O O’ -04 104
II 459 04 .45 IC)
3 ._ I l • 153 3 0’ 4”.
1 4 C ) m . ? 4 S O 0 4 - 0 4 0 4 0 1 4 0 1 0 4 s -t 0
‘S 1.4 37 -4 3 .4’ 4.) I
0 (II elI ..4 “0 .4’ 15 04 I~ . Id ,
.
43’
1 5
II .7 —
~4 -4’ 91 454 —I
3. .7 CVI
I
0 .4 3 — 15 0 IA C’I..4 04 44 447 .4 454 04
I’.’. 0
— 95
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 4 - 4 - .-I~~4-l .’ o4 -4 I .4 .* ’4 .4 .4 .-l .4 ,,4 4’4
0 ‘4
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
III

C-) O I A I 5 4 O 4 4 O I 4 - 4 ) 0 4 . ? t.”. 4 . 3 m . 4 0 4 9 ’ IS , 1.4

33471 0. ,
7S . 3 .g
4 . ’ 4 1 0 4’ 0 PJ’ . .” 4 ’ . frO’.? In.403 .
’ .J’ 53 114 . ,
I .4 04 .0 ?” 0 147 ‘15 “4 .7 15 I 0’ 154 .15 7 IA 0 5 3 5 C C C) ‘53 53’ 4% Al 0 ,
01 0 1 . 4 0 117 (154 04 0’ 5) 4415 3 7 4 - .4’ 14) ( ‘I37 (04 0 P~ 0 C ..4 147 04 44
~
• 0’ 4 - I,J 10.t C . i d l ,’4 154 4- 4114 ,.4 .’4 ,.4 44_ , . . 7 4 1 5 .33l 7
’ 5 3 0 4 4 0 1 4%I’ 37
3 m , I l t N OS Q ( P 5 4- 5 3m d 4 J04
.’. .4 ,’47941’.
LL 6 . 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4 0 4471 0 40 3’ 1 .. 7 . 7, t . 7 . 4 7 0 4 0 4 1 5 3 7 4 5-41 -4
0 1—.1 5 . j 1 I 1 4 ” 4 ” 4 0 10 1 0 1 4 1 7 1 5 1 5 0 4 0 4 0 4 4 . . 0 1
4 . I l I l % % l % I % I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I

I”. I AN 0 4 , 015 45 14 ,- sj C 0 . 1 5 4 9 4-4 - . 7 C u S CSa A l Q . 7 4 1 5 0 0 0 0 4 4 1 0 4 00 4 00 0 4 0 4 . 4.Ø .O070 0004 3 1t5I ,fl 04 •IS ? ’
. ItI
0 13 7 -A 4 . 4 4- 0 7 4 4 0 4 “I
I CS 154 .3’ . 7 0 0 1 0 4 50 44 3 7 0 . 1 5 9 05. 404 0 .
)) .4.) , 40 -. 0 ( 4 45 ,0 474 15’ .4 45 415 10 137
~ ~~ ~~ 0 1 0 4 - 00
‘—4 0 01 04 13I. . 04 .7 .4) 04 .4’ , ‘,Xl ,5 ,-. 0 _ S 154 4) .45 CVI 4’1” . 7 .4 .43 1 . (54 41 I’S CVI 91 II? 41 (54 . 7 0 40 .7r 17 04 IA .0 (Si PS 04 1441 04
~
Lu 3. 0’ 04 44 0 04 4- 4” 15. . 4 44 I
II .0 dl . 5 .7
• .4’ -04llI CVI 1(1 454 4454 1554 —I —b . I I 4 . ‘l—I — 5 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 5 4 1 5 04
0 %44 44 44 145 315 35
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

0
C-) .7 0 ’ 4 - . 0 . 0I A o n ri’ . . 4 . 4 .,r
N ’ I 4 1 d 0 1 0 C 0 5 I1S1 5 1 5 0 4 4 0
0I o
l .rz
4. 4 C 4 1
a
-m
.*
, 7. 0 4 n i o.o. o. 4 1 0 4( ’ II O 1 7 NO N 0 4 - 04 0 4 4 1 0 4 4 1 0 4 ( 4 0 4 4 1 0 4 F - 0 I 4 4 4 0 4 . 0 4
7I —
T . 0 1 . 7 0 4 . . 0 4 o C 0 4 . 7 ’O0d4_ S Q. 7 4 1 . 0 . 0 . ,m
..... 7
m . N
m 1, 5 C . . , O .
o ~~
I’... 1 5 4 7 0 0 4 3 7 0 ’474. ? , 0 4 - 4 4 - 4 0 9 1 n i 0 4 . 7 0 1 . ( 4 4 C
w f l . 4S 15~. I .1” 1 5 4 ‘-(‘ “4.45 04 I 1 5 4 1 5 4 3 0 4 0 1 441 50 4 - 1 5 5 4”S .4’ 01 I 111 0 I
. 1
0 5 . 74 01 0. 1
.4’ 01
? O’
‘3 . ?
.0705
1 3.Q ).,4. -4
? 451
C0 0 - I 0 1 0 5. O,.4 44
( 4 PC . ?1415 01 .4 0 441471 04
“.
3 14_I 04 —. I I I I “4 I ~‘b I I I I I I I 14 I “4 I I I
I I
0.
“
.
p” I” I 0 4 G 1 5 9 % 4 1 O 7 . ?
i .’ t0
O m 0. ? , a. ’s Q’ O r , 0 3 7 ( 4 9 5 ( 4 4 •1 00 4 m .’ I O . 4 0 4 7’ .q. 0 0 4 r , i4’S (sim.D II SO 4 1 9 5 C . C m

..
010 0 0 9 5 0 4 5 N ( 4 -’ 4 0-1I41 15- 04 , 7 3 7 0 4 - . 5 4 9 % . 3415 1152C’d ” 4 3 7 1 0 0 4 4 - 7 4 - 7 0 4 4 9 5(4
0 4 5 . 7’ 0 ’ 4
( ~~
Q..
. ? 4 - , . .

~ !1.
‘ 0 0 1 9 5 0 4 0 0 . 7 A lO
0- ‘S —s .75 (‘54 1.3 45154 I ”
0 4 -. ?4 0
. ’, 0 .’ l 0 ’ m . D . 7 4’ . _.nS .sl . Q 4 1p . 7 a .
I .15 .4’ .4’ “,i 0 L, “5 .15 .
3’ .3 .7 ‘-‘4 (47 —4 454 —4 49 15% —,
0 4 4 1 ? 4 . 4 1 0 0 1 ,’ 9 ’51. 5 0 4 1 0’ —.3
-n_S .4 ~
7 0 .7 I —5
~.4 —. I’S —. .
l .l ’QP.. P..
4,3 4,3 154 .7 .7
C — I #1 .4114 I I I 0 4 . 4 .‘ I I “4 I I .4 0.4 1.4 — ,‘I I .4 . 4 . 4 1 I I “4 41 .. I I
4-’ I I I I I I I I I I
~~ o
(S~ N 0 - ’ 4 - O 4 ’7 3 7 N’ 0 .’4 . , . 4 4 3 7’ . _ S41 O 4 1 . 0 4 . s 4 1 ( .43t a’ 3 o J_ S C4 1 , 0 0’ s s m
, . .o
,0 ,p0
. m0
. 44 s,
C. 4 5 1 4 - 9 % ~~~ ~~ ~~~~ ~~~~
~
4 5 , - 4 .4 .I. 7o_S 017 .1
~ ’.4 .4 S? P .7 1 . 5 0 9 5 . 7 I
-44
..4 C 0 N’ ? ’ .n J r n 7 9 4- C 4 1 Q‘0415
.
9 1 P 0”,.
~ O
S •4 ’ I
.l ’. . 71 . 40 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~
0 4 1” 4 1 4 4 1 5 3 7 4 3 ” ? ” tI ,_, ‘ 4 m 4 ) 4-— I .7 “I ’ — 4 O’.,.A , I t
’ . t.
. Q 4 4 4 1 0 44 1 7
Lu 4 .411-I l
0 1 I
— “ I I -. -.4 -’ -. -4 “I I ~~1- 4 . 4 1 4 ’IG
I
. ‘ 4 4 - 0 I l 1 9 5 5 ’3
“ I ” I I - ’ I . . I I I
S
I
I I I I I I I I I

4 0 1 I’ 5.7 •41 I3 454 0 ( 14 3 745’ , 4, VI .0 .43 15” .4’ .7 .3’ — 04 04 4’ IL 1(1 04 0 Il_S .t 4 (‘1 0 04 154 0 0’ ‘0 0’ “4 . ? 3 .4’ 0” 04 04 0 4 0 4 .4
SN4-IA41S O’I 1 5 4 ,‘ 4 1 4 ’ b 0 4 N p ~~~~~
0 4 104 4 4 4 0 1 0 1 0 44.4. C 4 1 4 4 C l . 7 -4~~~~~~~~ . 1 3 p . ( 4 0 4’ 4
. N~I 4
4 1
4 .4 - 4 4 ( 1 l 4 4 1 7 4 4 Q 0 4 ( 4 ( 4
O
(44 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 4’ 4 1 4 4 Q 4 4 1 7 0 4 p . 4. 05 44-, Ø 5Q47 4, , . 4 9 5 4 1 4 1- 5 0 5 3 0 1 5 p . 4 1 0 , . I 4 0 0 . 0 0 5 1” 4
4 -1 0? 0 4 4 1 p .
511..
7 4 - A l 4- . 7 5 3 . 7
P . 1 5 1 5 i -4
.0? 4. 7
. 7
5 3 . - . . 7 . 0 1 5’ 0 pp -’0. I1r 1l . 1 0 4 11— D 4 ’ 4 - 0 4 - 0 4 0 . ? 0 40 . 7 4 0’l(I#I”.
0 I I I
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
9
C
04

‘4 04 .7 CI 0 “ . 4 0 4 ‘4 CI 0. 47 41 .15 .4 3” 1 04 fl “115” I” 0’ .5 “4 15 .7 .3 43 1.4 04 .7 0 ‘4’ 04 (51 *4 0 .3’ 4) 14 115 04 I’S 15— —‘ .35 41 0415- “4 45

6 . 4 ) 1 795
*
40 - ( ‘ 4 0 0 4-0 0 54 ‘ 4 4 1 4 -04 .7 ( 4 1 4 4 1. 0.1.7 n --4 41 .0 .1.7 I”l ,4
. 7’ ?.0 ‘P G 4 4 m m 1~~5S~~~~ m Nn1 554 154j. , I I I I I I
—. 4 7 4 4 0 04 1 .
4 5411 .7 O CQ ’ .
•4 “4 .
-
.4 1 5 4 . 70 4 1 5 . ’
I ..4 Pa IS. 01
— I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I III

4.95

‘0 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -I
 —
“ ‘
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

TAP AUT OC O9R(LA ’IO II ru ~ c T Eos

II’p 75 H 0 9 1 2 0 ’ I T A L

T IME IN ICRV A L Il / Si .492 E l i Si 2 . 2 1 ?

~LW

A *IS 1
I IIIIMUPI MA I I M U M EIIC*CM ~~NT
S TA P 1113(51(15 23 .0 315 .0 4 ,0
A T!’ I( L A G I M 5 ( C I ‘5 0. 0 50. 0 10. 0
7 A U ?OC4SSCLATIOW ((5*0114 1544401 I .00 ( . 00 . 40

Figure 4.30, Tap. Gain Autocorre/ ation Function (Noise Presen t)

4-%

.
.. —— . .
— -
 - .

~~~~ 1 . 4 . T 0 0 0 1 5 S C L A X ( O I I 1U
~~( T 1 5~
~~‘ 3 ’ 7 1 ‘ 4 0 l I I Z S 1 5 V A
~
0405 l ’(IWIl. 1(1 5, UI 5/ 2 .247
~~ - ‘52

15101
001544.15.04 0*014.113(5 (15(15(11(11,
I TAP 15541(5(5
~~~~ )$.5 4.0
YIPI ( L A O (1111(4
‘115,5 1 50 . 5 40.9
4’ ? 4• 040 .. Al 0O( S55 ( L 4 T ( 5 5
~ 5 3155 10

Figure 4 31. Tap- Gain Aurocorre/a tion Function

~ (Noise Removed)

,
-
- _
_
~ - ---- - . ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - - -

-
3’, 1 I .ltI ,. ItI,fl IO lrP,, I f l 3 .t
(I ’ 0 I I SIS ,D I I ’ & 3 7 1 15 0. 1 0 4 1 5 t 4
, $ 5 2 9 4 , 5 S R t d lt’ 1 0 3 . 4 5 1” 0

. 1 .4’ .
47 45’ 11 .7 —l .4 I” C ’ I r _ — . — (- 35 (“1
I )‘ 0 1 . . I
I’ Id’S .15 .0 .‘ ‘‘4. , “ .1’ ’
ls — — “ .0 (‘1 -7 ~~

3 . S-3 2 S , 9 s (- X t S P t * .
t 4 4 • J a~~ , 4 S S ..7 . P 3 . . S 0 . 0 . 2 0 2 . 9 . * 73

ftC” I 4 , 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 , 1 1 1 1 1 , 1 1 1 1 , 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

I ~ ~~
Ø’’4 t’ _ ~~. 4 15.3 (5
4 444 . — (‘, 0’ 154 — ., —, .t l . ”. ‘I I’.. J .0
’. ,_S .~ “. Its (1.4 ‘4 04 ,4 1” I
“ .9 11

- -

‘4

tI.’_ S I I t(5 ,” 19 .15 14’

i’ ‘ , (‘ 11 4.’ ‘ 4 . r Ip ~- , f l L ” l”
,75 1a 1 ’. l rln ln I 1n il - 1
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~

f , r P . - l ”. C ) (I V,J “ ~ t I C S - f l -’ I1., 4.’ I

l A, ’ ‘_ I ls
~ CS ’ . 1
15.1 “- r’. .. ’
l
’ ”- I’ C’ I I 75 5’, r I 751 lb —, (‘1 4’ 1 44

0 4 7 5 :
35 7 5 44445 75 9 1 5 ( 5 144 7 1 7 5
~~~ . ”4- ’ .’ .”15 ,4 -’ .4
I . 4 . 4 .~~~

.4’ ’,’
SI,(5 •_ 4 1 ’ I’ll *- 41., — A 45 0 , 7. I_ I- V ’s ..
I •, 1 5 , 151~~~~ 5 7 1 ( 5 ’ - ’ I’ ( 5 I- ,- Il’, (‘ , 1 5 I0 ._” . I
I
~~~~~ ~~
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
0 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
‘4 . n c _ c . ’ r , • ’_- 4’ 15 -( ‘1~~ 1 1- c r s S _’ I’- 15 ‘.5 71’ 5” 1’ 5 5 ’ 5 ’ ’I’ ’,
~~~ ’
.15 5”’I
I 15’ C lI~
, r . ”, ” - ” I”I’. .J t 7. t5I r,. ’, I (’ C,
41 I 7’s C I ’ C . r.,J I Cl ’. “I., ’ ( ‘ a 4 4’,A . 1 5 1 ç5. ’a r.I I’l.I ” _ S I ‘ - ‘- I N

4. - . . - I .t . s 144 - ,. . . l’ t “ I. - “1 44,’I I V - Ii-

43~ 45 . —, -.‘ .
‘7. .0 I ‘ U’ i. .
‘-
- -* -i .t ‘ .
‘
‘ ‘ 4 4 , ,
7’ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~
14.1 a A ,, r.. is. .3 0.. 0. ~~ t,. , C r, s’.. .
,c v ’ . . , 0. ., 7.1 1-, .’- .,. — u,— ’- ’ . r’ ’ ’ “3 ’ 7 ‘ ‘
‘ ~ .‘ I
~~~
I
I ,
-

,
‘4 ’”
-

“ ‘ ‘4 ’ 5 : ” :
-

r — :
“a ~~~~~~~
14j

l~
‘5 ~, ,~ I, ‘I
I ’4 I’ I’ N “ .Il l S ’ ~~ . , - . .I 5’ - -‘
~~~
o ’ r r a ,p. r ,’ ’— ’.- ”
~~~ .
’S N- ~C — ‘.. I-, ‘ 1”
-

14,1 (Cl I I” *1 — ‘S V —. r 71 ‘I’ C, 0’ ’” I. (5 0’ I I’. “S. 1’

~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
7- I I
I

0 I
.5
;
~ 91 -~ “5 51 5’~~~~~ 5 9 V l ’(~~~~~~~~ X 9 .4 ‘ 15’ - “ 5 ’ SI’ 15 ‘I C~ ’I 1” ‘4 -

-
~~~~ . : ::
~~~ ~~~ ::
~~
- : :~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

114
-
: I
,

-J 4 A’, 41.. (5 7.4 7’ ( 5 4 1 ‘15 I .4 1 .’ I” 37

. 4” ~~ ‘ f l 4
‘. ’ ’ ~

.4 1 ) 7 . , .1.11 7 A 17 1. ’3 S ’ S , a . ; 7 ~~~7
7;. ~~~~~~~~~~~~ ” - ’ S.
~~~~

I,
” III 55 15. I
I’ 7- 1. I .t ’ Ii’
.
., .. . , H. :
~ H’ ,‘~
(5. 7~- ~
15’ C’ 0’ I 1.’ 45’ I441 II
J

4,Q1.
~

~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ — -- -1- .. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

 - - 7’~~~~~~~~~~ S~~~~~~~~~7 ’ ’~~~~0’~ -I
‘- ,

_ _

TTL
‘ “ ‘
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~

~~~~~~~~~~~~

I I I .
151
L__,_ ,
I. _ .. ,
_ __ _ __ , . _ _ _ , ,,_ ,.._ _
,
,.. _ _ _
1._,I
__, , I
,.,,.&
.,
. _.
.... .
— —________
... , _ ,_,___.,...,,,,,,.
__ _.&...L J
~~ 4I, I. ._ . . _ _ . _, ._~~~~~~~~~
_ _ . ‘— — - - — - - ‘ - — — —
(.4. I_ - . , _ .,. ,_ ._, ._ . .,,_,.,.
,,..._._ _,.,_ __ ._ ‘‘ —
.
.b ’ ’- -—
.
- ‘- 4- 2~~~~~~~ .- ,-
I ISA ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
” I 1114.011 ~~~~ ~~rU~~~~~~ ~ .
(’7t)3 15115
~~ I( 7- ’
$I~~~I .l4 .
1 IS I ~~ .040

Figure 4.32, Airborne Tape Plotted Results

4-gq/4~ 1Ø0

‘ , S(1 ,i b k,SlC45’3l, -
‘-.-— 7’ .
— 7’ -- ~ ~~ ~ ~~~~~~~
 - 5. PHYSICAL OPTICS SCATTER MODEL PREDICTIONS

5. 1 MODEL INTRODUCTION

The choice of an appropriate model for the analysis of electromagnetic surface scatter is deter-
mined almost exclusively by the roughness characteristics of the reflecting medium. Surfaces are
usually classified as slightly rough. very rough . or composite depending on the magnitude of the height
irregularities. In general, different scatter theories are used for each of these situations.

For the case 01’ L-band aeronautical satellite oceanic scatter , t he surface will almost always
appear to he very rough; this implies that the following is approximately satisfied :

- O H cO5 O > l . O s (5-I)

~~~~
x ~

where:
A electromagnetic wavelength
= standard deviation of surface height irregularities
= incident angle of ray upon the surface as measured from the normal .

Ana lysis of scattering fro m very rough surfaces is usually developed through the physical
optics tangent-p lane method. Commonly called the Kirchhot ’f approximation , this model is based on
the assumption of a locally plane surface over the distance of many wavelengths. This constraint is
considered to be satis fied if the radius of curvatuve of the surface undulations 6 c 1 is much greater
~
t han A ;i.e..

A~~< 4 1T’&c 4:0s O j - (5-2 )

For this analysis we employ the vector formulation of the physical optics model and are thus
able to properly account for the electromagnetic polarization dependences 01’ eac h particular scatter-
ing facet on the surface. Because 0!’ t he immense complexity of this model. it is not possilbie to arrive
at adequate channel parameter solutions in a closed t ’orm . This is circumvented through use of a com-
puterized technique that subdivides the sperica l scatter surface into incrementally small areas and then
determines the sc att e r cross section (including polarization transformation factors ), Doppler shil’t .and
time delay associated with each area. The complex vector representation of the scattered signal is
coupled to the receiver antenna characteristics , thereby providing an estimation 01 the received power
from t he particular surt ’ace path and th us allowing the channel’ s delay- I)oppler scatter function.
S(r ,14 ), to he constructed. From S(r ,w) , steps identica l to those described in section 4. 12 are fol-
lowed to determine the channeFs time-frequency autocorrelat ion function, delay spectrum. l)oppler

5-I
 -
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~

spectrum, time autocorrelation function. t r e q u en c y autocorrt’Iatron (unction. total t’nerg~ content.

and spread values 0!’ the unidimensional distributions. l)escri bed helos ~ are the most Important scatter
theory relationships of the c o m p u t e r routine as well as t~ ical sample outpu ts in a plotted tor ruat.
~

5.2 ALGORITHM EXECUTION SEQUENCE AND DESCRIPTION

A block diagram illustrating the computer model ’s input output and basic processing t’unction

,
is given in fi gure 5-I . Inputs to the program include :

a. System geometry param eters (aircraft altitude, speed. velocity vector direction. grazing
angle at specular point, and transmitted frequency)

h. Coniple~ polarization vect o r’~of airp lane and satellite antenna (satellite polarization
characteristics are ass umed to he isotropic over t h e scatter surface : antenna radiation
distribution characteristics may he accounted tor mathematica It ~ or by including a
azi muthal-elevation angle look-up table to derive complex horizontal and ~ert icai
• polarization coefficient s

c. RMS surface slope and electrical parameters

d. Surface area resolution parameter (determines the size of the incremental surl’ace area
used in the s urface integration routine and thus ultimatel y a lteC ts the fidelity of the
predictions

[he basic proccs ’si l1 Ri lie t ori of

’
t he corn pu ter code in a~ he broke ii (town irito three cat cgliri c’s
~

a, I-or each increme ntal surface area t dS considered in the inte gration , ca lculate the
receive d ‘s c attere d power (d P) . the time delay t r) . and Doppler s hift t ) as sociated w i t h
~~
the r e t u r n .

h. Sort the L’r returne d from each incre rnent .iI a rc.i i n t o a two—dimensional arra y I r .w)
~~~
to yield an e s t i m a t e of’ tire c ha nneI’ ~ s c att er f u n c t i o n Str .w) .

c. Perform f ourier and intl ’er.I I o p e r a t io n s on S r . w) to derive t h e (‘fl annel s t i!uc—l r c( h ue nl,-\
;iutocorre lat io n unction, tim e ,iutoco rret 1it llln tun e! on. !re(tueih-y a utoc )I rrel ,ition tun e—
tion . Dop pler s pectru m . deta speC l I r i m . !‘~ t .it nit’s s a t t e r e d e t i c r e ’ s . and the SPtC.III %11 h k5
~
t~ t the Link! imens ioii,it parame ters .

1
. ..3.0j
,.C.Ia,..,. laId ,
.... _— —
 tnput
•system geometry
• complex polariz ation vectors of airp l a ne
and satellite antenna
• rms surface slope arid electr ica l characteristics
•surface area resolution parameter

For in c r e m e n t a l surface
area determine:
•received power (dPI
•t ime delav rI
• Doppler shift (~~ l Repeat f or tota l

1 significant scatter
region

Sor t dP into
S (r , .cl array

Integral an d Fourier
operations on S hr .

~~~~~~~
Output
• delay-Doppler function
•time-f reguency correlation function R t ,[ )
~
•Doppler spectra D (.c f
•delay spectra 0 Cr)
• time autocorrelatio n function R ft , 0)
Spread
calculations • frequency autocorre lation function R tO, U)
• spreads of 0 )w ) , 0 (r) , R (~ , U),R (0,U)
{
• total rms scattere d energy

Figure 5. 1. Scatter Model

5-3

..., .1
,.
,‘I I ’s1, 1.’s33S,’s8’ ’1&7’ _7.... _’.7
’— . ‘ “ —‘ —~ ‘j’s’ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ .. , _ ‘I - ~~~~~~~~~
 Category c utilizes algorithmic operations identical to those described in sections
4. 12 and
(b) is a relatively straightforward two-dimensional bin-sorting algorithm
4.13. [he second category
and needs no further explanation.

of the
The l’irs t category a represents the surface scatter boundary-interface component
Drawing from this source we
model and is , to a large exte nt. based on the work of Peake (ref. 5-h ).

derivation
briefly present. with the aid ot ’ figure 5-2 . the underlying m athematics associa ted with the
relative to the power received
of dP , T . and w. For ease of interpretation , p ar a m e t e r d P is calcu lated
over the direct path link whereas r and w are evaluated relative to the direct path Doppler and the
’
specular point delay values , respectively. The normalized received power t rom incremental area dS is

thus expressed as

i r~~ (T iT~f )
~ (5- 3 )
dP “‘
— -
a 5 dS ,
~
‘s ir r-, - . -

where :
r 1 .r2.r d = distances as illustrated in t’igure 5-2
T f- = complex coefficient that accounts for coupling between incident polarization vector.
tilted dielectric surface element , and receiver polarization vector
= airplane complex polarization vector for direct link path
= satellite complex polarization vector
= surface scatter cross section
dS = elemental surface area ,

The complex transmission coefficient embodies the aircraft antenna spatial filtering and is
calculated as:

Tcf (DI ) tR (a) (A cos i + B sin (C cos + D~~in

=
il ~ ~~
R1(a) ( B eos A sin & ) (—D eos + C sin
~s~ 1
- - ‘
~ ~

- - -- — 7
‘ ’ ~~~~ ‘~~~— ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ .-,
—.
 10

1 2
•‘
I

I
~ 10

/ I

-I
(‘4

/
I

,
- J .~~~

5-5

IL. —
__ _., ,,. _ -“ ‘ C C
~~ ~ ~ ’~~~~~~~~~ !
A5 1 ~~ l~C
-
 where :
Dl = spherical earth divergence factor
R (a) = parallel Fresnel reflection coefficient
II i
‘ ‘1
4c ’ c o s a - E ) ( e c o s a + E )
R1 (a) = perpendicular Fresnel retlection coefficient
= ( e o s a-E ) ( c o s a+ E )
= complex index of refraction of the surface

a = ang le between incident wave and normal of properly tilted (to produce reflection
into receiver) surface facet
E = (c — sin a) 2
= angle between theta component of incident wave and the incident parallel unit
polarization with respect to titted surface)
vector (i.e.. vertical

angle between the theta component of scattered wave and the reflected parallel unit
vector
A.B.C.D transmitter and receiver complex antenna polarization vector coefficients as
described below .

Polarization vectors for the transmit 4P 1) and receive antenna system are given by :
~~~

A A
= A L TT + B L PT
A A
C L ~~+ D L pJ~ (5 .5)
1

where :
A A
L’~ ’. L PT = unit vectors in the theta and phi directions . respective ly, with respect to coordinates
centered on transmitter
A A
LTR . LPR = unit vecto rs in the theta and phi directions , respective ly, with respect to coordi-
-
~~ nates centered on receiver ,

The physical optics very rough surface scatter cross section is obtained from :

10
0
° xs co: O n ~ss~ n’~ n~ .

where:
= ang les as illustrated in tigure 5-
0 = st irface slope probability densit y function
~ ss ~ n’~ n

5-f l

.
_.l
,_ . ._._, - ‘—“—.7
———
 - - - -- -.
7- .
- —
~~~

For this particular analysis the slope probability density function was assumed to be isotropic with the
following Gaussian form:

)
-I
cos O n / tan O n
0 ~
exp
~ss~ n’~ n~ 1r17
2 ( l+2t - )
~

w here n 2 <tan O n> mean square surface slope,

The delay and Doppler variables associated with a given incremental area are determined from

irf
( 5-8)
~‘
‘ ‘j ‘ p “
~ ~~~ d ~~
~~~

T
_ Ir l + r , - r 1 -t’
~~~~
(5-9 )

where f0 is the transmitted frequency. c is the velocity of light , and the other parameters are ‘as
illustrated in figure 5 -2.

5.3 SAMPLE OUTPUT

To facilitate the comparison between theoretical expectation and experimental results., the
scatter c hannel model’s output formats have been configured to resemble as closely as possible those
assoc iated with the multipath data reduction routines. Thus, for the most part , the applicable output
format description given in section 4.23 is pertinent to this section. To illustrate the degree of model
sophistication. a set of sample plotted results associated with a typical production run is presented
here .

Input parameters for this sample run were as follows:

Sate llite polarization: Right -hand circular

Airplane polarization: Horizontal-omni
A ircraft velocity : 200 iii ‘ sec. great c ircle path toward satellite
Aircrat ’t altitude : 10 km
a
Frequency 1(150 \lIli
Surface type: Sea water
Surface rms slope: b~
Grazing angle: 19 °
-

5-7

htm.. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 7 - ~~~~7~

~~~~‘
_ .__7- _ . ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 --

A cross-reference relating figure number wit h the model’s parameter prediction is given below:

Figure Pa rameter
5-3 S(r .c..,)
5-4 D(&,).Q(r)
~
5-5
5-6 IR(OSZ)l. R(E,0) l.

It is of interest to note that the example run entailed a division of the effective surface scatter
area into more than roughly 80,000 elemental patches and required a total of 380 sec of CDC 6600
central processor time.
CCL& ,- D0P P L ( $CATT (I r UNCTIOW
~

0104!. A4 ~~. (0EG i $1 .00 1 0 C C . 001, . Mau l. ICC S L O P C I O C G 1 10 .03

A L T i t u o t i P l i. 10000 y Ci.O CIIY (M/ SI 300 &ZIM U TNCO CC $ ISO
JJJ $0

-
-~-:.,. - E -
~~~~~=~~~ ~~ ~
-
it=
~ \

;
~~~~~~ ~~:;:,= ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

- - =
~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

41011 pj$NIPIUM MA 10IPIuPI ~~C 10T

I10C10E
0 $00 $0
I 0 ( 1* ! lAP I .3 M I C I O S C C . 010151
V OOPPLCI r u c o u c u c y IHE10t Z I 1$0 too $0
11000 31
00
3 O CL A V - 0 0 0 0 LC S 0100 l~~~t N t A 10 i 0

Figure 5-3. Scatter Model Predic tion — S(r ,u.)

5-8

---7 7-—-- - -- ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - - -- - ..

~~~~~~-“~~~~~~~~~~ -
~ 7 -- --- ,-— - - - 7--- - - --
--- ~~~~~
-‘ -- -‘ -—- - - ,7- .
- .-. - - -’ - -
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -

O C L A Y * S C DO P PL ER SP ECT RA

0*4!. A N G . i Q ( G I $1 00 I C C . 001,. 140113 . ICC ILOPC( DCC I 6 , 00

AL YITU O C I M I $0000 V CLOCIIVIMI10 I 200 AZIM UT UI O(0l ISO
JJJ $0

• . 0c — — —— — — —
— —

SO C — — — — — — — —- —

7.OC —

•.o c —

s.ec

4_ 0 c — —
,I

s.oc — — — — — — —
— — —
-a
2CC — — — — —

l.O C — —
~~~~~
10,0 20,0 30,0 ~ 0.0 50.0 5t .0 ‘O. O
. 100.0 50.0 100 . 0
DEL A Y lA P I .2 M I c R O S E C O N D V I D I H i

_ _

-1 1iO.O 100.0 -50.0 0 50.0 100 ,0

00001(5 ru ours c~ b run t

Figure 5-4. Scatter Model Predictions — 0(w) , 0(r)

5. 1~

7 7 7’ 7’ .-
‘ — 7 - - ‘
-
 — ..--7’ - -7’
- - .
7’ ---~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~

T$M( rR1Ou(IICY C U TDCt ~S S b L A l 7D5 r usE C l i ola

S* A Z . A N O . f 0 ( G I $0.00 IC C. 100 1,. 140111. S EA Si,C0c 1 CCC I SO D —

* Lt i T U O ( I M I 10000 V tI,0CtTV(PI/Si 200 AZIIlU m s,( O E O I ISO
JJJ Sc

V
6~~

-
-

‘.
1” ‘ 7,
-’
.
7
’.
..
/

,7
.
J;
/ ./
. ‘
- —?‘ ‘
~
a
~
‘ --- y, //;- -v
~~
z- .- . .
‘ ‘.
,
’
; ..
~4;
‘ ..
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
~~ // ~ ~ .
,
~

.
-
77 ,“
~~~~f.
,..
-
~~~ ~
_
~a,////
.,.- ,,_ . _ -
._ _ “f 3- -
~~.. ‘

‘
- ‘ j ,. , ~~

-—
“‘ .
“ “. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ —
—
1
, , “~ .~ “
.. , . ‘ .- 1“ 1 / i / ,i .‘ -‘
~~ .
7 ,
., j . .
. ~~ ’. ’ ’
‘--a S .
“— 7
A
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

461$ 1011NEP10PI MAEII’$U M 1NC* (Pirn4 T

I VIISUCSC? $ C P I R A O I S N I S N R I 0 1000. 1000
V Tj~ t $ ( P A R I T I SN I P V 1 L L 1 $ C C 3 100 *00 $0
z tt~ c-tttS *U5SC0t . V V N C T I O I $ $ 1001 1 .010 5 .00 .50

Figure 5.5 Scatter Model Prediction — I R( ,&’2)

~

5~l()

L ‘ — — ‘
 -- ‘- - - -.-
- ’-’ - . .
- - ~~~~~~~~~~~ 7 -- - —’ - -
-
-- .--’- - - - 7’ - ‘ - --~~~~~~~~ --— .-- -~~~~~ - -- - - -
-~~

4 UTO CORSCL#T$O N CUN CT IONS

6*42 . A N ~~.t0jC I $1.00 ICC. POL . 1 40 * 1 3 . ICC SI,010C I O C C I 0.00

A L T I T U O C IM I 1 0000 V ( LO C I T T ( M / S I 200 A ZIM U THI D(GJ ISO
JJJ $0

0 - IC
1.01

$00 $000 1300 2000 3 50 3

1110 ’
rU CC U ENC Y S C P *N A ’ i O W 1 1011

I.0~ — —
•
~
—

‘I
.? ~I —
0

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ iI
1, 0 0 0
i
iiiii
2.000 3 .000 • .000 10.000 1. 0 0 0 1 ,0 0 0 0.000 0 . 03 0
I l l_ a
PIPIC $ ( PA I A T I D N tS(C 0H05 I

Figure 5-6, Scatter Model Predictions — I R(O, 2) I, I R( ,O) I

~ ~

5 ’J l 5-h2

L - _ ‘- -- -— - ‘- - — - - - —— —— ——-— -.—- -
,-..
 -‘ —7 -“ 7--—- —-7 —7--— ‘—7- ---7- —--- -7—-- -
7’-

6. MODEM/ANTENNA DATA PROCESSING

The data gathered for the digital modem. voice modem , hybrid voice and data modem , ranging
modem, and antenna tests on the KC-l35 airplane is in the form of analog tapes , written logs, and
onboard strip charts. Processing of this raw data is described below.

6. 1 SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM

Figure 6-I illustrates the flow of data in the data reduction and analysis system. The dia ’am
~
shows the various machine processes and human judgment processes constituting the total system.

The airborne logs and stri p charts arc used to determine the valid voice test periods. The
selected voice channels are transcribed to 1/4-in, tapes for intelligibility scoring by CBS Laboratories.

Tape logs are used to determine input parameters that are furnished to the Boeing Test Data
Processing Center tTDPC along with the analog source tapes. These parameters include type of test
~
data , tracks to process, time segments to process. analog sourc e tape speed , and kind of ’ output
desired (digital tape or stripout).

Airplane logs . onhoard strip c harts , and TDPC strip charts are used to determine which time
segments of t he digital tapes are to be analyzed. The time segment information is sent with the digital
tape to the CDC 6600 for processing with the applicable analysis programs.

Output from the CDC 6600 includes C/ N 0 and S/ I statistics . bit-e rror rates , bit-erro r statistics.
and ranging data analysis. This output is manually merged with other data such as voice intelligibility
scores and aircraft parameters to give final outputs. Outputs include those described in the DRandA
plan.

6.2 TEST DATA PRO(’l’,SSING CENTER tTDP(’ )

Processing of the analog data at TDP(’ is subdivided into two basic systems. with each system
having modes dependent on the data being processed. One system processes antenna. Voic e , and
ranging data : the other system processe s the digital communication data. ‘Ihe svswms are deser hed
~
more fully in the following paragraphs.

6-1

- 7
-. - - -- ‘
“-7 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ “ ‘ ~~~~~ ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
‘ ‘
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~‘

1.

~ Io
~~ ~

rL~ 0C IC IC
5 ’C ~~~~
2
z~~
—a ~~~
IC IC~~~~ E
O — D , t ~~~~~ ~
IC LA) 0~
IC 0
A) IC ~
E’ ~~~~~~~~~~~~
IC

14114)
~~~

L~~ ~ ~
j
1
I~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ I
I’- ’o o.
i
~~~~~ ca
OcO
j
I
¶1
-

C ( ‘
~~

To ~ I
8

‘l E

ih
IC ~~ ‘~~‘
0
a
~ I

IC .
.~
2IC 0
>
~~~~IC

>

> 0
c L~.

~~

6—2

—
~~~~- - ~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ . -‘.-~~~~~~~~~~
— - —- - - - - —
~~~~~~~~~~~ — - - - - ~~~~~~~ - .— — - s- , -,
 - 7-- -~~~~~~~~~~~~~ --~~~

6.1.1 Tl)P( Processing of ,.~ ntcnna. Voice, and Ranging ‘1apes

.\ block diagram of the system used for all three types of data IS shown in figure o-2 . A brief
.

explanation of the for matting operation for the antenna , voice, and ranging data is given
below.

.\utenna data on the source tape consists of

( RIG- B time code WBFM

Signal strength tcarricr d e t e c t o r) WBFM
Channel event (A or B) W BFM

These signals are recorded at 3-3/ 4 ips. A t the transition of the event signal, time is read and 10 25
samples of si gnal strength are acquired and formatted on the tape as shown in t’igure 6-3.

Voice data is recorded at 3-3/4 ips on the source tapes and consists of the following signals:

IRIG- U time code WBFM

Signa l strength (carrier detector ) WB EM -

For the voice data , sampling of t he signal stre ngth is under direct contro l of the time code rather than
by a channel event signal. Beginning 1 5 Sec after processing start time and repeating at 1 5-sec intervals .
time is read and 1025 signal strength samp les are taken and formatted on digital tape , again as shown
in t’igure 6-3.

Ranging data is recorded at 3-3/4 ips on the source tapes and consists of the following signals:

IRIG- B time code W BFM

Signal strengt h WBFM
Ranging data PCM W BFM. Manchester code. 305 bps .

Upon detection of ’ a seven- hit synchronization pattern (Barker pattern ) in the PCM track , t he next
33 hits of P(’M data are f ’ormat ted with time and an identif ’ication (ID) word on digital tape as shown
in figure 6-4. hich of these blocks consists of ten I 2-bit words. After lO of these blocks have been
t’orniatted . 1025 signal strength samples are taken and formatted on the digital tape (fig. (1-3 ). This
completes one ranging data record All these ref ’ormatt e d digital tapes are seven-track, 800-bpi tapes
compatible with the ( ‘l)(’ ~~l00.

The input to the sy s t e m tliagrammed in figure (i-2 Is 11w source t.tpe recorded on th~ airplane.
The tapes arc plzivcd hack at 3() ips . which is a speed increase ot X S , The signals applicable to the
dat,i being processe d ire demodulated by the D(’S—2 demod ulato r. 11w tim e is patched to the range
time decoder R’ l’l)) and cros s—co upled to the digital data convert e r l)l)( t . ‘l’he signal strength and
-

(1-3

- - - - - -- - ‘- ‘-~~.7 - , - -
~ - - -7’ 7’- —7-— 7
- —.-—--7-- -
--— # ——— 7 --— -— -- - 7- -—- ~~~~~~~~~ -~~~ -- - - - - - - -~~~~~~~~

(U

(U I—

U)

a-

C~~&lJ O ~~ I” Z Li.
z 1u
W~~~ U)

_ _ _ 4

_ _ _ _

— —

mi
> U

(1-4

-- - - “-‘ ‘.-—.A,. ,
*ar ’ ” .— ________ -
 7
_
- -77- “~~~~ _

Bit Position
Wor d 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 Hou r s CC~ C 0 0 20 10 0 0 8 4 2 1
2 Minutes 0 0 0 40 20 10 0 0 8 4 2 1
3 Seconds 0 0 0 40 20 10 0 0 8 4 2 1
Msec 0 0 2~ 2~ 2~ 26 2 1
4 2~ 2~ 2~ 2 2 2°
5 ID See lege nd below
6 Sam p le 1 A 0 2~ 28 2 26 2~ 2~ 2~ 2
2
21 2~
~

i—I . -

103 0 Sa mp le 1025 A 0 2~ 28 2~ 26 2~ 2~ 2 2
2
2
1
2
0
~

= I time code out of sync, bad data poss ib le

0 t i me code i n s ync , data acce ptable

ID = 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 voice
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 digita l data bit stre am
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 dig ital data amplitude samoles
J. 0 1 0 1 O 1 0 1 0 1 0 ranqing
• 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 antenna evaluation (antenna 1)

A = Event track status bit (antenna data only) in Words 6 to 1030

1 = event track on
0 event track o ff
=

A = 0 f~r vo i ce , ran gi ng and d i g i tal data

Figure 6-3, Signal Strength Forma t, 800.bpi Digital Tape

L - --- -
— -- -———
-7’ —-7- 7- . - - 7_ -~~— 7 -— 7- - - - _ 7 - , 7- - — ,-7-
- - —~~~—— --~~~~~ — - - ---
-7

Bit Position
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
~~rd

1
2 TIme Se. figure 6-3 for t ime forme t

3 1
4
5 —
6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
7 Data 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
8 1 0 0 0 S $ S $ C C C C4
1 ~2 3 4 5 1 2 3
9 C C C 7 C R 1 R 2 R3
5 6 8
10 R R R
18 19 20
11 — ——
Time
2

Data S ame as above

16

160
— —
161
Time
17

1025 See figure 6 - 3 for amplitude samp le format

P~npl itude
Sampl es
1190 _________________________________________

status bits

C -C 8 code information
1
R -R range infor m ation
1 20

Figure 6-4. Ranging Test Tape Format

_ _ _
_ __
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
 -
-

event tracks are patched to the D[)C through the analog patch bay (AP B). The serial PCM (ranging
data) is decom mutated 1w the EMR bit synchronizer and clocked into the DDC,

The signal strength data are sampled and digitized by t he DDC. A lô-kHz clock (2-kHz real
time) triggers an analog-to-digital converter , and the digitized samples are transferred to the SCC 4700
computer through the direct mem ory access (DMA).

The 7-hit PCM synchronization patterns preceding the 33-bit ranging data bursts are detected
by the DDC. Following detection, the next 33 bits of P(’M data are transferred to the SCC 4700 com-
puter in one 9-bit word followed by two I 2-hit words.

The A TSVA R computer program formats time , signal strength , and PCM data into records.
ATSAVR is the SCC 4700 computer program that is operator controlled through teletype input, The
operator selects the mode of operation according to the type of data to be processed and selects the
number of output tapes necessary according to the quantity of input data.

Data is double buffered so that , while one record is being completed and written omi tape , the
formatting of the next may begin. T’his is necessary in the ranging mode where additional synchroni-
zation patterns may occur hef ’ore the signal strength sampling of the previous record is completed.

Time ed iting is accomplished by the start-stop switches on the range time decoder. Processing
may also he started or stopped manually. Each processing interval constitutes one file of data and ‘a t
t he conclusion 01’ all processing intervals the operator terminates the processing mode, Data tiles are
separated by one end-ot t’ile mark. The last data tile on the tape is terminated by two or more end-of ’-
~
tile marks.

6.2.2 Digital (‘ommunication l)ata

The digital data is recorded on the source tapes at either 3-3 4 or 7 - I/ l ips and consists ot ’ the -:
~
following si gna ls:

Five tracks . hiphase level P(’M Direct record . one track per modem
Signal strength (carrier detector ) W B FM
lRl (,— 13 time code W BFM

(m- 7
 The dat a rate 01 the digita l data is I 2 mM ) bps , w hich re sults in t h e t ’o itowing relationship of ’
recor d and pia ~ f lack speed s :

I l)P(
-
,- \ na t o e source tape pi.i~ hack
record specd. ips sp eil i
3- 3 4
7- 1/ 2 ()
~ -

During processing of ’ t he digital data analog tape ( fig. the (kM data is routed to time l)[)(’ .
(-
~ ,
the analog signal strength to the 1)CS-1 demodulator , and time to I he signal str engtf i isti me R I U.
passe d through a demodulator and sent to the DDC . where it ~ coiis ,‘rtc d to a digita l s u i t ’ Mv an ana-
fog-to—digital converter and w r i t t e n on tape . one record app ro\i mn at ’I L’S cr ~ ’ I data seconds .
~~ ~

Five—bit ncllro mliLers have been patched on the l)D(’ logic hoard. omie for eac h recorded
modem track. These hit svmichronizer s obtain hit synct irom iii.ation and resolve \l~o uc!mcs tc i phase
ambiguity. l’he regenerated \R/ ‘P(’M is w r i t t e n on tape in six-hit bytes, com llpati hie w i t h sd L i t - i r:ick
digital tape .

l’he f r e q u e n c y sy n t h e s i z e r Oil time analog pitc h h:i ’ is sdt to I kHz times the pLi back rate
~ ~
and patched to DD(’ i n p u t Mmmc 7 . ‘Ibis ‘ign:ui is routed to a th reshold det e ctor. The leadiip ~ ami d
trailing edges are OR’ ed together to g iss ’ a 2K pulse see s it np ie CiOL k Ihi’, sample c lock us used or
~
the \ 1) conversion of time stgn ~ti strength tr :uck -
~

‘1he tape to rmi iat of the digita l data is illustra t ed in leure ( —6 ,

~

1,3 ’FDP(’ (‘ hart St ripou ts

Fhe in.iiog source tap es com itai m i sOlll~’ J u t ,I desir,uh le to s’x:Ini imle in .umi.iioii v i s uj i form.
-~ccori .hing i~ - th app hic.ibl c cham im ie ls are str ipped out to yield time ui,ut;I shown im i t ,itife o—i
~

All the ‘above signal s ire recorded on chart paper tiM SO I L -c . dat a . and iu brid sinc e m d it,it ,t
~
tests . Oumh. t h e ,iirc r u It Pa ra m lh’tc ms I l L ’ s t r i p p e d out m r ranging ,ind antenna t e sts
~

6,3 ‘l)( ’ (~(~()( i l’R ( I SSl\(

( ,
~~

l ime da t a ta pes t o rm uu . m tt eti h I l)P( - are processe d on .m I. I )t Io~( i() com puter uImitlL ’I’ t h e
~
KRON (iS 1.1 u) ’ c r , it l nc -~s s t ~~~t f l , I c i i i , ’ i ,—7 ius-e ~ tIme dat ,u flow ii a L-om n p il tem ruin and is s:t ti d 01

all data proL e s su ng uligmt. ii . ringing. so ice . .mn d .mn f cim na

 /fl
U)
\
Lr~
—i — a-—
o~-~~
I-

LU
a-
>-
I
-
LU
p a .
LU
I L.) O

—
LU
__I I—
I— LU

—-< 0 ~~~U) 0
LU~~
w
L1’I X <~~~
_ _
;;
I

I
-

LJ
I
~
— = ‘-. I
~~~

I ‘—U I
U
a. L
LU 3: NJ

_ _ _ _
M

3:1 _J C-J >< LL~~~~ II

L)
.—
~
c,, ~ ~~~
If
tI (N tI
I
—
~~ r~ ,
a. i
— __
C i
z
—
c.’ >
~~~~
_J
—
U) U) <
~~
~
4 a I—
~~ cZ
I
- ~ — —S
~ ~~~~
~~1 C5-_
5— ~~ ~~
5— 5-_ 5-.

0
.JLU
<a- U)
LU
<-
I I-
0
z

L ~~~~~~~~ . , ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ .~~~~~~~~~~ —- -

‘
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
 DIGITAL DATA FORMAT

DATA RECORD SIGNAL STRENGTH RECORD

12 BITS 12 BITS
—

5 TIME WORDS 5 TIME WORDS

CHAN 1
2 05 WORDS

CHAN 2
2 05 WORDS
1025
SIGNAL
1030 STRENGTH
CRAM 3 WORDS SAMPLES
205 WORDS

CHAN 4
205 WORDS

CHAN 5
205 WORDS

PCM DAT A WORDS

1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 1 b 0 1 h h 1 12 I
DATA BIT I IS THE FIRST BIT TRANSMITTED
SIGNAL STRENGTH IS SAMPLED EVERY 14 SECONDS (APPROXIMATELY)
FOR 1200 BPS THERE ARE 7 DATA RECORDS PER SIGNAL STRENGTH RECORD

Figure 6-6. Digital Data Test Tape Format

( - 10
~

-‘ ~~~~~,. I
 TABLE 6- 1. AIRCRAFTPA RAMETERS

Informa tion Format

Aircraft heading (coarse) 7.5% proportional to subcarrier FM

Aircraft heading (fine) 7.5% proportionaf to subcarrier FM
Ai rcraft pitch 7.5% proportional to subca rrier FM
Aircraft roll 7.5% proportional to subcarrier FM
Hybrid No . 1 C / N 0 (dc voltage) WBFM
Hybrid No , 2 C/N 0 (dc voltage) WBFM

The peripheral equipment necessary to rumi thie program are card reader , printer , and two tape
drives (one for the rel ’orniatted input data tape and one for the output plot file), Plotting is an ofl’-Iine

~~~~~~
pert ’ormed on an S(’ 4020 Stromherg-Carlson plotter.

Although the programs are primarily coded in FORTRAN, a few subroutines are coded in
ass- ’nm blv language to minimize run timite.

Programs are rumi in a hatch processimig mode, Thie program inputs consist of the TI)P(’ digital
magnetic tapes an d com itrof data cards . These cards include start and stop times of each segment amid
program opt iomis, ‘Time outputs are a line printer listing and a plot of the signal spectrum. A more
detailed description of program input/output is given under each program section.

(1” I
 TDPC
CONTROL DIGITAL
( TA SOURCE CODE
~ TAPE

OCATABL FORTRN4 COMPILER

CX 6600 B INARY
Assent1er)
COMPUTE R INE ~
BA T CH
PROCESS
N. P. S .
ROUTINE
FROM
PLOT SYSTEM
LIB.
LISTING TAPE

SC 4020

-i
PLOT

Figure 6-7. CDC 6600 Computer Data Flow for Modem Evaluation Data Processing

6-Il

~~-- ~~
 7. A N A LY SIS OF ENVELOPE DETECTOR OUTPUT TO DETERMINE C/ N0 AND S/I

Th is section describes in detail time methodology and underlying theory for the determination
of time carrier-to-noise power density ratio. C - N 0, and the direct signal-to-multipath signal ratio . S/I.
The wavef’orm utili zed is the low-pass output of’ the carrier detector unit. The carrier detector unit
processes an unmodufated carrier multiplexed into the satellite-aircraf ’t transmission. The procedure
is involved in ana lysis of voice, data. ranging, and antenna experiments .

7. 1 BAC K G R O U ND T H E O R Y

The carrier detector unit incorporates a hammdpacs linear envelope detector (full-wave rectifier)
to provide a measurement ot ’ channel character. Time mionhinear approac h was adopted to obviate the
necessity f ’or continuous Doppler compensation it ’ a linear down-translation and ammalysis were used.
Also, data sampling rates can he somewhat smaller with this approach.

The detector input signal is assumed to be time sum of ’ ( I ) a sinusoid of frequency l’ with
~
average power P /2. i.e.. its amplitude is P volts with a I-ohm re ference . (2 ) a diffuse multipath
component having center frequency ‘,) and power and ( 3 ) wideh amid additive Gaussian noise
~
with single-sided density of N~~. W Ii,,

Commensurate with time commonly accepted scatter model applicable f ’or an aeronautical
satellite oceanic system , time multipatli return is assumed to have a complex Gaussian representation.
with spectrum given by

° - (f - f )2/2B 2
Sm (O m ( 7-I )
~~~~~~ e ~ .

The parameter Bnm is t he one-sided e I bandwidth ot ’ time scattered signal. Theoretical and empirical
results indicate th at Bm < I 15 I~Ii for t ime elevation .Iimg iL ’ ,iirspce d profile flown in the ex periment.

The composite signal is initially pret ’itte red with a four-pole Bessel cry stal filter to rete ct wide-
hand noise and pass time signal com ponent s . lime filter i~ ;n ’deled a s having a Ga ussi a m m shape with

‘ A symmetric spectrum is obtained theoretically for cross-plane flights is in I ype II t dsts hut Is miot
strictly true for other orient at tills ,

7-I

L . - - .
_
 bandwidth parameter B n t’or analytical simplicity. (Bessel and Gaussian characteristics are very
similar to the 3~~dB a t t e n u a t i o n points. ) Since noise and multipath are independerit. the total inter-
ference spectrum at time detector input then becomes

Gm2 f )2/2B m2 o~ 2 -(f- f0)2f2B ~ 2

S1(f) - e~~~ o + e
.
(7 )
—
~~
B
fl’W ~
~~~~~~~

Measurements have determined that B n = 1130 Hz for this experiment, with t h e result that
all mu)tipath energy is passed by this prefilter. Figure 7-h shows time total spectrum. including the cw
signal term.

The detector is modeled as an ideal linear. memoryless. full-wave device ; i.e..

yW = A r (t ) , ( 7-3)

where:
y ( t) = o u tput
r(t) = input
A = arbitrary gain constant ,

4
2
= multipath power
~~m
= noise power

Bm = ’
e ~~ multipath bandwidth, one sided
sit = e ”~ prefilter bandw idth, one sided

P2l 2w ~
7
,

Cm 2 On 2
—
1
B
V~~~~~ ~

‘
-

5 MHz

Figure 7- 1. Detector Input Spectrum

7-2

L — - - - —- - -- - - - ‘~
Laboratory measurements have indicated that time actual detector is quite linear over a +8 dB range
about the nominal signal level.

Finally, the output is low-pass filtered with a two-pole Butterworth titter whose equivalent
one-side rectangular bandwidth is 800 Hz. This signal is recorded for postflight analysis. The objective
of the analysis is to determine C/N0 and S/I of the signal.

Following Rice iref. 7-I ).Middleton (ref. 7- li, and Davenport and Root (ref. 7-3). the
unfiltered output autocorrelation is expanded in a power series involving the input autocorrelation:

R (r) = h00 2 + 2 h mo 2 COS m w 0r +

~
r
~~~ l

+2 J~~~ L R rk(
r)cos mw 0r. (7-4 )
~~~~~~~ ~~~
m l k i ‘

This expansion displays time mean-value ,signals harmonics, noise-cross-noise,and signal-cross-noise

contributions, respectively.

The coe fficients h mk are a function only of the total signal-to-input interference ratio .
P 2 /1a 2 , not the spectral distribution. The latter may be determined from

2 2 2 2 l 2 2’ ’
~P I2G ~~
=
~P /20m ~~ +
~p /2o~ ~~ (7- 5 )

Now , for the assumed Gaussian prefilter ,

P2 /2o~ 2 = (S/ N0) J _ ). (7-6 1

(~~ ~
So

(S/ l i ’ +
ES/N o (~J~_)j (7 -7 f

7-3

- ~~ --
The coet ’ficients are (re t ’ . 7’3 1.

~~212 02~ m F 2( ÷ 1
m~~ i,
, , m ~~~
h mk I= ‘ (7-8 )
. ‘I k- I
~
m !) 1 ~l3 - m
( - k)/l ) 1 0 )

where 1 F I i . : . .) is the confluent hypergeonmetric function ,

By transf ’orming equation 7-4). the output spectrum is obtained as

Sy ( ) = h 00 2 6(w) + h~~0 2 [6(~~ - m~~0 ) + ô( ~ + m~~o )]

~~
~~~

h~~~2
[Sk(~ ,- m c ~.O ) + S k (~~ +mw O ] . ( ‘7,i ))

k 1 m 0

where S k (w ) is the k-fold convolution of time input interference spectrum given by equation (7-2 ),
In this convolution ut spectra lies the appeal of the Gaussian input spectra.

Although the spectru m expansion appears rather t’ormidable. time series converges rapidly for
the cases of ’ interest so that only a f ’ew terms need to he considered in ~ 1. k ~~3 . Also , only —

products with (m + k )even yield energy in tIme how-frequency zone.

Using the spectrum of ’ equation (7-1). tIme following relations can he written t ’or the convolved
spectra:

2 2 2
U~~~
0)/2B m +e~~~~ 0 ~ 2Bm h ]
= [
e
~I 2.f2lr B m

2 2 fo )1 /lB n 2]
~~~ [e o)/2 B n + e
+ ~

2f o ) 2 /4B m ’ f’2 ul4B m

4 ’
Gm [4f +

S’~(f ) = + 2e~ + e~
- 4 j41r Bm
~

4 210 ) 2 /4B 11 2 f l u’4R ui 2 f + 2f 0 ) 2 I48 11. ”]

+
°~ [e ’”” + 2~~ +
r B
4.f4i
~

7.4

. -‘ p
. .
a , ,. . -
 2o m 2 n 2 21o ) 2 /2 (8 m 2 + Bn 2) , 2 / 2 m 2 +
~
+ [e~~~ + -e ~~
4•T4wJBm2 + 8~ 2

”
’
2f o )2 /2 ( Bm 2 + Bn 2 )]
+e ~ ~~

Cm 6 (f - 310)2 /6B m 2 (f - f0 )2 I6B 2 -(f f )2 /68 2

S3(f) —
-
~~~
[e + e ~~ + e
+
o m
~~~~~~~~~~~
~

1+ 3 f ) 2 /6B 2J
+e

o 6 3b 0 ) 2 /6 8 m 2 2 2 ) 2 h/ 2
~ [e +3e o ) /6 R n o ~~~n
+ ÷3e
8J mI’ sT3 Bm
~
’”’ 31 )2 /6B 2]
+e ~

3f o ) 2 12(2B m 2 + Bn 2 ) - f’o ) 2 12 (2 B 1+ H 2 )
+
g~/~~ . J 2 B 2 [e~~~~ + 3e~~~ m 11
~
1 f )2 /2(2B 2 + B 2 ) )2 2
+ 3e~~ ~~ o m n ~ f + 3f 0 /2 (2B ~~ +

2 4 2 2 2
~° m °n ~ (f - 31o )/2(Bm + 2B n )~
[
(1 - f~~)2 /2(
~~~ +
+ —
3
&J~w~/Bm 2 + 2 B n 2

f o ) 12(B m 2B~ 2 ) -(f + 3f ’0 ) 2 /2 ( B 2 2B 1~2 )~ (7-l U)

3e ’
+ +
+
~~~ ~~

Substituting equation (7— I tH in equation

~~~ and extr acting only the how—frequency components
v cs . I ’or t he dc tee tor on f low—pass spec tr i m m wit Ii B >>B .
~~ N t
~1 1~

11 02 2 2 m4 2o 4 4 m 2 n’
‘i
f L/ 4 B . ~
— ~ :~
/4K
m~~
+
~ C + ~ ~ ,

~~~~ B~ ‘
H0 B1

{ J
.f I /2~~~~I
l ’2 B 2 +
+~~i- ~~ m

~
e
~~~~

7-5
 4
2 l6B l
! et h m f 2 /6B~~ i’2 /2 B 0 2
~°m °im’
O~~~

~ + + ~
8J~!11 8 f 3 Bim B im
~~ m
2 4 2
f /4B 11 2
+ ~°m °n C ~
,J~~B

h 2 j ~~~~~ e 42/4B rn 2 + ~~~ e-f 2/4B 0 2 2o 2 o 2 ’2

-f 2
~~ + ~~ ~ e /2 8 1 ~ (7 - I l )
+
4sJ ~4iT B~ B1 B11 j
~ ~

From equation (7- I I). two important quantities are calculable. First, the noise floor is ta ken
to be that value of the spectrum beyond the region of appreciable multipatim energy. in the above
2
equation this consists of only those terms with exponentials involving Bn since for f >> B m the
other terms are negligible. The noise floor can thus be calculated as a function of C/N0 and S/ I by
evaluating the various coefficients and setting the remaining exponential multiplier s to unity. This
calculation is plotted in figure 7-2 , where the ratio of mean value squared to noise floor is plotted,
Fortunately , as discussed below , the ratio is largely insensitive to S/ I for the parameter region of
interest.

A second quantity of interest derived from equation (7-I I) is the low-pass variance , mathe-
matically defined as the spectral integral of (7-l I ) multiplied by the low-pass filter transfe r function
squared. ihe postdetection how-pass filter has an equivalent one-side bandwidth of 800 Hz . so it may
be assumed that all terms having bandwidth related to Bm are passed unattenuated. while the term s
involving bandwidth Bn may be considered as having a constant spectra l density over the widt h of
ilter. The variance of the low-pass filter output then becomes:
the low-pass f

hm 02 20m 4 h 13 20m 6 1m 27 2 0m4

I- 20 2
°lp
—
m +
~lI
+ +
4 8 4

2B f 1 /2 o 4Om O im 2 \1102 2 ’ hl l l ’O im
4 3u m 1o im 4\
~~
)y + p +11 13 2
(..
.
5L
+
. .. ~ °m °im
\~f~ [ ~ I
~~~~~
4 - 1
~
2 2
~ ~~~~~~~

‘if U~ 0n
+ h ~ ,i —+ ~° m ‘
7 L)
-- \4.f~4 ~~~
~

The mean value squared of tIme low-pass output is sinmply h00 1’ The ratio of mean value
squared to variance can he evaluated as a f u n c t i o n of ( ‘ N c, a nd S/ I. since t hey jointly constra in time
relationship between 0 m and in Equation 17- 12 ), 1 h is ratio is shown in figure 7-3 .Is a functm on
of (‘/N 11 with S/I varying.

- - ~~~~~~ . -= .-- -,
. ~~~~
 8 T
~ ~

¶ _ _ _ _ _ _

_ _ _ .
_ - - - - -
- -
- -— -
-
-
- ‘.
_ _ _ _

(‘4
_

~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ (‘4

_
5;
’1
~ OO ~ 3S ION 01 NV3W Q3dVfl OS ~ 0 0I1V~

7.7

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~
 ~ ~~~~~~~~

400

200

•Exper imental data point , (S II = 24

80 _ -

/
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 16

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
9
_ - -

10

8 6

6 -
~~~~~~~~~~~~~

S/I = 3 dB

4
32 36 40 44 48 62
C N 1~. dR .Hz

Figure 7-3. Ratio of Squared Mean to Variance — Low-Pass Filter Output of Envelope
Detector , B = 800 Hz
~

- ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - ~~ —
—- —‘—~~~~~~~~~~ —-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ — -—-
 Note t imat at high ( N 0 t h e ratio is asymptotic to a value determined by the value of ’ S/I .
aimd this asYmptote is aim increasing l’u n c t iomm of ’ S/ I. On the other hammd , at very poor C/N 0, additive
imoise don miimates time imm uhtipat hi and a common asymptote is approached f ’or all S/I .

’
Also shmowm m 7-3 are performance data taken in the laboratory for a no-multipath case
in f i gure

IS - h m )‘ Thme ex perimeimta l data confirm the above cw theory extremely well.

It is apparent fronm f ’igure 7-3 that the observability of the S/ I parameter is very poor at lower
C’N c, va lues. Thmis results s i n c e the additive noise contribution to the variance dominates that of the
multipathi. amid the curves tend to converge at low C/N and become independent of S/ i. Conse-
0
quently, a immodif ied variance calculation was employed that used a 250-Hz rectaimgular characteristic
(timis filtenm mg was per formimed in the f r e q u e n c y domain by operating on the spectral estimates). Again
it may he assumed timat all miiultipath-re lated components are being passed unattenuated . while the
noise contribution to time sari a nce is reduced by a factor of ’ roughmly 250/800. Recalculation of
equat loim (7- I l) using B 1. = 250 Hz then provides a theoretical relationship between time square of’
the process mean divided by time new variance and time parameters C/N and S/ I. Th is relationship
0
is shown graphmic alh y in figure 7-4.

7.2 ENVELOPE DETECTOR OUTPUT PROCESSING PROCEDURE

Time analog waveh ’ormii is samp led at time T est Data Processing Center at a 2000-Hz rate using a
ID-hit .- l) quant lzer ( 1024 levels ) . Little aliasing distort ion is thus present. For every observation
~~
time. 10. 5 sucim samples ~~~~ sec ) are written on magnetic tape along wi th m t ime time code.

Processing of ’ this time series consists ot’ the following steps , illustrated in figure 7-5.

a. Estimate nme an and mean-s quare value,

b. Remove nmeaim amid linear drit ’t components , if ’ any, f ’rom time time samples. TImis renmoves
time dominance oh time large dc component irm the neighboring spectral estimates.

c. t a p e r tim e ti me se ries it eachm end of the record according to:

5 ( i) = S ( i ) sim m ~~ ~
. I ~ i <O . ( N

ir( N-i l
= SIll simm ~~~~~~~~~~ ,
() t) N<i < N
O,2 N

= So) elsewhere . ( 7 -13 )

7-9

—— - - -
- .-
-
.-
-
~~~~~~
-,‘ - ‘-- “--
r~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1000 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __________ __________ _________ __________

800
700
600 .s/I = a) —

500
400
30C
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
s/i -
24

~~ 200
s/i = 20

bc _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _____ _____

s/i = 16 .

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~
— _________ _________
s/ i =
12-

~ 20
—
~~
/
~
= 9

16 ••••••• • •
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ s /i =6
~~~~~~~~~~
~~
_ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _

8
7
6
5
_ __ __

40
__

44
_

48
I
52 56
32 36
C/N ,d[3 -H
~
Figure 7.4 . Ratio of Squared Mean to Variance -- Low Pass Filter Output of Envelope
~
Detector, B = 250 Hz
~

-. .
 ’
C ST A R
~~~ ~~

BIAS REMOVAL 1)51MG CAL ( TA

~
I

COMPUTE ~~, ? 4140 ~

.2

REMOVE t(A N AND LINEAR TREND

I
I

-
I APPLY TAPERING TO SAMPLE
[ FOR SIDE-LOBE REDUCTION

APPLY DISCRET E FOURIER TRANSFORM

TO OBTAIN SPECTRA L ANALYSIS

APPLY SPECTRA L SMOOTHING WINDOW

CO
MPUTE NOISE FLOOR ,
MULT I PAT H POWER ,
AND DO LEAST-S QUARE
F IT W ITH SPECT RUM
MODEL

DETERMINE C /N BY LOOK—UP TABLE

CALCULATE ( ‘~) 2 / Q” , AND ( ) /MP

[ ~ ~

2 2
\ UTPUT C /N 0 ,(~ ) /q- ,/
ETC .
/

C RETURN
~~)

Fiqure 7.5. Envelope Detector Data Analysis Algorithm

7- I l

-
_1_.
‘ — . ‘—— ------- — .--
~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~
 -- ,~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ r ’--~~~~~~ -’
~~~~~~~~ --- - -“~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Thu s cosine tapering acts to convolve the observed random process with a “filter ” having
smoother impulse response: hence the equivalent spectral window has lower side lobes.
This minimizes spectral bias due to strong components “looking through ” the side lobe
to contribute at other l’requencies.

d. Compute tIme discrete Fourier transform of ttme resu ita rmt record and obtain the m agnitude
of ’ the spectrum. With the data set given, spectral coeh ’ficients are available roughly every
2 Hz t’rom dc to 1000 Hz.

e. Smooth the estimate in the frequency domain. The estimate t ’rom step d typically has

rather large variance. Estimates of smaller variance are obtainable by weighting several
adjacent coefficients on either side of a desired t’requency. In the procedure given here .
unif ’ornm weighting was used for 10 points on eitimer side of the point in question.

f. Compute the following statistics :

I) Noise floor the average spectral level between 250 amid tmOO Hz. a region nominally
devoid of multipath and with in which the handpass amid low-pass filter rollot’l’ are
not yet important.

2) Multipath power — the spectral energy lying between 2 and 250 Hz, Th is is the
modified variance described previously, and which also includes sonic noise
contribution.

3) (Mean) /noise floor and (mean) 2fmu ltipath po w er these terms are used to
estimate C/N0 and S/i.

g. Using (mean) /noise floor , determineC/N 0 from Figure 7-2 using the S/I = l(m dB
curve. At this point S/I is an unknown parameter. but little error is incurred over time
range of 38dB- Hz < C/N c, < 4 8dB-Hz by using time S~i = l(m dB curve.

h. Using timis same C/ N 0 and (mean )2/ mnultip athm power. interpolale f ’or S/I in figure 7-4 .

7.3 PROC RAM I NPUT/OUTPUT DESCRI VFION

TIme v.i ri ous p rogra nis u si mmg Ihe e ny c lope detect or a mm a I ~ s i s a Igori tim ni Ii .tv e lime same signal
strength data out puts tot all programs . w it h tIme minor ex ception ot a mmtem m mma tcsl c , I s e s ‘l Ime input
data to this ,imij h~ si s al gor i Il ium is l ime same for all programs .

“ .1

- -~~~~ . -- .~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ .
 Input data specified whenever the signal strength analysis algorithm is used are as follows:

Sample rate: 2 kHz

Taper rate: 0.1
Spectral window width: 40 Hz
Initial values of a 1. a,, a3 : Specif ied by user
Low-pass jilter bandwidth: 800 Hz
Bias value: Specified by user
Signal strengtim record analysis skip factor: Specified by user
Signal strength plot skip t’actor: Specified by user .

Direct output from time (‘DC t h00 computer is in the form of computer listings. This listing
inc ludes a printout of’ tim e smoothed spectnim as estimated from time signal strength time data, con-
vergence data used in time least-squares-fit algorithm , and a printout of’ the fitted model spectrum. it
also includes the following parameters as a tabulation:

Date and time of ’ test

Mean value oh’ the signal
Mean square value of ’ the signal
Theoretical spectrum coefficients (a I’ a,. a3 )
Ratio of squared mean/a 3 (noise floor)
Variance
Standard deviation
Ratio of squared mean/variance
MP, defined as mnultipat im power pius noise power
Ratio of squared ntean/mnultipath power
(‘ - N c,

A signal strength summary plot can be made for each of time sum maries described above. The
data to he plotted are output onto a plot tape. whmic lm is timen run ofT-line on the SC 40 20. Time plots
include the measured data-smoothed spectral estimate and the fitted model spectrum. In addition.
several parameters . also printed on the listing. are included on time botto m of time plot output.

7.4 SAMI ’L E Rh S t L r S

Figures 7-n and 7-7 illustrate time sm mmoothed spectr al estimates for two cases selected arbitrarily.
Flmt ~ f ’ir st is for a Type I test when mm apprec iable mnultipath is anticipated, (Actually, the spectra l
-
-

analysis approa ci m shm ows an absence ,mf additional energy in time 0—1 00 117 region for Type I t e s t s , indi-
cating that time anmt e nna S I is at least IS dB in geumer al , ) Time second plot (fig, 7—7 ) is for a I ~‘pe II r u n

7- 1 3

-,
~~~~~~~~~~
~~~~~~~~
 with intended S/I in the 8-dB range . A definite spectru m increase is observed in the mu ltipath
Doppler z one, and the curve fittin g and parameter estimation procedures are illustrated below.

From figure 7-7 the squared mean/noise floor statistic is 52 ,500 , and from figure 7- 2 the
estimated C/N0 is 46.9 dB-Hz. Although the squared-mean-to-modified-variance ratio (250-Hz
bandwidth) is not printed on figure 7-7 , it is given in compu te r list ings and for this case wa s 1 1 . 0 .
Use of figure 7-4 then yields an S/I of 6.5 dB.

Repetitive averaging of similar cases over a data run provides estimates with accuracy ascribed
to be ±0.5 dB in C/N0 and ±1 dB in S/ I. Table 7-I is an example printout, showing smoothed spec-
tru m , best-fit spectrum , and statistica l summary. The data interval does not correspond with the
plots of figures 7-6 and 7-7.

As a check on the agreement between hardware C/N 0 mea surements (for example those
obtained with a wave analyzer or spectru m analyzer) and those generated w ith the computer proce-
dure , a sample tape was generated for hardware-determined C/ N 0 values of 38 to 50 dB-Hz. This
tape was digitized and processed in the usual manner , and the calibration curve of figure 7-8 was
generated. This curve was not used in the da ta reduction oth er than to show the ra the r good agree-
ment be tween hardware and software approaches. The computer method becomes less accurate below
4 38 dR-Hz bec ause t ime noi s e bandwidth at the detector input is 5 kHz, implying that the output
stat istics are quite insensitive to C/N 0 va lues lower than this point. For example , figure 7-2 is nearly
horizontal in this region.

7-1 4

L ., . .
.
 :
- ~~~ I t ~~ S E E l S~~~~~ ~~
•• 0 E 1 E I I •
Uflo 4.J ** 1*,J l . L u , i & ‘u , bi l&l k’ k. l& ’ (&. k ’ .

-
~~

-
*0 . 0 C C .1P- C In C .4 6I .flSP- t., 0 l -

I I

I
~~~~~

I
~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~

I,— , 0 _. .4
,.. 4.. 1:. 1L4.1 1:.
*
~~
I p., In IA IA if if if (
A U’ t p e, . it. 4’ if if SIC Its Il if
~ -
- I
~ ~
I I
~~ l
.._ _ . 4_ _ , ._
0 i ~~~~
On e 00 0 C’ 00
-
~~~~~
00 ccl C o C 0 0
‘
—a 5 4.4 I*4 k , 1 . ,I* *S * 0P4 N : 5 I
O Pa
NC
N .4 0, It P if N
0 J P S .S N, 4 ( ’
0~~~~~~~
0 0 0 00
S I S S I S
0. if
CO
(‘4 —
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
0. - C
i f N I Au % a~~~~‘
S I~, I
Ci .I CI .
I I i’W k ’
— if s IA i
f OS .9*0

14J It’ J
I i
O S 0 0 0 0 C O Nro S f r ’ O’ .0,, t e nn e C o
I
-
~~
. It’ C’ V 0- ,1, if —
14. 0’ C N . 0 if .
“ IA C’ 0’ 0.. .
4 if i
f
- +
I ,
- ~~~~~ 04 Si Eu . .a Eu Eu Eu ,
4 . 1 . 101 04
-

~~~~~~~~
. .:
I 4 1.’0’ “ 3 U’ o n ~~~~~~~ i ~~~~
ci — ~~~~~~~~~~~~
e r* t’- In 0’ .4 0’ • I
Y ’Y
~ ~~ ‘‘
•01 ~~~~~~~~~~~ ‘* N I C ~ IS1+L44IS.k1. ~ 0’ .0~
I O P.. PC N I ... :
,
4 0’ J C’ It
.I . DO
UI (‘C It’ US IA IA U’ if if
.9 C I’d .0 0 .
U~ ‘4 C ~‘l SO US 50 US IA It’ U’ IA i
f U’ 0
101 4 3 C 04 .0 0 . 2 0’ -
-

— 00
.4 .4 N N (Si .
1—‘ V’S .4C4 Eu 4 0.4 04 54
. 0 -

eec 0 50 0 Eu
—.
~~~~
. 0 ~~.
ItOt 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0
4 . 2* 1 $ 1 1 1 1
iiI 1.1 1* 0 1.,.I .
00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
. .. S I I l l s 2 . E -
.0
—
(iS O
SI E uN 0 - 0 i. fC IC%
I 1.1
. I P.,
*
kJ I.4 I.J W I44 ISJ
C. Ii ’ *1 (i l i - O k Is, 1.4 U.
1 5 4 3 N 0’ ”S C IA O N O 30
• .3 .9
.4
-
0’, 0 0’. N N It. I ’ 0’ ‘4 3 C S. C C 01 if if 0 U’ IA 4,.’
. F ) % 5. .,I L
I’_ P_ I ’. 0— N ~‘.
* ~
2 e‘
0’ 0
’ ‘
U’ 4 1 S 4 N ..t .s s .z s .94 c 0 4 -
C” fi 0’ 0’ 0’ 0 0. %
. 2 4 3 4 . 23 • 4 3
S N 0 0 0 0 0 Cf El 0 4 P . i 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 . 4 . 4
~
CM . . 1 E u S C N 4 5 0* C . 0 4* 00 * .0 *0 .4 Eu ’ S C N’ O ,’. . t e •
4 P-i N 54 — .
.5. 4 N Eu SI (-S
—J (~~ : .0
000,43
- 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 50 0 000 Ca 0 0 50 C’ 0 0 0
U
•
I
t..I N C if C N
—0’ ,O P
~
.9 21
.4 0’

~~ ~~~+ : ~~~~~ : . (- . C.
~. , .:
,
~~~~~~~~~
- ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
‘I ~~~~~~~~~~
554 .
2
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~LI ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
U ’ Eu
U* 4 E u N 0 0t t f f ’ J ” 3 3 0- S i N 2 ~
P’,
c, It, ,0 _ _ 0 _
‘S ¶ - ‘ ,
I,.*
s— . 4 e i if f I Au’ IA IP ,r, f l’ N NP,
.- ‘ 4 2 , ~S i f ( A j S ( A i f 5 0
-4 1.
. ’,P P- . 4 W ’ 0 “ N
-

- . ,-. P) N .lIPO’ lfl N f

rI•
.4 .l.4 e c N
-

~~~~~~~~~~~
-
•SI ‘ 0 0* 1 0 (A
0 l ~~~~~~~~~~~~
0 . 4*. I.’.

I :‘~~ —; .
~ ‘- ~
,
~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~
I if .~ ‘
.~ ‘ (“~ — -.——
S . t - .O S- dS 0
.4 —‘ .. N
‘ P ,l 2
. 0* C
.
— .
.
S 4
——
- -
,
,iI
55
~
—
‘
~ =

p . V e S t
- . - , ,‘. ,c r ‘C . , , p
~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~
-

01

.1 ,- ’ . .
S •~~ 4 .C — k
~1 ~~~~~~ ,‘I
~~~~~1 9 - 7 , , 0 - c S~~~~~
? .’ ,— .

:::
fl
0 4 5 , 1 4. 11 1.1 ’ , S. ’ . . ~~ t.~~~~ ” ’~~~~ : 1 . 4 1 ., , I* 441. 4 .5 1..

::
~
---
_
; ~~~~
:
~~

1-I S

~~~ i
l
_ . . _ ~~~~~
- --—--- — ‘- -— ‘S ~~~
~
~
-.- ,-— - - . .—. —
‘ “ ‘
:
~~~~ ~~~ ~~~~~

C —

-t2. C

‘ t$ . C
m i. ‘ ‘ ‘
iia ’i ‘i ü.o
0 ~~~~~~~~~ ~~ ~~~~~~~~~~
f * IO U CW C V t IdC* I ZI
~~~~ ~~~~~ ~~

DATE t t / t 0 / 7 4 -D KEAN 100 .7

START TfM( 23 I5~~/54 ,$ SO .t1~~A N / N Q I S ( ~ I ,OoR 2, 2S ( .04
SP(C t~ UM P~~~AM(t( q ~~~ .oln
42 t 0 .0 7 5 9
43~ .5053
S0 .M C I N /V A R 2 0.se t C /I~O 42 .11

Figure 7-6. SpectralAnalysis Plot of Envelope Detector Output.S/I ..‘75 dB

 12.C — — — — — — — — — — —

ii hi: i
i i
~~~~
I:
I::
II I1I
fl~~~ I000 200.0 ~03.O
r IED U E N E T t I’.CRTZI
400.0 500 .0 000.0

D A TE j I ”I 0/7 4-D MEAN 71.5

STAR T T IM E 2 3 /t 5 / 1 4 0 SO. M E A N / N O I S E r Lo o R S.2SE .04
SPE C T R U M P RA M C 1 ( R Al. 7 .5 4 0*
~~
*2. 75 .0380
43 . .121 %
5 0 . ME* N.’ V A R 0.91 5 C/NO 45,9f

Figure 7-7. SpectralAnalysis Plot of Envelope Detecto r Output, S/I = 6.5 dB

7- 17

“---4-- , --‘--.4.4----’
~
-~~ - - —— -“ -
‘- ~~~~~~ —~~~~~~~~- , -,---‘-, ..
- ~~~~~~~ -— _ _ _

46
V0

Ideal calibration x~

~~~~~~~~~

_ _ _
38
X HP 312A
•HP 141T

34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48
Real-time measured C/N , dB-Hz
0

Figure 7-8. Computed Versus Real-Time C/N0

7- 18

-
.- ~~ - - -- - -—- .-- - —~~~~~~~~~~~~ .-,.-
, “ - - — - ,, .-- —- - -~~~~~~~~~ -~~~~~~~~~
‘ ~~~~~~~~ ‘- - “.
 8. VOICE MODEM DRandA PROCESSING

Voice data processing includes parallel efforts by Boeing and (‘BS Laboratories. (‘BS Labora-
tories provide int elligibility scoring using listener panels and supply test results to Boeing. Boeing
processes the data to obtain C/ N0 and S/ I, described below.

8.1 DETERMINATION OF C/ N0 AND S/ I

The signal strength data are computer analyzed to determine C/N0 and S/I t’or vo ice modern
tests. Process ing is controlled by a program that calls subroutines to position the data tape by using
tile numbers and segment times. The algorithm is shown in figure 8-1. The determination of C/N 0
and S/ I uses algorithms described in section 7,

The digital tape t’ormat is as previously described in tigure 6-3. Each signal strength record
consists ot’ four time words , one identification word . a 1025 signal strength sample words. Each
signal strength wor d is 12 bits long. A record occurs t y 5 sec as controlled by the lRlG-B time
code.

8.2 INPUT SPECIFICATIONS AND OUTPUT FORMATS

The input to voice program test segments consists ol’ the entire specification ot’ signal strength
analysis related parameters as described in section 7.4. Further data specified (‘or voice segments t hat
relate to tape positioning and segment identification include:

Date of test
Tape number
‘[ape file
Start and end time of segment
lest mode (Type I or I I ) ,

The output from a voice analysis segment is described in section 7.4 and ~onsIsIs entirely s ’t data
resulting from si gnal strength analysis ,

8-I

I , --—
 I
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ‘- - - ‘- --,-~~~~~ -
. ,

START

INIT IALIZE
P114

INP U T
SE1~ €NT
DATA

ENVELOPE DETECTOR
ANALYSIS TI lE
SEGMENT SUMMARY
AL GORIThM
(Fig. 7—5)

TERMINATE
SEGI tNT
~

.I

YES CHECK
FOR NEW
EGMEN

NO

STOP

Figure 8 1, Voice Data Processing Algorithm

~

I
‘
 I

9 . DIGITAL COMMUNICATION DATA MODEM DRandA PROCESSING

Digital data modem processing is controlled by a program that calls subroutines to posit ion the
tape at t he correct file number an’] time, process the signal strength data to give C/ N 0 and S/ I
statistics , and process the PN sequence digitial data message .

9.1 DIGITAL TAPE FORMAT

The digital tape t ’o rrnat (‘or digital segments is as previously shown in figure 6-6. This tigure
shows that each digital data record is comprised of four time words and one identification word , fol-
lowed by tive blocks of data bits. Each block (one per modem) contains 205 1 2-bit words (2460 bits
per block) and corresponds to a digital data channel recorded on the airplane, thus corresponding to
approximately 2 sec of data at I 200 bps. Signal strength is sampled every seven digital data records
(approximately 14 sec) and is t’ormatted with the applicable time code and ID shown in figure 6-3.

9,2 ALGORITHM FOR DI(;ITAL DATA PROCESSING

Processing the digital data involves signal strength parameter computation , hit-error rate
determination , and error tabula tion , Figure 9-I iflu strates the sequence of operations performed.

For the time segment defined for analysis , data is input and subroutines are initialized.
Signal strength records are separated t’rom digital data records and are processed to provide (‘N o and
S/I parameters as described in section 7. The digital data records arc processed as described in the
next section.

9,3 DIGITAL DA I.-\ RECORD PROCESSING ALGORITHM

The digital data record proccssing algorithm is shown in I’igure 9-2. Within each d at a record.
the five blocks ot ’ data lone per recorded modern channel) are processed in turn starting wi th channel

~— I

- ——— ‘ . -- --- - _- _ .- .- -- - ‘ _ ‘
~ --, _ _-— - . ‘——-- -— ,
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
~~~~~~ ~~~~~~ “, ~~~

‘--I

I _ _ _
_ _ _

-
9. ~

-
 _ --‘.-
, --- -
, - - -
~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~

Start

Begin with
channel I

Next channel

Yes End of
Return channel toop

No

NJo
cha nnel to be
rocesse
Yes

Is record Yes
the first?
No

Synchron ize
Ifig. 9’31

Error count

No
NER > max ?

Yes

Tabulate All phases No

errors checked ?
Yes

Reiect channel
record

Figure 9. 2. Digital Record Processing A lgorith m

9.

‘t ff’C ! —
j_ 5 ‘ TLJII, I -- : Lr - ,
flWrrr,p11, : -~
.
~

I. Since not all live channels are always active, a skip provision i s made (or o m i t t i n g the processing tor

selected channels. If the d a t a record to he proce ssed is t h e l ’irst record within a time segmen t. data
synchronization (reference PN sequence sync hronization I s perlorined. ‘[his process will he described
in detail in section 9,3,1, If the data record is not the )irst within a tim e segment . it Is assumed that
synchronization has been previously achieved and bit-error counts are made. The hit-error count i s
then subjected to an acceptance rejection test. If the count exceeds a II) error rate threshold. the
resynchronization mode is entered. If the error count is accepted. the number of errors , the error
locations, and other data are tabulated . Inter-error spacing and block error histograms are also com-
puted and stored for t he segment summary output.

9.3.1 Synchronization ol’ Input Data to Reference I)ata

To process the di g ital data, two items associat ed ~~it h synclironiLation must he accompli shed:
a. The error- )’ree re ference data sequence must he generated.
h. The referenc e sequence irnist be synchronized in phase with the received dat4i for
bit-by-hit comparison .

The transmitted PN data sequence is ol’ length 2047. described 1w t h e generator polynomial
+ + I. An identical rel’erence PN sequence is generated in the computer. Starting with cacti
bit of t h e re ference sequence. 204 7 60-hit words are t’ormed an d stored in niemorv . Because of the
properties of a PN sequence. eac h of the~e 1) 47 60—h it words has a uni qu e I l - h i t pattern in the II
most significant hit positions. The rema ining 49 hit positions are filled with the normal continuation
ol’ the PN se~itience. ..~ cross-re ference table is created so th at . given a particular Il-h it pattern , the
60-hit word with the same I I-hit pattern in the most significant hit positions ca n he tound.

The algorithm I’or s y n c h r o n i z a t i o n s illustrated in figure 9—3. Basically the method ~~~ns i s t s of
extracting the first I I bits l’rom the input string and using the c rt rss-i el ’erenee table to determine which
of the 2 047 60—bit refere nce words has the same I 1— b il pattern ri the irs ) II hits. 1 he re ference
words are then called in the prope r order to l’orm the rel ’er ene e sequence. Bit-by-bit comparisons arc
then made with the input data string for the entire block of data hits in the record lör t h a t channel.
If the two strings are not sv nchro nuied . t he error rate will he a p prosi mately 5( 1 - and t h e s i c posi—
lion will he rejected b y the error rate threshold te st I II) errors ) that lot low s If reço’eti irii occurs , the
s y n c h r o n i z a t i o n al gor ithm is repeated. thi s time us ing the so’erii id group o l I I hits tw i n the input data

stream. T his process is contin u ed until s v n 4 ’ l i ro n i i/ a l i i s n is ao ’ liio’v o ’ ol or the end ol the channel block i s ’
reached. If s~ nc t iro ini/atiu ii 5 not ach ieved (all tr ials yie ld error rate s grea ter t h a n I). I(fl . the 24(d) hut ’ .
trom that particular record and o’hna iii iel bli rek ,iie reje c ted. When t h e end the d,ii.i block b r t h is
channel is reached. ti le s~ ic lnroiii ,ati ~ n algor it hini is applied t o the dat i block bri r t h e nCst chiaitnel.
Synchronii.ituoui is perlornied indepe ndently for ca cti ‘I llio ’ is C chiani iets ‘.ince hit s from thi.’
demodulators .ure not ii L’co ’ s si ri I ide ill ca I l~ Ii tited.
 ( STARTD
~
SET POINTER
TO FIRST 11 BITS
OF INPUT STRI NG ,
SET ”SYNCHRO ”
TO NO
__ __ _ _

___
~~~~~~~~~~~A~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

FIND REFERENCE STRING

IN PN SEQUENCE LOOK—UP
TABLE CORRESPONDING TO
11 BITS SPECIFIED BY
POINTER IN INPUT STRING

C T U ~~~ _ _ _ _

1~OUN T NUI ~ ER OF ERR6 ~ 1

IN INPUT STRING __ _J
~
YES NO
NER< MAX

SET SYNCHRO ” MOVE POINTER TO

TO YES NEXT 11 BITS IN THE
SET END OF INPUT STRING
SEARCH SET END OF SEARCH
IF END OF STRING

Figure 9.3. Digi tal Message Synchronization Algori thm

I _u _ c

_ _
~~~ - - - - - ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - ~~~~~~ _ - - ~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~
 It is readily apparent that an error-free group of II bits in the input data string is required for
synchronization to be achieved with the above method. At the bit-error rates encountered in this test
program, this condition has a high probability of being met with the first group of II hits read. Ever.
if several attempts are required to achieve synchronization , all 2460 bits in a channel block are
examined when bit-error counts are made. This is achieved simply by using the reference words to
construct the reference PN sequence for the entire record , both forward and backward from the
synchronization point.

To minimize computer time requirements , resynchronization is not performed unless required.

Once synchronization has been achieved, the position of the last bit in each channel is saved from one
record to the next, thus making it possible to resume comparing the reference string with ,the input
string without resynchronizing. The re ference sequence and the 2047 60-bit reference words stored
in memory are generated only once for each computer processing run.

9.3.2 Block Error Statistics

Block error statistics and inter-en-or spacings provide a measure of the channel’s tendency (‘or
error bursting. To provide block error statistics , the input data of one channel is considere d as a single
string, from start to end of an entire time segment. The string is divided into adjacent blocks of n bits
(n 24). The number of errors in each block is counted and tabulated to give the frequency of occur-
rence for a given number of errors per 24-bit block. This tabulation is output as part of the segment
summary .

9.3.3 Inter-Error Spacing

The histogram of inter-error spacing gives the frequency of a given separation in bits between
successive errors. As for the block error statistics , the input data is considered to be a single string
for a given channel and time segment.

Figure 9-4 illustrates the received string, with some error positions (x) and the inter-e rror
spacing that is given by the difference in error positions. The tabulated output gives the frequency of
occurrence for a given inter-error spacing and is included as part of the segment summary .

9.6
 - . ‘.- - _ - -
- — -
~~~ ~~~~~~~~~ ~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Received data string for channel End

Start
I
100 105 106 116 200
Jf— ff
~
x

5 1 10 4Oo r
Error more
spacings
Figure 9-4. Inter-Error SpacingDefinition

9,4 PROGRAM INPUT AND OUTPUT DESCRIPTION

Inputs to the digital data processing program include all the signal strength processing param-
eters expla ined in section 7.4. In addition, the following parameters are specified to position the
tape, identify the test , and specit ’y the channels to be a nalyzed :

Data of test
Tape number
Tape tile
Start time of segment
End time of segment
Test mode (Type I or II)
Channels to be analyzed.

Outputs provided by the digital data analysis are as follows.

a. Error locations are tabulated for each record processed (table 9- I). The time of each
record is printed and, if errors are present, the channe l number containing errors, number
of errors, and hit locations of the errors in the data block (locations run from hit I to
2460) are also given.

h. At t he end of each time segment, a segment summary is provided (table 9-2), This
summary inc ludes the date , start and end time of segment , experiment mode identifica-
tion , tabulation of number of bits analyzed for each of five channels . number of errors ,
and hit-error rate. Also included is the block error histogra m (‘or each channel for the
segment and the inter—error spacing histogra m (table 9_ 3) , At the bottom oh ’ th ie j ilter’
erro r histogram, the number oh’ resynchron izations required during the segment is gi scui
for each channel.

9-7
 IA
l b
.4
‘
4.4 I i-.
. .i
’ -
•4) I N
,., i
• . a’
I •
‘.~ —~
I . I

l
~ ~~
a’ .4’
u’
. .o
.i - ‘ : i 4’

P1
~ ~~
I “
I
~.
-
IA
14’
I ~‘
‘
P.)
7’
IA
-, ~~
a’
,A
154 ,
,I 4’ 7 I ~‘ . .4’
. 4 .4 “4

.4,
454 - . ,~~
_.4
p,_ ;

14 * 3 1
4~

~~~
p
•.4
~
~~~~~~~~
~~~~~~~~
I tAi
0
I
-
~
N
a’)
I
‘a r’
~~~~
‘4 N )‘4 r • “ “ - ‘ -
~~ ~~~~ 1 ~~~ ~~ I
‘ -
Ii
-

I”.
~~
.i 45 P45 ‘0 ~2 45J~~~
I .
~4 . )
- _
~sa 0
~ - I u’ = o ~ ‘4’ -o ,
“ 7’ - I
- 4’J 14’

I US .47 ‘‘ 0 )4’ P’ - .4’ -0 .4 a’ P.) ‘4’

~7’
- - -fi CM .7
I
54r4
.0 0 .n
-
t._ IS’ , ‘Cl - —, c.. Pr’ in us In in e. )n J
~~~
- ,.
0’
U, ~c ~4’
ii . 4 , n.’3 a’ ‘0 l)
~ ..J
~,
.4 4.) .
-
~~~
—- .4
-
—
I
p., ’o ,.. : ,
I—.
7
us - -. , ,. , ,,
415 ~~~~~
‘5 ~~~~~
P. cI ’
~~ ~~~
’S r’J
-n
~~‘ i
~ ~~‘ 0 ,
-

.
.4 ‘ .2 US .1) - - (5 ‘ ~- ‘7’ cC” ‘j u 0 .a -C’
.‘.
.4 ‘4 . ~ 74
154
-—
.4 —l - ~ .4 (‘4 ‘ ~‘ -
- - I

o
-
-

‘7’ 45 P ‘4’ 0 “4 15’ 4 itS IA 7’ ‘5 ‘4’ “ 7”4 .7 47 “0 1’ -. “S ~- 154

P...?. ti .3” .4 ‘4 0 (P (5 ‘4) VP ~fl 4’ . 4 .4 4(5 o P - ‘0 154 145 tO P
N’
US .3* U’ .4,,. 7 ‘4 . 4 ~% —, -
C~ -‘•
1 -
‘
(‘.4 (15 ~I ’
.4
‘4 ‘ 4’
S.
4’ ‘t’ 0 US
“4 “4
“4
“4
“S -a I,
.4 I
’ fl’
“4
O - I I
—.
- ,

“~ .4’ 4Sf ‘( -. US “4 ~‘0 in t 4.. 4 p.. p., PPP51 .‘rn ,, .4’ (‘1 P.- “ 0 —‘ 15 ‘) fl .4
~~~
J N. f— P-~~~J , ~ j . 4~~ j n . ,.. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 0-fl 7’’ ) , - 0 .4 4 4, 4 ) v .u P.. . P .J ’ J
.4 -4 uS up it. P up

I
.4 ‘4
~
I, 4
— 4 1 54
I
P5 15
‘4 1
T~ “ .3’
—4 —4 . .3’
‘.4 .~
0 P . 0 UP -
, -
.
4 II. 45 .. -o 0’

,
~~~ i I

hp J in 10 P~5 .4 ..) “1

I
‘0 “4 ,f 54 .4 4.’ .1 l~ J Vp p 4 . fl .4 PSi .-4 (54 4’
~ .4
~
~4 N~

I I I

~
 - , ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
.-

”” 11.
I I COO- ‘%J US P’S ,., S n) . . .N N O O O t . J O -O
*s fl.4 .4 ‘~~~f l

I‘
S ‘P4 14 5.? IJI 4~J 1 ’
P Z ’O r) S I
.e .* , ~,p -
-
I I
U - l i 4’)
I
I

-
-

I i
“‘ I
I

. , 4 0 4 ’ 0 , P I S P’J
~ 4 P ’ i~~ ’ 0 ”

0 I -
. 4 ) 0 S .7
Z ‘Pt P p.,.
.0 0 P S J . 4 C P O C JJ O
0 0 0 0 . 4 0 0 0.,3
4L.2
30 t 2 13 0
1

I t~ .4 (‘.3
4~~I - Z (’4 I , I

, ~~~~~~~~~
I ,
,
~
I
.
>“ i ’ ’ - ‘— ‘ i -
I - -
-

I
-
-

~~ P- ”. N
-

4’ -
~~~~~~~~~~~ I -
:

~~~~~~~~~~~~
‘. ,,
~ ~ -
-

iI ’ ‘P. -7 N PP ‘7 . 4 P’S “S 45 — “ 4 US .~ 5 455 . 4 “,fl C” 54 4 ’ .4 -P’S 0 5)

4 . ~ 0 Cif o ri
~~~
— —4 .4 .,4 ‘fl .0 .“p .4 n4 .4 .4 -
~~

‘~~‘
- I
I I
I I
-
I
LU ‘ I, — - .
.2 “ IP I
~
I
- . P
‘7 -
1 ‘I
43 ~ , ‘~~ — I
“U ) I I I
I I
“7~~~~
-

-
~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
14) .3 .4 1”) .0 4 1— .i P US -, 04 .4 .1 4 . 4 in - — P.) Ca a a .3 ‘4 Ci, ‘.3 .
3
.4 Z P ’’P’ 7 -
‘7’

I 1 -
I
-
-

I -
-
-
“ .4 j P . 4’ 5 J ’ Iu. a.P ’ . , i ” .~~~~~ P U ’ ? .&4 P,.. , P ’ , , . 4 . . ifl
~~~
•4 .4 .-4 — I ’ i . ’ i .I — . 4 . p P ’ J ,.p -’4
~~~~
— P ‘[ I
-
-

~‘ I ‘. 5 .4

9()

_ _ _ _
 ~~~~~~~~~~4 ~~~~~~~~~~j I i I ~~~~~~~~~~I J I
1 J

.* I~ i 154 .4 .4 .4
~~~
PD !
.L 4 h 4* cSi I
. CA
‘r ’
-

I
~ I

I
~ L 04 .451(5 N’ P4’ 4 in P 004 1 N 154 04.4 ‘4’
I
~~
IA ips 7’PSJ 3 .4 .4 —I -‘4
~~ “4 .4 15-
ZN I Ifs —

)
C•)~~~~ I I
~~~

I J ! I

~ I I I
(
,~)
I
’ * J a .— J O . aO .4’ CJ . 3 n 0 . 0O .-4 ka CJ ’D fl C , 3 4 J 0 0 & 4 0 0
- ~
I I I I
-

td Oi PSI . d n - J C O P 4
I . I
,,I.3 t a f l o “41 .1’
ZN , . 4) -
-

I
I

—‘ I I I I I I I
LU 1 .0
I ~~~~~ ~‘J .1’ 7’ IA 7’ -‘5. ‘0 ~ .4 04 (sI ‘.1-‘4 .-e .4 0.1 154 ‘54
~~~
a a’ .
~ .‘~
n .4 C C a’ 3~ ~~

UP 1.4 - 13’ P51 I-~~~? .4 (‘p4 ~.4’C .4 4 P.) PSi

4 0 4 . 4“4 ti . . C O LS .4 Ca F’ ~‘ ‘4 ~~ sa 71) ) 0 .4~ 4 ~~ ~~
i n.

I i
r I -
I I I

I 1 ,J P
— ~~
~
.4fl.J J ’l~ p , jf 1 ” 0~~~~~ ,’4 ’~j P ’ 5 4 , 4 5 4
* ~~3 ’” -i ,SP,I . , J L , L I N’ I ) P P , . , 4 0 4 P 0 t Iat .C’ i— ” C’ J

I
I .‘4 ,,4 .,4 .4 ,i . J . 4 . i . 4 . 4 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 7 —
- -
, ‘ — I -
I
I
I
-

‘
I ‘ III

I
-

I I
,

IP
I - ‘ P .i i
-

PU
I I
,
i~~~~~~ I
-- I ‘
I P I I- ‘
4’
—- I I -
I

P~~~
t . I

9- 10

— ,.,,.—
 - .

tO. RANGING MODEM DRan dA PROCESSIN G

Analysis of TSC and NASA ranging data is provided by the same ranging software , The analy-
sis . performed on time segments up to 5 mm in length , includes both relat ive ranging error and signal
strength analysis. The time segments analyzed are chosen for their relatively constant aircraft param-
eters and for the constancy of C/N 0 and S/ I.

lO. I DIGITAL TAPE FORMAT (TSC RANGING )

Source tapes are converted to digital tape for the TSC ranging modem at TDPC. NASA infor-
mation is received in digital form. The digital tape format for the TSC digital ranging modem data was
shown in figure 6-4. Table 10- I describes the meaning of each of the status bits and code information
bits. Each bit in the range information corresponds to 25 nsec in range time. For each range value
there is a corresponding t ime and for every 16 range readings there is a signal strength record.

TABLE 10-1. TSC DIGITA L RANGING TAPE LEGEND

BIT 1 THRU 27 0 FILLER
BIT 28 70 MHz PLL LOCK E D +

BIT 29 70 MHz PLL LO CKED -

311 30 CLOCK PLL LOCKED

BIT 31 CORRECT CORRELAT ION
t iT 32
~
BIT 33 CODE FORMAT I
BIT 34 CODE FORMAT ‘3
BIT 35 CODE FORMAT 5
3 T 36 CODE FORMA T 7
BIT 37 CODE FORMAT 2
BIT 38 C OD E FORM A T 4
BIT 39 CODE FORMAT 6
BIT 40 CODE FORMAT 8
BIT 41 MSB

R.AN E DATA
~
- 1 BIT = 25 nsec
BIT 60 LSB

10- I

...
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~
L .
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

10.2 RANGING DATA ANALYS IS ALGORITHMS

The overall ranging data processin g block diagram is given in figure 10-I. The signal strength
i~ cords are separated from the ranging data records and are analyzed as described in section 7 to yield
estimates of C/N0 and S/I. All processes described in that section apply to the ranging data signal
strength samples.

The major blocks of the ranging analysis algorithm are shown in figure 10-2. These blocks are
described below.

10.2.1 Purge of Unreasonable Range Values

Before the range values are analyzed, the en tire array of range val ues i s exam i ned to de t erm ine
if the values are reasonable. Specifically, the second range value is initially assumed to be correct and
any change from this range to the range at the next data time will be less than some specified threshold
value. This test is repeated on the entire array with the differential in range being calculated for all
adjacent ranging values. For acceptance

Ir(t +1 )— r ( t ) I~ R~ (10-I)
~ ~

where :
r(t ) = range at time t 1
~
r(t ) = range at the next range reading output time
~+l
R~ = differential range threshold that may not be exceeded (R~ usually 10 .000 meters ).

The values of range that do not meet this criterion are purged from the ranging data array and
the rejected data is printed out. When a range value is rejected , the last valid value of range is saved
and used as r(t ) until a point is found that meets the above criterion.
~

10. 2.2 Least-Squares Fit and Error Array

Values of time and relative range are read I’rom the digital tape into an array in the computer.
Following the initial purge of unreasonable values , a least-square s I’it to the empirical data is made
using a second-order curie:
‘S
r(t) = at +ht+c. (10-21

The method of the least-squares fit is explained in appendix A.

1 0-2

________ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
 START

INITIALIZE
TIME
SEGMENT
RECORD LOO P

INPUT RECORD

YES END OF NO
SEGMENT
TEST
STORE RANGING
I; PI~OCESS DATA VA
RANGIN G
DATA
(Fig. 10-2) ENVELOPE DETECTOR
I DATA ANALYSIS ALGORITH
(Fig. 7—5)

TERMINATE
RANGING SEGMENT
OUTPUT RANGING
SUMMARY AND
ENVELOPE DETECTOR
ANALYSIS S UII~1ARY

( RETUR)

~
~~~~~

Figure 10.1. Ranging Time Segment Processing Algorithm

I 0-3

L - -- ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -- ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ .
 2ND ORDER LEAST— SQUARE FIT

ERROR ARRAY FORMATION

COMPUTE ERROR STATISTICS

TERAT I

5o- LEVEL
N2
PURGE

0
POINTS
EJECTE

~~~ ROR
I DISTRIBUTION
ANALYSES

‘ ‘
~~~~~ ETURN~~~~
-

Figure 10-2. Ranging Values Processing Algorithm

10-4

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-

‘ ‘
 Whe n the least-squares-fit curve has been determined, an error array is t’ormed using the least-
squares curve as the assume(l actual path. The array is formed using the following algorithm:

(t ) r 1(t ) r(t ) ( 10-3)

~R i
= ,
~ ~

where:
r1(t ) real-time-measured range at time t~
~
r(t ) = assumed actual range at time t~ as estimated by the least-squares-li t curve fro m
~
equation (10- 2) .

10,2.3 Error Statistics

Error analysis is performed on the error array l’ormed above. The mean and m e a n squared

values of the error array are calculated as:

(t )
~~~ R 1 o’4 1

2
—
i— I
n

where n is the number of range values in the array.

l’he variance and standard deviation are then calculated from

~~~~~~ 2
o2 ( (
~R
— (

A second purge is now performed on the data. Any points found outside the 5o l i m i t ’s are
deleted since they are assumed to he caused by equipment malfunction or incorrect ambiguiR resolu-
tion and would corrupt the processed outputs. The purge is accomp lished by eliminating the ranging
values from the data corresponding to points outside the So limits. Purged evcn Is ar e printed as part
of the output. If this second purge operation occu , s , t he Ie.ist- ’5qIia re’s lit is repeated to form a uic ~
error array and new value s are computed for mean, mean square , and variance.

b- S

- - - __
.—I’. ‘. .— ——- - ,r
 - ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

lO.A 4 Error Distribution Histogram

The error distribution histogram is l’ormed as part of the analysis that leads to a chi-squared
goodness-ot ~fit test. the lower limit t ’or the frequency distribution is chosen to be X L A R — 2o and
the upper limit is X = A R + 2o. Typically, eight bins are used in c o m p u t i n g the histogram. The
~
midpoint of each bin is tound by

AX AX AX AX
XL . XL + .. - . . X —. X u +—
~~~~~ ~

w h ere:
AX = IX - X LI I K - 2 )
~~
K = number of intervals or bins .

In forming the actual error histogram, the two tail intervals contain all the points outside
t he upper and lower frequency distribution limits. The renlaining error points are contained within
t heir proper interva l, betw een the upper and lowe r Izrnit.s of the histogram as determined above.

l0.2.~ (‘hi-Squared Goodness-of-Fit lest

A chi-squared goodness-of-fi t test is made on the range error data. The mean and standard
deviation of the observed error array are used as estimation parameters to determine a theoretical
Gaussian distribution with the same total number of points as the ohsers ed sample of range error
values. This theoretical distribution is used to construct an expected observations histogram having
t he same number of cells and bin size as the error histogram constructed. From these two histogram’s.
the following te s t statistic is computed :

K —
.2 =

i=l F.,

w here :
K = nuntbcr of bins
= n u m ber ol obs e rved ranging errors in sample bin i
= tll eor cI iL-allv c \ p L c t c d number ot error’ ‘s Ihin samp le bimi i
/ AD—A O 41 864 BOEING COMMERCIAL AIRPLANE CO SEATTLE WASH FIG 9/5
/
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL EXPERIMENTATION AND EVALUATION WITH THE NAS——ETC RJ)
SEP 76 A D THOMPSON. S C WILSON . P F RIEOER DOT— TSC—107—’e
UNCLASSIFIED D6—44049 FAA RD—75—j73—4 NI.

3 3

I
 I ~~ ~~
I.L~ L =

______
2.2

II . ..
~~
~~ I t~
I°
-
L8
~~~~~~~~
~

1 1 ’ IUfl i~ ~~
.25

MICROCOPY RISOLUIION 1 SI CO ASI

NAII
~ N~ L HI~ I5A U A
~~~~~~~~~
 The x 2 test statistic is used in combinatio n with the number of degrees of freedom to deter-
mine the probability that a samp le of the same size , randomly chosen from a known normally distri-
buted population of large size and having the same mean and standard deviation , will have a
statistic greater t han or equal to that of the observed sample.

The number of degrees of freedom is known to be equal to K — k. where k = I + number of

parameters estimated from the observed data. Since mean and standard deviation are both estimated ,
k = I + 2 3 and the degrees of freedom are found to be K — 3. The probability values are deter-
mined by a look-up table contained in a subroutine known as the chi-square distribution percentage
point table.

10.3 INPUT SPECIFICATION AND OUTPUT FORMAT

The input to ranging program test segments consists of the entire specification of signal
strength analysis related parameters (described in sec. 7.4). Further data specified for ranging
segments relate to tape positioning and segment identification:

Date of test
Tape number
Tape tile
Start time of segment
End time of segment
Test mode (Type I or H).

The output from the CDC 6600 consists of t I) signal strength summaries , plots , and time
segment information discussed in section 7.4 and 2) range data information. The range data informa-
tion outputs include the following:

a. Input data read from the digital ranging test tape , as shown in the example of table 10-2.
The items listed are :

I) Point: Number n, identifying ~th measurement of segment being

analyzed

2) Status bit: I 70 MHz PLL LOCKED +

2 70 MHz PLL LOCKED-
3 CLOC K PLL LOCKED
4 CORRECT CORRELATION
5—-

I0-7

3~~~t t ~~~~~~~~~~~
.
 4 3 N r n 4 N ’.J t’4 t~J C n 4 tSJ ,,j ’J -J rg , . ’j n j n j ’ . J r j n , , S J J P I N S 4 J N N P J N” J
. 4 f Vl I . 4- 4 fl Lp
.1 .t .3 .5 5 5 .5 .5 .P
~~~~~ V I U’
U.5 1t
~~~~~~ s .4.5 ,~~~.
3 5 .5 I .5 1 1 .5 3 .3 .5 4 5 3 .~
’. .4. w o’. a C u’ . as .n ’n ’n
5 .5 ..5 3 4 P
I
DD,D .o . D , . O O . o o.o D .D . o o,o o .o 4 0 0 n D.0 .0 ,D .O’D ,0 ’D tO nD
0 ,0 41 fl .0 13 ‘.5 ‘5 , ‘5 Li 4’ 0 0 0 45 0 1 —, II (0 ‘0 ‘T3 ,‘j 41 .4 0 .4% 0 0 0 t •
~
,0 0. I .
0 11 9.0 .0 01
‘ 4 , 4 , 0 . 0 1 3 4 4 3.9 43 ,0 J . O ’O .9 OW 0 0 ,444 03 .~

,)(3 ,,‘ % .34.3~ .~ 5.)J ‘ .) ( 3 ( 3 4.3 (3~~~ (. 3 ’ .) ‘3 3 ’ ) 3 ‘.3.3 ..I c) (3 (

3 (3 ( 3 3 ( 3 ( 3’)
~
(jl,(,P(J LI . J U ~~ J sn ~~ , , ( , , ( j , . I . j . , ’ .I t, J , ( , ,J .14 I U ’.3 .l J .J 4 J’O’J
v, ’fl f l i l ‘% ‘,l fl I f l A 0 v s f l V ) “I n 1 , ) n f S ‘( ‘.0 . 4 /5 n V) J) v) 5 n ,
’I V1 vi
~~~ ~~ ~~

——
.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
‘—I 5.4 5.4 5.4 t-• ~ i ‘4 ‘3 — .4 3 ..
i ‘.4 4.4 44 ’.4 ’4 I.4 •..4 .-4 ..t 5.4 L4 .’4 5-4 ‘.4 (.4 4.4 5.4

~
(SI
.
~~ ‘
.p.. 4.- P... 5-. IS P.. I
IA Sn 455 451 ‘5 ’.
. _ I-.. P. P.. s— p..5— , I 5-. 5— 5-. p.. P.. 5-. 5’.. P.. p..
) 44.5 455 IA .4% 3.5 IA 455 .45 ..‘I (4% (51 U’. IA 4’. (A p.’ P.. P.. 51
..
p. 5—. P.— ~~ ~~
P..41 P.. 41 (A
3t.
(A
“I F ) c 4 J S n P .. s ( g .n l n _ n f l . .’ I,.’I ’4) ., —) , . , f l ,.) ...-, fl 4 j t ’ lj P S f . ’% l”) ffl
CS’)
A I f l j,fl ,fl 4’. 4p J’, U \ 4A Ifl u , s i ~~
, ’. o4 .( f l 3’I U’I ’I. (I. L’ 44% 44 ’ 4., L ’ tj4 IS( Ifl 44% Ift IA U’
ec3Or.flfl a.Ja a o - , n , 3 ,,,3 o O, . . , , , 4 c .a . ) r ~~ f l h r , f l O
5-4 ‘sj n’.s C’., n’.a s,j ‘ .Jn~ ~~ ‘4
-g g Pd ‘44 (44 . 4 5-4 J ‘.4 -4 J 44 ‘.4 444 04 .44 ‘44 04 04 544 444
~~ ~
.

I I . I

I .

LI LLI
~~ . 35, 4 IU I’ .j 5 , ( 1 5 4 . I (IS (I% ’ I J 4 4 J L I J iL# ’.j , • W ‘.j ’ 4’ 4 444 _ ( . 4 W (4 444 ‘.S tiJ ’ I I ( d 5 , 4 (J I4i
( 3 4 4 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~ ~~~~~~ ‘I~~I ’ ’4
~
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
‘.3.4 .4 t4 ,4
~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

IA IA 41 3 .3 * Sn —5 ‘. I Sn (‘.4 (‘4 (‘.3 .4 .4 .4 .5 “4 3’. C ‘P ( ‘~~ ‘3’ ‘4’. = .~~ I.

.. 5.- 5’.p..
~
5 5 ~~ 9 5. 4 ~“ — — (4 “.5 .5 44.
C —4 (‘.4 ‘.4. ‘‘ ....e C” ‘,.4 .4 5-3 “~ .5 (SI .0 5-. 0 1’ C
4~~ .4 ,’5 U% 5.(0 4 _ n ( 4 I~ P . . $” J _ f 4 3 .04 10J ( 4 . 4 3 0 . S ’1(A 1 ’. 4 _ n 3’ . I S _ n *

..
~~~
4 -.4 .~~~ ..~ .~~ .~~~~ ‘4 ; .; ( .0.0 ~~~~
ç Sn , 1) _ n —p ’.’.p., .0 ,‘,5’. 5.~ —(
~~~~~~~~~~~
, ~ ~~~
ri ”5 — p’. ’.) I’.I ‘I
4’. , I I
~~5 P f l _n~~~5 ? 0 s , r s .~
, n_ n~~~ . ,., .‘. p.,
I—. ‘4 ‘S. — ‘4.
’ . S.t “.— ‘ S “ “. ‘. % ‘4 ~S “. ‘S ‘S —
‘ ‘4. ‘S “S ‘.“S — ‘S
— “S ‘S ‘S ‘S ‘ S ‘S

(45 fl (0 fl *0 (5 * fl (5- ((4 ,. ( .4 0% ..I ‘4 ’ *4% ,

0 4( 141 45- 1% *5- II’. .5 4% (fl
‘S ’S ’S ’S ’S S’ S
’ S ’ S ’ S ’ S ’ 4 . ’~~ ” %
I .44 41% .4
‘ S ’ S ’ S ’ S ’ S ‘’ SS ’
34 41
S ’’S
S
t—J 0 4 0 4 “~~ 54J N .‘44 *0 Pg (‘.1 *43 . 4 (‘4 4% 54) .54 0 Al .44 *44 44 ‘3 ‘d na 54 .44 (‘4 “.4 .4 ~‘I (44 (44 - 4

5- — p.— — p.— — — — — —
I’- - ‘ .( J ’ 55
5.. 4. 1 E 44. ~ 44. L 4.. ) 4.~ 1 44. T 4 . r L ~~’I
t 44.. E 4.
~~
•~ 4 ’ 4 5-4 ’.4 (‘4 4-4 l I.4 *.4 .4 ,.4 ‘ 4 ’ 4~~-I ’..4 .~4 ‘.4~~ 4 ‘.4 5.4 1. 4 . 4 . 3 1.4 .4 44 44 1.4 1.4 . 4 (4 5.4
I.-. — — — — — p. — — — — P . — — — I- — S..
~~~ .
-—

a.
.4 .4 _4 _4 _4 _4 •.4 •4 ‘.4 .4 .4 ,4 .4 .4 , 4 , 4 .4.4.4 .4 5 , 4 _4 .4 .4 .4 ,4 .4 . 4’ 4 4 . 4

.4 . 4 . 4 . 4 . 4 . 4 4.
. .4 . . . 4 . 4
. 4,.4 .4 • .4.4,4 .4 ..4 ..4 .4
.4 .4 .4 . 4 . 4 . 4

— 4 4 .4 .4 .4 .4 .4 .
• _4 .4 .4 .4 .4 .4 .4 .4 .4 54 ‘.4 ‘.4 .4 .4 .4 .4 .4 ‘.4 .4 .4 .4 .4 ~4 .4

1U .o .
. 0 0 5.4
~‘J 53 0 —. .3
-, .0 3 p 54 .-I ,.3 # 3f l = 0 *1 .’I S (4 0 ‘.4 O f l C’.

. 4 . 4 ’4 _4~~ ’4 .4
-4 , 4 . 4- 4 . 4 -
4 a . 4 . 4~~ 4 , 4 . 4_I _4 _4 .4 _4 54 . 4 4 4 _ 4~~~I, 4

‘ 4 ’ 9 * 4 ..4 .4 ’.4~~ i L 4 ’4 .—4 ..4 ’.4 I.4 ’~4 4 - 4 . 4 . . 4 . 4 k 4 • ._4 ’ . 4.4 - 4 . . 4 .

.4 -.i ’.4 ’4 ._4 5—4 I.4
.3 .4 .3 .1 .4 .3 (4 .1 4 .4 4 3 .4 .2 . 5 . . s . i . .4 ., .% ..* .4 .1 *4 .4 .4

P .— _ __ _ P. —. ,— I — t 1_ p .
~~~ — , — ’— ~~~
‘ I f) 0 ./I /) ‘ I n / I l n f l 1,00Y% .‘I Lfl ’SI l% .l ‘I O n ‘ 5 0 ~. ‘5 . 0 0 .4 ”) .5

ifl(I) p.. 0 (0 Sn — *44 ‘5 .3 (3% .44* P.. is .5’ ‘4

— 44.4 ”? 5 fl I’ PI . I ‘J 5, . -( 4 _n 5 44% 44
~
~
5 3 .3 ., (SI (II (0 U, .1% u’I ,II 44% ((S I- ’. U 13 13 ‘3 ‘.4 ‘44 .13 %4j .44 5-. 5. 5.. p. Sn p.

——
.4 .4 . 4 .4 . 4 ,4 .4 .4 .4 .4 .4 .4 .4 5.4 .1 .4 .4 . 4 . 4 .4 ,4 . 4 .4 .4 ,4 _4 ’.4 ’.4 .4 .4 .4
*

.- - I_ _ I— S - . p . ~~~~~
— ‘ . . ~~~~~~~~ p. 5-~~~~~p . — . — 5- _ p., . ...
p . p . .- . 5- —

(UU 3 U L . 4 . 3 ( 3. 3 O 3 . 3
ft 0. St 0. ‘5. ‘) ‘5. 0..iI 1. 0. ~ ‘5~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
. 55. St ‘5. 0. ‘5. (5. St St 0. St ‘5 ‘5. (5. 0. ‘5. 0. ‘5. ‘4. 0.
~

b-S
 3) Time : GMT at which range measurement was made.

4) Range: Range in meters

5) Range in nsec: Range in nanoseconds

b. Purged range errors , censore d range error values, and range error array (output not
shown).

c. The ranging segment summary , as shown in table 10-3 . The mode type refers to Type I or
II and the code status bits refer to table 10-I. Other items are selt’-explanatory.

10.4 PLACE RANGING DATA ANA LYSIS

PLACE ranging tapes recorded and furnished by NASA for analysis are reformatted from nine-
to seven-track digital tape compatible with the Boeing CDC 6600 computer. The slot and row data
pertaining to the KC-135 are used to determine which records are to be analyzed. Time and range are
read from the chosen records and put into storage in memory . At the end of the segment the range
values that have been stored in memory are analyzed using the algorithms described.

The ranging data analysis outputs are essentially the same in format as those described in
section 10.3 except that printouts specific to the TSC digital ranging modem and signal strength
analysis are not included. An example output is given in table 10-4 .

I0-9

—. . .— .——— .5 4
 r ’- ~~~~ :
~ ~
,~~~~~~~~~ ,
P
~1 A- .
‘. ‘ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
•.
C ~~‘ — . - - ‘ . - —

TABLE 10-3. RANGING SEGMENTSUMMARY , TSC MODEM

——
‘ TATh
~~
1 F
~~~~c ~s a a~~
W ’Y N Y S U N N ~ P V
p.... 0.. s o s 0 5 5• Opus .s.. a s a d a. as ...a..

5 / 7 5_ P
u, 17, 1o.or
_____________________________
—__________
~~~~
!‘ 0
~ ‘VT ~~ 11/ 16/15. 00
I _________

‘N’~ 0D4~ CD F~~t rI’rFF y et a NtS 59 3 —50.57 ~ 3 —1.13 6 3

— ~ • ___________

( F -‘ I T 5 : t ”
~~~~~~ ~ ~
191W ’I#S 3 P P ’!’S 1
r 0 I0 ~~ c~ rc ~~~~~~~
~~
— ~ 3* N ~~ ~ , ~ ~~ ~
0M 71.3
~ FQ ~~~~~. ~~~~~~

rsq
~~’. ~~ P T q tJtT ~ N
,1’~~
! vst. NI” °~~~!NT M S V ~~ C~~ OF ~~~~~~~~~~~
~
Y PF CT
~~
NO. OF 6I~S.
I —I ~~6. °~~S .7 5 .6
— I 2 ~~. 6~’’ 1~ 6 .2
12 15.~
_____________
25. _________________ _________________

5 — ‘ .?.~~O t 30
4 6 — 15 . .? ” 36
7 11~. ’6’ ~ 49
P 5.2. t t 33 33.6
~~ ~
9 p 1.3 3’ 24
_______ _______________
15. ’. ______

11 1’~~. 5 . t ’ 5. P.?
’5
12 ~56. ~ 5 5 5 .6

D0 IP t.. Y ?t ‘Wit ON ~~~~~ U6 ’5~~” V 6 T 1T ! Y~5 e5i 9 ‘t HiN

~~~ ~ ~~ ~ ~~ 1
~~~5t ~ I i T ! ~~1~I C

r~~~#~ ’itus qyt s C 0 .~ 0 1 0 0

~

10— 10
 ~~~~~~~~~~~

REST J~’A !,!~~ f f r £o y

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
TABLE 10-4. RANGING SEGMENTSUMMARY , PLACE MODEM
.‘~~~~~ N 4 4 I . . G 1
~~ I C ~~ ~~~~
4
N1 S U I r I A R Y
S S S P SI S
~
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

13AT~ 3/ 27/ 75 03C—5 TyP E 2

_________
£ T 4 ~ T T IsI E __________________ ______ _______________

~ T~4? T I ’~ . 2/ 33/ .01

.1 j 1L: 13

2ND ~~ DEP FI T C C E F F X C IE N T S
CF ?.4I~iTS
— .i~)i7
in
~7. 7T7 e — ‘.16.6 32’.
______ _______ _________

( . 5 , i 1 4 3’ . ( 4 CF P .INT ~ NSOI ~EO 0

~~C A1% :k c , N=T ~~~3
FMS c. o ’ C R ,
~ ~ _T 4 33.. *.
~ ~ ~ ~~ ______

L r K I s’ . 1LST.<I.UT L3 I
~ ______________________________________________________________

,T
~~~~~~L ~~~~ P~*I~
1T HU, 1d E, 9F C 3 S Z . i z P~~CT i G Nb. OF CoS .
~~ ~
I ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
.2
-
2 —~~u t . u 6 3 -
59.8
I ~~..1•€o 3 59. 8
~~~~ • • ‘~~~~
55 .2

PP O M o l 5 . 1 ! Y 1 4A7 I— U *p .. 3~.j v A U A TE IS ~~~ A TE ~ T HAN TE.~T STATI ST IC .387

- -

PC I kT 1 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~.‘.— ‘ L i .. i~~~~~~~~~~~ 2-J ~ 4NG E

_ PCINT 2 It) ~~
...5,T1H
~ 12 2’ Zó . 513 ~ A NG ~ 15..o22’.55
Pt.I NT 3 1~ 22 .
.
~ ..1 IME 12 32 .920 ~ AN ~ E 154422396

Pi_1H’T ‘ It) 22 ..—T1.’L 12 1 39 .320 sAN ,L

~ ~ t 5CSo22b9 ’.

PC .I NT 5 113 22 4.~~.T I M ~. ~.2 21 ..3.7ZC ~ A N c .~ ___________15 1.o226?9

PC INT 6 113 22 ....— TIME 12 2~ 52 .123 R A N r ~E L5 ~.
db 9222

PCXr3 T 7 113 22 4. 4...TIME 12 fl Is .51, &AI ~~~ 15’ .ó2 3J26~~~~

PC1~~T 113 22 _4~ ,T~~M1 12 21 5. .929 ~ 0NG E 15’.6~~3~ 4 .3

~
PCIs. t ‘I IU 22 ,‘ .,TI’ i . 12 2 1 11.319 ~ A NCC 154.623 2 2 3

Pt 1 IT 1~ 113 22 ~ w ’.fi5 ’5 ”. 12 21 17 .713 kAHGC 154.023953

Pl I S T 11 113 ~~ . — . T I ii~ 12 ~~1

2...11~ ~~
.5 I 4 1 4 E

• PCI 4.T 12 It) 4 . . . T j 5~ _ 12 Ii 3 J .5 1 3 15’.424.53’.

~2 kAri G~
- - - — — —
PCI pY 13 11 2~ . *. . t I , : . .2
~~
i. ~6.91 3 R 1i ~ I 15.C2’.’t 9
P1 1 ,T 1.3 ~~~
. . TIM — .. .. .
~ .3.32 ~~~~~~~

1. .- ( . —- 4
~. 7 l 3 ‘ ‘.‘.,~~ .
,

. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 4
- — - ‘~~ - .: .(‘.1 ‘ ‘ —.~~~~~ s ’
. . .
 11 . ANTENNA TEST DRandA PROCESSING

The antenna test data is processed in the same manner as the voice data with one minor
deviation: it is identified as antenna data in the identification word as shown in figure 6-3. The
signal strength records described below arc examined for the I or 0 antenna bit to determine to
which antenna the signal strength record applies. The algorithm flow is essentially the same as for
the voice case ( fig. S-il. The signal strength data is processed to obtain (‘IN0 and S/I using the
algorithm described in section 7.

11. 1 DIGITAL TAPE FORMAT

The digital tape format for antenna tests was shown in figure 6-3. Each signal strength record
consists of four time wor ds (hours . minutes. seconds , and milliseconds), one identi fication word, and
10 25 signal strength sample words. The most significant bit of each signal strength sample word is
either 1 or 0 depending on the receiver to which the carrier detector unit is connected. The number
and spacing of signal strength samp les are under the control of the receiver multiplex signal, which also
determines whether the signal strength bit is I or 0.

11.2 INPUT SPECIFICATION AND OUTPUT FORMAT

The input to antenna progra m test segments includes the entire specit ’ication ot ’ signal strength
analysis related parameters as required (described in sec. 7.4). Further data specified tot antenna test
segments relate to tape position and segment identification:

Date of test
Tape number
lape tile
Start t ime of segment
End time of segment.

The output fro m an antenna analysis segment is as described in ‘. c c ti o n 7 .4 . con si s l i ng entire ly

• of data resulting from envelope detector data analysis. T he antenna hit is printed on the envelope
detector analysis output to indicate to which antenna the data is applicable.

i l — I / I I— ’
 , -.
~~~~~~~~ - - - —~~ -— -
-~~~ - --

REFERENCES

4-I . P. A. Bello and R. Esposito . “Measurement Techniques for Time-Varying Dispersive Channels ,”
Alta Frequenta. no. 11 . 5.01. XXX IX . 1970 , p. 980-3 hOE to 9%-326E.

4-2. C. (‘ox and W. Munk , “Slope s of the Sea Surface Deduced from Photographs of Sun Glitter .”
University of California Press. Berkeley and Los Angeles . 1956 , p. 43 1.

5-1. W . H. Peake. “Satellite to Aircra ft Multipath Signals Over the Ocean .” final report 3 266-2 ,
Ohio State University Electro-Science Laboratory . May 1974.

7- I. S. 0. Rice. “Mathematical Analysis of Random Noise .” Bell System Technical Journal. vol. 23 .
1 944 . and vol. 24. I )45 .
~

7-2. D. Middleton. AN INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICAL COMMUNICATION THEORY .

McGraw-Hill. New York. 196 0, p. 16 1-195.

7-3. W . B. Davenport and W . L. Root . INTRODUCTION TO SiGNALS AND NOiSE . McGraw-Hill,

Ne w Y o rk , 1958 , p. 288-300.

R-h R-
_

APPENDIX A

LEAST-SQU,. RES-FlT ALGORITHM

~

The least-squares-fi t method is used several times in the processing of the modem evaluation
data. Although this method is well known and documented , some explanation is necessary to describe
the software used in one of the ATS- processing cases (signal strengt h processing). Solving a least-
~
squares fit consists mainly in finding the minimum of a function of one or mote variables. In the case
of signal strength, a method was found that is an el’licient tradeoff , insofa r as implementation is
concerned, between a numerical and an analytical approach. The least-squares method used in modem
evaluation programs is presented in general terms lirst. then each particular case is explained.

A.I GENERALCASE

Suppose n measurements (X i. Y ) are given. The least-squares lit is a method for finding
~
m unknown parameter values of an analytical model V F(X ,a .a ,
1 m~ that give the best fit
to these points in the squared-error sense. The lit is considered best when an “error” F . function of
parameters and input points X . ~~~ is minimum. E is defined as:
~

E(a 1.a 2 = F(X i.a l.a - (A-I)

1 ~ ~

In the general case the partial derivative of F with respect to a

I ‘ ‘2 m is taken and set
equal to zero. The resulting m equations are then solved simultaneously ~for a
I~ 2 rn

Specitic cases of least-square s fit used in the analysis of ATS-6 data are discussed individually
in t he following sections.

A. 2 FITTING WIT h A t.I NI-A R FUNCTION FOR LINI AR DRIF1 RI-MOVAI.

The function F X .a 1 ) chosen Is :

F a1 + s X
~

A- I

. . ,, ._ —-
--
- .
, - - -
 ~~~~~~~~~~ . ...— .
- -. ~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Substitution in equation (A- I I gives:

F =

aE aF
The minimum E is given for — — = 0 that is,
-

aa 1 aa, ~

= (a l + a 1 X _ Y ) = 0
~ ~
~~l

X (a i + a X _ Y ) O
~ ~~ ~ ~

or

= 0

2
a 1~~~X j + a 2 E X j _ X Y 0.
~~~ j 1

This is a linear system with two equations and two unknowns.

A.3 FITTING WITH A SE(’OND-DFGREE POLYNOMIAL FOR RANGING E)ATA

For a second-degree polynomial. the function used is:

2
F(X .a ) = a, X a3 X .
~l
+
~ +

A-2

-— — — . .- .... _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ~ 4
~

i’he same previously described steps yield linear equations with three unknowns , which are solved for
a1. a,, a3 .

2
a1 E I +a ,E X +a 3
~
X
~~~ ~
=

~~I

3 4
a 1E X~ +a,E X~ + a 3 X
~~~ ~ ~~~~ ~~

A.4 SPECTRUM MODEL

The spectrum model used is not linear relative to the a parameters, a fact that complicates
~
the der
ivative expression. Short of an analytical solution. we use a iterative numerical solution.
Convergence by iteration involves computing the function with an initial set of values for a and
~
varying the parameters in search of the minimum E(a 1.a 2 ). The t’unction derivatives
~
aE/aa provide useful information to increment the parameters. Note that most of the operations
~
needed to compute F are common to the computat ion of each aE/aa . The function evaluation.
~
derivative computat ion, and the convergence algorithm are the main parts ol’ the least-squares fit in
this case.

A.4. I Function and Derivative Computation

r The function used is:

a
F(X.a ) a 1I e —
~
J
+

where :
X = frequency variable
a proportional to multipath power density
a, = one-sided multipath bandwidth
a3 = proportional to the noise power density .

A-3

—_ a_ - =,,_- — —--,.-
 This may be rewritten as

F(X.a > = a 1 F 1 (a,. X ) + a 3 F, (X)

~

By substitution in equation (A -I ) :

) - Y~~~~ A -2 )
F (a~ F 1 (a,.X~) + a 3 F ,(X i

The following notation is used for simp lification:

F i for F 1 (a .X ). F,~ for F, (X i).

~ ~ ~

aF 1 (a~ .X)
FP- tor
aa -~

The derivatives of E are :

=
E F i~~(a i F ii +a 3 F,i _ Y i)

IaE
— Y 1)
~‘
= a i FP (a i F ii + a iF ,
~
~

l~~~F n
=

i
~

A-4

______________________________________ ‘1
 ______________________________ - .
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -

11w previous equations can he rewritten.

- + I
~
~
‘ I hi ~~~
~~I ~~ ll
~‘
—
l i I I

a12 FP I- a,a 1 ,
~~ F- ~ FP~—a 1 FP
= +
~~ ~ ~i ~

= F , F 1~ 4-a 3~~ h- 1 2 E ~ i t 2i
~
— 13
3
~~~~~~~
i=h ~=t

In this relation F 1 . F~ 1. FP are an array of values. is independent of the .i~ para mete rs . Ihis
~ ~ ~~
array is computed only once. F 1 and FP are functions of a and should he recomputed at each
~ ~ ~
iteration. The array FP1 is computed from F i values:
~

al:
1 ~~~~
-
FP- =
aa~

2
2
F 1 (a .X)
-
~ ~

A.4.~ Convergence

The convergence algorithm used to find the minimum of the function F is given in figure A- h
The al gorithm com put es the function and its derivatives with given set of para mete r va lues . The
parameters are then increase d or decrease d depending on the sign of the corresponding derivativ e . The
increment step is initially defined to he 20 ; of the parameter value. The following rule is used to vary
the step s i / c : if in two consecutive steps the corresponding derivative does not change sign, the s t c p
size is doubled (up to a maximum ot 20 of the p a r am e t e r v .ilue ) : if the derivative does change si gn .
t he step s i/ c is halved. Convergence is stopped after a given number nt iterations.

In the algorithm of figure A - I . the previous step parameters are denoted \~ . the correspond-
ing tunction and deriv ativ es are denoted I- A and ai- .- aA , and B is ii d for next i t e r a t i o n va lue .
~ ~~
is the increment size.

A-5

_ _ _ _ _
, “at - -
-. .- ...
~~~~~~~
.- ..ZI1~--L
...
.. .
 ,-- , ----- - . , - - - - - - -.- - . - --- -- - -- - - --— -
- .-
- - - - -- - — -
-. -~~~ - -~~~ - - - -~~~~~ -- ~~~~

-
START

COMPUTE
FIRST FUNCTION aE A
AND DERIVATI VE S I EA ,
VALUE J
ITERAT ION LOOP

INCREMENT ) B=P - ~~~ *SlGN OF i ..

~A.
PARAMETERS FOR ——— j— 1, M ~
3
~~~~~
NEXT ITERATION

COMPUTE
EB ,
NEXT ITERATION
VA LUES — —- —
—
j = 1,M

END OF CONVERGENCE —————— TEST

NUMBER OF
CONY.
RETURN

TEST DIVIDE
YES
BY 2
EB > EA ~
j -1,M
j 1 ,M
NO

TEST IF DERIVA TIVE

CHANGES SIGN
J ——— YES

VARY STEP ~~
— — MU L T IPLIED
~~V IDE D

EA’EB
SOLVE PREVIOUS~ ~EA aEB
RESULT —

Figure A-i. Convergence Algorithm

. . ____________________ - - - “
 - ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

APPENDIX B

SEA-STATE DATA REDUC1’ION

B. I MEASURED PARAMETERS

The sea-state measurements avai lable from the buoy can be listed as follows:

(‘ompass bearing
Roll angle
Pitch .ingk
Acceleration along thre e axes
Wave staff height measurements.

These variables are discussed below in terms of their code and calibration properties.

B. I . I Magnetic Compass Bearing

The compass bearing is obtained as a parallel digital output. The code is a seven-bit Gray code
shown in table B-I ,wit h one division equivalent to approximately 3° (i.e., 360/ 1 28). The time con-
stant of the compass is roughly 3 sec. The reference line on the buoy is in the pitch plane, as shown
in tigiirc B-h. Clockwise rotation results in an increasing angle.

B. (.2 Roll Angle

Roll angle is available as a I2-bit output from a synchro/digital converter. The roll angle is
offset so that in a calm sea the digital output is 2048, i.e., an offset binary code with one least signitl-
cant h i t corresponding to

= 360 x 2~~2 degrees

= 5.4 minutes.

Depression of the buoy port side (relative to the reference line) results in an increasing roll angle
indication.

The roll (and pitch) angles arc derived from displacement gyros that are gimballed to indicate
angular disp lacement 1 m m horizontal or . more prec isely, angular displacement from the long-term
( 5-mint average . Figure B-h indicates the orientation of pitch and roll angles.

B-I

- ‘_ ,
~~~~~~~~ -
 -

TABL E B-i . GRA Y CODE

Weight s
64 32 16 8 4 2 1 weighted
Code Order Decima l Degrees

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0
O 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 003
O 0 0 0 0 1 1 2 3 006
O 0 0 0 0 1 0 3 2 008
0 0 0 0 1 1 0 4 6 011
O 0 0 0 1 1 1 5 7 014
0 0 0 0 1 0 1 - 6 5 017
0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 . 7 4 020
0 0 0 1 1 0 0 8 12 022
0 0 0 1 1 0 1 , 9 13 025
0 0 0 1 1 1 1 10 15 028
0 0 0 1 1 1 0 11 14 031
0 0 0 1 0 1 0 12 10 034
0 0 0 1 0 1 1 , 13 11 037
0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 14 9 039
O 0 0 1 0 0 0 15 8 042
0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 16 24 045
O 0 1 1 0 0 1 17 25 048
O 0 1 1 0 1 1 18 27 051
O 0 1 1 0 1 0 19 26 053
0 0 1 1 1 1 0 20 30 056
0 0 1 1 1 1 1 21 31 059
O 0 1 1 1 0 1 22 29 062
0 0 1 1 1 0 0 23 28 065
0 0 1 0 1 0 0 24 20 068
0 0 1 0 1 0 1 25 21 070
O 0 1 0 1 1 1 26 23 073
0 0 1 0 1 1 0 27 22 076
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 28 18 07 9
O 0 1 0 0 1 1 29 19 082
0 0 1. 0 0 0 1 30 17 084
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 31 16 087
0 1 1 0 0 0 0 32 48 090
O 1 1 0 0 0 1 33 49 093
0 1 1 0 0 1 1 34 51 096

B- 2
 TA BLE B. 1(Conringjed)

Weights
64 32 16 8 4 2 1
Weig h ted
Code Order Decimal Degrees

0 1 1 0 0 1 0 35 50 098
O 1 1 0 1 1 0 36 54 101
0 1 1 0 1 1 1 37 55 104
O 1 1 0 1 0 1 38 53 107
O 1 1 0 1 0 0 39 52 110
O 1 1 1 1 0 0 40 60 112
0 1 1 1 1 0 1 41 61 115
0 1 1 1 1 1 1 42 63 118
O 1 1 1 1 1 0 43 62 121
0 1 1 1 0 1 0 44 58 124
0 1 1 1 0 1 1 45 59 127
O 1 1 1 0 0 1 46 57 129
0 1 1 1 0 0 0 47 56 1 32
0 1 0 1 0 0 0 48 40 135
0 1 0 1 0 0 1 49 41 13M
0 1 0 1 0 1 1 50 43 1 41
O 1 0 1 0 1 0 51 42 143
0 1 0 1 1 1 0 52 46 14 6
0 1 0 1 1 1 1 53 47 14 9
0 1 0 1 1 0 1 54 45 1 52
0 1 0 1 1 0 0 55 44 155
O 1 0 0 1 0 0 56 36 158
O 1 0 0 1 0 1 57 37 160
O 1 0 0 1 1 1 58 39 163
O 1 0 0 1 1 0 59 38 166
0 1 0 0 0 1 0 60 34 169
o 1 0 0 0 1 1 61 35 172
o 1 0 0 0 0 1 62 33 174
o 1 0 0 0 0 0 63 32 177
1 1 0 0 0 0 0 64 96 180
1 1 0 0 0 0 1 65 97 183
1 1 0 0 0 1 1 66 99 186
% 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 67 98 188
1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 68 102 191
[1 1 0 0 1 1 1 69 103 194

B-3
 .
- .- .- . - — - --

~~~

TA BLE 8-i (Continued)

Weights
64 32 16 8 4 2 1
Weig h ted
Code Order Decima l Degrees

1 1 0 0 1 0 1 70 101 197
1 1 0 0 1 0 0 71 100 200
1 1 0 1 1 0 0 72 108 202
1 1 0 1 1 0 1 73 109 205
1 1 0 1 1 1 1 74 111 208
1 1 0 1 1 1 0 75 110 211
1 1 0 1 0 1 0 76 106 214
1 1 0 1 0 1 1 77 107 217
1 1 0 1 0 0 1 78 105 219
1 1 0 1 0 0 0 79 104 222
1 1 1 1 0 0 0 80 120 225
1 1 1. 1 0 0 1 81 121 228
1 1 1 1 0 1 1 82 123 231
1 1 1 1 0 1 0 83 122 233
1 1 1 1 1 1 0 84 126 236
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 85 127 239
1 1 1 1 1 0 1 86 125 242
1 1 1 1 1 0 0 87 124 245
1 1 1 0 1 0 0 88 116 247
1 1 1 0 1 0 1 89 117 250
1 1 1 0 1 1 1 90 119 253
1 1 1 0 1 1 0 91 118 256
1 1 1 0 0 1 0 92 114 259
1 1 1 0 0 1 1 93 115 262
1 1 1 0 0 0 1 94 113 264
1 1 1 0 0 0 0 95 112 267
1 0 1 0 0 0 0 96 80 270
1 0 1 0 0 0 1 97 81 273
1 0 1 0 0 1 1 98 83 276
1 0 1 0 0 1 0 99 82 278
1 0 . 0
1 1 1 0 100 86 281
1 0 1 0 1 1 1 101 87 284
1 0 1 0 1 0 1 102 85 287
1 0 1 0 1 0 0 103 84 290
1 0 1 1 1 0 0 104 92 292

13-4

-- . . --
 —-
- -- .‘- — .——----- .. w --.
,------- - - -...-.--
I
--- - —--— —- -
_ _ _ _ _ _ -.-—~~~
_ ~ - - , , ~~~-- ~~~
—

TABLE B- 1(Concluded)

Weights
64 32 16 8 4 2 1
Wei gh ted
Cod e Order D ecima l Degrees

1 0 1 1 1 0 1 105 93 295
1 0 1 1. 1 1 1 106 95 293
1 0 1 1 1 1 0 107 94 301
1 0 1. 1 0 1 0 108 90 304
1 0 1 1 0 1 1 109 91 306
1 0 1 1 0 0 1 110 89 309
1 0 1 1. 0 0 0 111 88 312
1 0 0 1 0 0 0 112 72 315
1 0 0 1 0 0 1 113 73 316
1 0 0 1 0 1 1 114 75 321
1 0 0 1 0 i 0 115 74 323
1 0 0 1 1 1. 0 116 78 326
1 0 0 1 1 1 1 117 79 329
1 0 0 1 1 0 1 118 77 332
1 0 0 1 1 0 0 119 76 335
• 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 120 68 338
1 0 0 0 1 0 1 121 69 340
1 0 0 0 1 1 1 122 71 343
1 0 0 0 1 1 0 123 70 346
1 0 0 0 0 1 0 124 66 349
1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1’5 67 352
~
1 0 0 0 0 0 1 126 65 354
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 127 64 357

0-5

- —- -~~~ ,.
_ _ _ -- ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - - -~~

ROLL PlANE y-z

WAVE STAFFS

COMPASS
X REFERENCE

x’ ROLL AXIS
PITCH
BU PLA NE
x-z
Figure 8-i. Buoy Roll and Pitch Coordinate System
13.1 .3 Pitch Angle

This measureme nt is similar to that tom roll angle. The angular deviation from horizontal is
output as an offset binary number 1 2 h it s t . The resolution is 5.4 m m . As shown in tigure B-I. pitch
and roll are detined relative to horizontal, so that depress ion ot ’ the pitch line causes a positive increase
in pitch angle.

Note that x s a t i s f i e s the usual definition of roll a\Is . i.e.. the axis about which rotation takes
place. Similarly. V s.itis lies the usual detinition of pitch axis, with x-z re ferred to as the pitch plane.

B. 1.4 Three-Axis Acceleration

Strap-down accel e rome te rs pros i~I~ the thre e com ponents of acce leration of the buoy. t he
output in each case i s a 1 2— hit word. o t t s ct so that icro accelerat ion indicat es 204g . l’he s~ fl ~ut ivitv 01

each accelerome ter can 1w su tnma ru ed in Iii Ioh lowing sv .i~

Vem ti~ ii ~~~ ~Ic rat ion / I 4

I) ig
Resolut ~~~~
- —.~
4f l ()~~
 I
Horizontal acceleration (x and y) +0.5 g

Resolution =
4 096

It is assumed that the x- and y-axes lie in the pitch and roll planes , respect ively.

B.h.5 Wave Staffs

Wave height relative to the buoy is sensed by means of a 1 0-element a rray. The array eleme nts
are numbered and spaced as shown in figure B-2 . with the re ference axis numhers I. 3. 2) lying in the
pitch plane of the buoy. i.e.. orthogonal to the y-axis shown.

All the variables are sampled at a 25-Hz sampling rate and, with the exception of the compas s .
all sensors are capable of 25-Hz response.

The wave staffs are variable-resistance devices , with resistance decreasing as a lunction of
immersion depth. .Ideally. t he resistance value should be sensed electrically by driving the wave staff
wit h a constant-current source (ac) and measuring voltage. However , a simpler approac h is to employ
a constant-voltage source with series resistance (see fig. B-3 ). When the series resistance R0 is con-
siderably larger than the maximum wave staff resistance , the net effect is equivalent to a constant-
current generator. For smaller values of R0. the wave staff voltage can he expressed as

/ R5 \
v5 =1 —)v .

w here :

V5 = measured staff voltage

= wave staff resistance
= series resistance
V = voltage source.

In processing the sea-state data, a relationship between the measured voltage and wave height
is needed. Thus.

—.~~ = ___ L.
R0 V-V s

B-7

_____________________________________________ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 PLAN VIEW
6

5
\ I
d
WAVE STAFF
POSITION

_
PITCH PLANE
_ _
\! i /

REFERENCE ANGLE
1/

/ d
3 -:

/ ROLL
/ PLANE
/ d
1
= 1.06 in. ( 2.69 an)

2 -
/ d
d
2
=
4.25 in . (10.80 an)
13.81 in. (35.08 cm )
~~~~
3

d ~~ 4d
2 1
d ~~- 1 3 d
3 1
Wave Staff Diameter = 0.128 in.

Figure B.2. Wave Staff Geometry

B-S
 R 0 ’ 499S2
~

I Series
+ I resistance
Constant
vot tage
source

V5 + = 4.
~~~ ~~~ ~ 5fl

Wave staff
/
wate~//
Resistance
wire

Figure 8-3. Wave Staff Circuitry

Assuming a linear relationship between height h and resistance ratio R / R 0.

5

R.
h a ~~?~~,

we find t h at

a V~
h=
V_V
s

The resistive value s of interest arc knv.wn to he:

go = 4 ) i2 ÷-; i
~~

R5 = 864 .25c2 .
max
~

This maximum value occurs with the wave sta lf out of the water. With the statf partia lly immersed, it
is assumed that that portion of the winding below the surface is totally short-circuited . With full
immersion, t he value of R5 should he zero. The length ol the wave staff is 3 I in. (78.8 cm). so the
constant a is computed to be:

0. 788 x 499
a meters
864.25

= 0. 45 ,

and, hence .

h =
~~~~~~~~~~
-

It should be noted that three analog calibration signals are supplied from the buoy . l’hese
signals are generated by the same means as the wave staff voltages except that a dutnmy resistor is used
in place of a physical wave staff. These resistors were chosen to simulate the resistance 01 a wave staff
when it is extended by roughly l0~ . 50~~. and 90~ of full sca le. In practice , the resistance values
corresponded to wave staff extensions of I I.57 ~~. 4 5.3W ~ . and 86.78~~. The corresponding voltages
will , of course, not indicate t his same percentage of full scale because of the nonlinear relationship
between resistance and measured voltage.

By observing the calibration signals and maximum staff resistance signals while the buoy is
on the Coast Guard cutter deck , it is possible to provide a chec k on the unknown constants in the
expression for R5 . Four points are plotted in tigure B-4 corresponding to the voltage V that results
~
for I V% . 46’~ . 8W . and 100 % of the maximum R~. The voltage scale is expressed as an intege r where
the maximum value of 4096 corresponds to the AID converter rel’erence voltage .

With the aid of these plotted points, it is found that

V = 3910 (same units as V 5 )

and

R
= O.5
~~ -
5 in.u x

8- 10

,- ,, — . - .
-
 . - --
_ _ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~

2500 2440

2000

’
1715 7
)

l~000

615

- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

0 20 40 60 80 100
R/R
s S max

CALIBRATION RESISTORS 11~/~, 467~, & 25%,

OFR
S max

Figure 84. Voltage/Resistance Cdiibration Curve

B- I l

J . . -
_ _
 ——- . .- —-- --‘---
~~~~~~~~~~~~ ‘ rr -- -
— - - -

thus.

/3910 — V 5\
_ _ _ _ _
= 0.591
RS.
ma x \
V5

with V \ expressed as an inte ger in the range 0 to 4095.

The equivalent value of R Q R5- obtained from knowledge of the resistor values us
max

R0
= 0. 5 78 .
R5.
m ax

With the measured full-scale value V of 2440 , V is computed to be

~

V=38 60.

B.2 A N .-\LOG TAPE FORMAT

The basic data frame consists of the compass . roll. pitch, acceleration , and wave staff samples
to which are appended three calibration samples indicating voltages representative of l0 , 50’~ . and
90’; of the full-scale analog voltages in the 5) teni under normal operation.
~ ~ 33-bit sync train is also
added at the head of each frame. The composite Iramne is indicated in table B-2. Each frame is
extracted from the analog tape in serial form , with most significant bits ot cacti sample appearing
first. In the analog-to-digital tape conversion, the software is set up to handle 1 2-hit bytes of data.
The total data segment of 2 3 bits us therefore ext ended to ~mcr Iis hit5 nt the sync code to give a
~
multiple of I 2: mc. . the equipment is set up to sea rch for the .ihridgcd s~ ne coLIc u octal )

0 C) 3 6 C) 7 06 2 2 I
~~ hit si

13-12

~~~~~~~
 ~
- .
—.-— ~~~ .

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

~~~~

TABLE 8-2. DA TA FRAME FORMA T

Sync b i t s (octal)

0 1 7 0 3 4 3 1 1 2 5

DATA DA T A
~~~ S
Compass 7 1 12
S 12
Roll 12 2

Pitch 12
S 12
10
Z
Cal 12
1
Cal 12
A 12 2
Cal 12
3

The remaining five hits are then treated as data and appear in the fivc most signif icant hit
locations of the 1 2-hit compass word. The actual compass hearing must. iheretore . he extracted by
tirst eliminating these hits and then decoding the seven-hit Gray code.

B.3 (‘ON\’ERSION OF ANALOG rApEs TO DIGITAL

The FM R tape—stripping fac ility at TS(’ was used to convert the analog tapes to dig it al torrn .
Analog tape speed was 3-3 /4 ips and the data rate w a s 6.4 Kbps. The FMR hit and frame 5) nchroni,er
were loaded with the following co ntet it s (octal ) :

Bit Synchronizer

Register ( o ntent s

144
031
3 22 1
4 042
5 1) 2 0 .

B- I 3

—— - - .-_ _ _ _ _ _ _
 ~~~~

Frame Synchronizer

Register Contents

000
2 17 0
3 I 6 I
4 222
5 0 17
6 207
7 226
8 15 5
9 004
10 000
II 000
12 000
13 070
(4 0a3
• IS 04 !
16 000
17 14 1

The pro~~am DES. LDA( 1 2 . 11 was loaded into the PDP- l I by means of the absolute loader and
the desired parameters were entered. A concise summary ot the parameters required is given in section
3.2. along with a listing of the digital tape tile structure for eac h analog tape stripped. The data seg-
ments are referenced by experiment time in the form: hours : minutes; seconds.

B.4 PROCESSING OF THE JOINT W AVE SLOPE PROBABILITY DENSITY FUNCTION

In t his section three topics relative to the measurements leading to the joint probability
density functions for the wave slopes are discussed:

a. Bias removal
h. Measurement geometry
c. (‘oordinate rotation .

In item c. tran sformation to a fix ed coordinat e s y s t e f f i is required because of the nonnegli gi hlc
time variability or the magnetic compass bearing. The lixed ret ~ rence was chosen to he in t he direc-
tion at ’ the satellite so that the results could he easily related to the w ult ipath scattering measurements
t’or in-plane and cross-plane tlights.

13-14

_ _ _ _
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
-—_ -
_
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

-. . -- -— -
~~~~—~~

B.4. I Bias Removal

During the programming, a question arose relative to t he removal 01 bias: At what point in
the processing should the bias he removed? We chose to remove t he bias from the raw roll and pitch
data : this choice guarantees that an unbiased angle 0 with value at or n-car 00 is mapped into a slope
value via that part of the tan 0 curve near t he origin.

B.4.2 Measurement Geometry

The conventions used to describe roll and pitch are illustrated in figure B-Sa. The x-axis is
the re ference direction and points to the “how.” The negative y-axis points in the starboard direction.
When t he +x axis us depresse d in the x-z plane, this is considered to be an increase from 0. i.e.. a
positive-valued pitch angIe 0. Positive values ot ’ Ø. the roll angle, result from depression of the +y axis
(port arm) in the y•z plane. I

The sense of ’ angular dependence is appropriate ly illustrated in Ilgure B-5a. We point out that
la
l the tape data on sea slope are ret’erred to the buoy coordinate system according to the convention
illustrated in figure B-Sa.

B.4.3 Coordinate Rotation

The fact that the buoy coordinate system itself rotates is one major reason for the need to
rotate each data point to a single fixed coordinate system. Because of convenience, the aircraft
heading is chosen as the re ference direction. The transformations required are illustrated in I’igure
B’5b. To summarize brietly. note that all sea-slope measurements are referenced to the buoy coordi-
nate system , w hich has a nonconstant bearing a. It is desired to ret ’erence these quantities to the
constant aircraft heading at ~~ . To do this, a coordinate transfo rmation through the variable angle
= a is required. Using primed variables to indicate the location of a point in the “new ” coordi-
nate syste m. the transformation is governed by:

x ’ cos ~ + y ’ sin
~

y = y c o s E — x ’ sin
~ ~

z = z’, t B- I)

the pitch depression is an increase above 1 800 ( 1 7 2.70 was measured for an 8 0 lift ). where-
as a depression of t he starboard arm causes a decrease in relative to (80 ° (a I 2 0 depression re-
~
suIted in a measured va lue of 167.50 ). We have subtracted the 180 0 from the data, however.

H-IS

- ,-- -
 - - -

ROLL PLANE

PITCH PLANE
(x-z)

BUOY REFERENCE
DIRECTION
~ ( “ BOW ”)
(a) Illus tration of Roll and Pitch Angles

MAGNET IC
NORTH
BUOY
POINTER

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ V~~~~~~ RAFT

y 36O-( $ a )
v CC!4PASSBEARING
RELATIVE TO
AIRCRAFT HEADIN G
(b) Transforma t ion to Fixed R eferen ce Sys tem

0 ROLL ANGLE
A
P — PITCH ANGLE
A AIRCRAFT HEADING
a MAGNETIC C(~4PASS READING

Figure 8-5. Sea-State Geometries

B-l6

-- —— - —- .-—- - — --. .- - ---

 In the “old ” coordinate 5) steni . the equation for a plane p.issing through the origin was
governed by;

Ax + By + (, = () ( 13- 2 )

Using t he t’act that a vector with components A B. and ~~

‘
is normal to the plane, it is an e,is) ma t t e r
to show that

tail ~~
= —— . t B-3t

and

A
tanØ = — — ( 13-4 )

Additionally, one can show h~ using the transformation properties in equation ( B-I ) that the equation
for the plane in the “new ” coordinate s~ steni

A’x ’ + B’y ’ + (~~ i

~
= 0. (B-5)

has the coefficients

A cos
A’ ~~— H sin~
=

B’ = A sin ~ + B cos
/
C’ = ( ( 13-6 )
~

Relations ( 13— 3) and ( 13—4 ) hold for the primed coordinate s s t e u i i is well as the unprimed. l3
~
substituting equation 13—6 into ( 13— 3) and 13—4), it is easily showti that the roll and pitch angles in the
new coordinate s~ stein arc governed h~

ta im Ø’ = tan U sin ~ + tan ø cos E .

( 13-7 )

B-I 7
.iild

tan O’ = tan O cos~~— tan siu E (B-8 )

~~

As an important example. we look at the case

= 270°.

I-or this case, sin E= — ens a and cos ~

= — sin a. so that finally we have

tanØ — t a ii 0 cos a—ta n ~~ sin cs ,

and

tan 0’ = tan 0 sin a + tan 0 ens a . B- I t))

The sign assignment in equations B-1))and (B- 10) can be checked quickly by drawing a few sketches
and i~ sti ng for a = 0° and a = 1)00

Summarizing, we note from ligure B-S that the slopes in tIle x- and y-directions are given h
~
tan 9 ’ and r~ , = tan 0’ . Thus , in the final reference ’ system ( 1 ositive \ - a x i s aligned with aircra ft
=
~
heading) . tiue was e )opes are gis en by:
~

= tai l 0 ens — t a n 0 sin

= tan 0 Sill ~
+ t al 0 cus

E ~
-c
~

US G O V(
~~~P4 M E N T P R I N T IN G OY P ~~C E I S 7~~— I O O ~ S~~ / I 2 4

13-18
3fl() t p

_ _